molded-case circuit breakers & earth …electric-thailand.com/pdf/nf.pdfmolded-case circuit...

158
MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works, which produces these products, is certified as meeting the ISO 14001 environmental management system standard. G l o b a l , H i g h - P e r f o r m a n c e, R elia b le, B e s t S o l u t i o n , I n t e l l i g e n t 02 B

Upload: others

Post on 13-May-2020

8 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS &EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works, which produces these products, is certified as meeting the ISO 14001 environmental management system standard.

Global, High-Performance, Reliable,Best

Solutio

n,In

telli

gen

t

02B

Page 2: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

INDEX This material has been prepared for those who use the products for

manufacturing assemblies, for holding electric works, for holding

maintenance and for the others acquainted with electric expertise

including those who operate the products (final users).

Introduction 1........................................................................................................................................

Features 3..............................................................................................................................................

The Great Variable Accessories for Perfect Solution 9......................................................................

1. Series Configuration and List of Product Models 11......................................................................

Molded-Case Circuit BreakersEarth-Leakage Circuit BreakersMotor-Protection BreakersUL Listed ProductsMiniature Circuit BreakersELRs and ZCTsCircuit Protectors

..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................................

13212526273133

2. Detailed Specifications 13.................................................................................................................

3. Special Purpose Breakers 34............................................................................................................

Mag Only (Instantaneous tripping circuit breakers)DC-Use MCCBs and DSN-type Switches400Hz-Use MCCBsLow-Instantaneous MCCBsGenerator-Protection MCCBsMeasuring Display Unit (MDU) Breakers

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

343435353536

1. Connection Types2. Connection Accessories3. Connection of Line and Load

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

383838

4. Connection Method 38......................................................................................................................

Page 3: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

5

4

3

2

1

7

8

9

Internal Accessories1. Accessories2. Switch Operation and Rating3. Maximum Number of Internally Mounted Accessories4. Shunt Trip (SHT)5. Undervoltage Trip (UVT)6. Test Button Module (TBM)7. Lead-wire Specifications8. Internal Terminal Type (INT)9. Vertical Lead-wire Terminal Block (SLT)10. Pre-Alarm Module (PAL)11. Trip Indicator (TI)12. 3ø4W Neutral-pole protection Relay (NR)External Accessories1. V-type Operating Handle2. F-type Operating Handle3. S-type Operating Handle4. R-type Operating Handle5. Terminal Cover6. Electrical Operation Device7. Mechanical Interlocks (MI)8. Handle Lock Devices and Card Holder9. IEC 35mm Rail Mounting Adapters

........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................

3939394045454646464748494950505153545657656666

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers and Motor BreakersEarth-Leakage Circuit BreakersUL489 Listed Molded-Case Circuit BreakersMiniature Circuit BreakersDIN SeriesCircuit Protectors

........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................................

67107133141144149

Molded-Case Circuit BreakersEarth-Leakage Circuit Breakers

...................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................

151151

CautionThe manual covers the product specifications for selecting an appropriate low-voltage breaker. There is the “HANDLING AND MAINTENANCE” describing how to handle the products. To use the products, separately request the “HANDLING AND MAINTENANCE”, for correct operation.

5. Accessories 39...................................................................................................................................

6. Characteristics and Dimensions 67..................................................................................................

7. Ordering Information

(http://www.fukuyama.melco.co.jp/lvs)

151...................................................................................................................

8. Melshort 2 152....................................................................................................................................

9. Low-voltage switchgears Technical information service via the internet

(A more rational and easier breakers selections)

153..............................

Page 4: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

Mitsubishi Presents

Mitsubishi Presents the WS Series, Satisfying the High Demands of the Global Standard New from Mitsubishi Electric, the company Which has used its impressive controller device line-up in realizing high precision FA support, the WS (World Super) Series of next generation molded case circuit breakers and earth-leakage circuit breakers. This series complies with IEC and UL/CSA, JIS standards, achieving a stellar level of globalization to satisfy genuine international needs. A product line-up designed with the environment in mind, together with the pursuit of easy usage and high performance to forge the way to a bright new future for breakers.

Long service life and high reliability,made possible by new equipment breakthroughs.

Compliance with the global standards.

The quest for truly superb breaker function, realizingperformance at a full class higher.

Product design for greater easy usage,through wide variations.

New system configuration,on the strength of intelligent breakers.

High-Performance

Reliable

Global

Best Solution

Intelligent

Satisfying the High Demands

1

Page 5: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

the WS Series, of the Global Standard

2

1

Page 6: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

3

ASTA

CCC

TPC

TUV

LR GL BV NKDNV ABS

SABS

EN

GB

CSA

JIS

IEC

UL

NEW21 Century Global Standard

Complete change in Mitsubishi breaker design colorsComplete color change to ivory from WS Series. Use of shift to white breakers and more stylish design to boost attention on the international market.

Complying with the various world standardsBesides obvious conforming standards of IEC, UL, CSA and JIS, third-party certification and ship classification standards will also be obtained in each country, to respond to the world market.(Refer to the left entries for more details.)

Raise each rating to address the international market.(1)NF30-SP NF32-SW(2)NF60-HP NF63-HW(3)NF100-SP NF125-SW

(Notes) responds with standard item. will manufacture according to instructions.

WS Series International Standard Conformance List

Standards

WSSeries

IEC JIS EN

International Japan Europe

UL CSA LR GL DNV ABS BV NK

USA Canada

Safety Certification Marine Approvals

UK Germany Norway USA France Japan

Page 7: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

4

Targets one-class higher performance, in realizing superb breaking performance

The WS Series presents a new technology.

[PA Auto-Puffer]Polymer Ablation type Auto-Puffer [Adopted on SGW,

HGW, RGW, UGW ]PA auto-Puffer is the technology to increase the interrupting performance by blowing out the gas to the arc by right angle. The gas pressure which is generated from high-polymer materials is accumulated in the accumulating space, and the gas is blown to the arc to extinguish. Especially this technology improves the high voltage breaking performance.

[JPT]Jet Pressure Trip Mechanism [Adopted on SGW,

HGW, RGW, UGW ]Ablation gas jet through the hole installed on the unit case directly activates the trip mechanism. This acts faster than the relay (magnet), and contributes to improved current-limiting performance and breaking reliability.

• Interchangeable Relay-unit Thermal type Electronic type • AC/DC common use • Thermal adjustable range is expanded.

• Isolation suitability • Class ll insulation • Extending operating cycles

• Increased lcu • High voltage • Ics=100% lcu • Co-ordination type “2”

• IP20 Mold-cover Finger protection

• Front compression terminal Box terminal

Rear PM

• Cassette-type accessories • Wide range of Rated

Voltage

• Electric operators High speed type Isolation suitability

• IP20 PM with Safety Device • Handle Lock Device • R/V handle • IP40 Terminal cover

Relay Mechanism

Terminal

Internal Accessories External Accessories

Breaking Performance

Shunt-less

JPT

Advanced ISTAC PA Auto-Puffer

Ablation Gas accumulating Gas flow Arc extinguishing

Arc Extinguishing Concept

Tripping actuator to push the trip-bar before the trip by relay unit.

Trip Bar

When short circuit fault occurs, the contacts are opened and arc is generated between the contacts.At that time the pressure in the unit case become very high.

Unit Case

High pressure gas blows through the hole to rotate the tripping actuator

Hole

Tripping Actuator

Accumulating space

Gas flow

Ablation

Unit case

Extinguishing unit

Fixed conductor

movable conductor

Arc

VJC insulation (high polymer materials)

1

Page 8: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

Targets one-class higher performance, in realizing superb breaking performance

current

Attractive forceRepulsive force

Movable contact

current A

current B

current C

Movable contactPressure

Movable contact VJC

Fixed contact VJCArc

Upper, fixed-contact conductor

Lower, fixed-contact conductor

Magnetic core

Holder

Movable contact

Movable contactrevolving shaft

Spring

85

100

125

200 200 200 200 200 200

125 125 125 125 125

36

75 7570

6550

20

2530

36 36 3630

8Series

During revolution the movable contact is constantly in contact with the holder, maintaining current flow.

Breaking Capacity lcu/lcs

200

150

100

50

0

(kA)

230VAC380VAC 400VAC 415VAC 440VAC 500VAC 690VAC

U(UGW)R(RGW)

S(SGW)H(HGW)

Endurance(C-O cycles)

(times)50,000

40,000

30,000

20,000

10,000

0

Electrical Mechanical

NF125-SGW/HGW NF160-SGW/HGW NF250-SGW/HGW

Max. let-through peak current (kA) (400VAC)

Max

. pea

k cu

rrent

(kA

)

Short-Circuit Current, sym.r.m.s.(kA)

Prospective short-circuit current asym. peak

NF250-HGW

NF250-UGW

200

1008060

40

20

1086

4

2

11 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 200

I2t let-through characteristics (400VAC)

MAX

. I2 t (

A2 .sec

)

Short-Circuit Current, sym.r.m.s.(kA)

108

6

4

2

10.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0.10.08

0.06

0.041 2 4 6 8 10 20 40 60 80 100 200

NF250-HGW

NF250-UGW

(✕ 106)

[Advanced ISTAC] Advanced Impulsive Slot-Type Accelerator [Adopted on SGW, HGW, RGW, UGW ]

Further evolution in Mitsubishi original ISTAC breaking technology*. Optimization of the current path and the added magnetic core enhance driving electromagnetic forces. By the high-speed opening and the arc driving, the rising rate of arc voltage is increased and the peak current “lp” is decreased.

*The triple forces which are the repulsive force, the attractive force, and the pressure accelerate the separating speed of the movable conductor.

(1) Electromagnetic attractive force between Current A and Current C(2) Electromagnetic repulsive force between Current B and Current C(3) Ablation gas pressure

These three forces generated high-speed drive

[Shunt-less]Shunt-less Current Flow Technology [Adopted on SGW,

HGW, RGW, UGW ]Double plates conductors hold the movable conductor without flexible wires. This shunt-less structure achieves the extending operating cycles.

5

Page 9: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

Product design which pursues greater use ease by wide variations

T

lr li l

li(DC)=1.3Xli(AC)li(X250A AC)4 10

160200

2506 8

lr lr(A)li

MODEL

RT 250ln 250 A

50/60HzMADE IN JAPAN

LN326N433-13P3E

lr

li

l

lp

ls

Ts

TL

T

Thermal Adjustable Relay

Electronic Relay

LN326N429-11MADE IN JAPAN

MODEL

RE250AC only

Ir

125

160200

250 12

60 80

100 2

3

4 5 67

8

10 0.6

12

T

I

IpTL Is

TsIi

Ir

3 4 7

7.5

8.5

9.54P3E 4P4E8 9

10

6

8 10

12

142.5

3.5

(A) L(s) (XIr)T Is (s)Ts(X250A)Ii

(XIr)Ip pNITEST

ln 250 A50/60Hz OVERPAL70%

Interchangeable Relay Unit [Adopted on SGW, HGW] To enhance flexibility, the Mitsubishi WS Series is equipped with interchangeable relay units (available in thermal or electronic types). The move has been made to AC/DC common use (only thermal adjustable type), while the expanded adjustment range enables reduction in the number of 250AF,160AF, 125AF relays from 10 to 7 types. A magnetic adjustable function has been added to the thermal type, while 4P neutral protection has also been enhanced.(Note: Only authorized members available to replace)

Thermal type unit

Electronic type unit

NF250-SGW/HGWNF160-SGW/HGW

NF125-SGW/HGWHiLo

HiLo

Rating ln(A) 25 40 63 100 125 160 250

Type

Overload Protection (Thermal)

Short-Circuit Protection (Magnetic)

Tripping threshold lr (A)

Neutral protection(note 1) 4P3E4P4E

16-25 25-40 40-63 63-100 80-125 125-160 160-250No Protection

1 ✕ lr

Tripping threshold liFixed

10✕ ln (AC), 13✕ ln (DC)Adjustable

4 to 10✕ ln (AC), 5.2 to 13✕ ln(DC)Note: (1) The type 4P3E is standard. If the type 4P4E is required, specify the type 4P4E separately and explicitly.

Rating

Type

ln(A) (40°C) 32 63 100 125 160 250NF250-SGW/HGWNF160-SGW/HGW

NF125-SGW/HGW

Overload Protection

Short-Circuit Protection

Pre-Alarm (for Indication)

Indicator (LED)

Tripping threshold lr (A)

LTDTripping time TL(s)

Neutral protection (Slectable)

16-32 32-63 63-100 75-125 80-160 125-25012-60-80-100 step adjustable (at 2 ✕ lr)

0-1 ✕ lr (Step adjustable)

STD

PAL

INST

Pickup current lsTripping time Ts(s)Tripping threshold li

2-2.5-3-3.5-4-5-6-7-8-10 ✕ lr step adjustable0.06-0.1-0.2-0.3 step adjustable (at 1.5 ✕ ls)

4 to 14 ✕ ln continuous adjustable

Pickup current lpOperating time Tp

0.7-0.75-0.8-0.85-0.9-0.95-1.0 ✕ lr step adjustableTL/2

70%-LED (green)PAL-LED (orange)

Over-LED (red)

Lights at 0.7 ✕ lrFlashs at lp and Lights at over Tp

Lights at 1.15 ✕ lr

6

1

Page 10: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

7

External AccessoriesHight speed Motor DeviceSupplied for the 125 through 250AF is a motor device easier to use, which simplifies installation. ✽ Adoption of a spring charge mechanism for high-speed operation

(0.05~0.1seconds) ✽ Swift and simple installation, by tightening only two screws.

External HandleAdoption of a safer and easy to operate handle. ✽ Complying with protection degree IP65. ✽ Isolation function achieved through combination with the breaker unit. ✽ Structured to allow relay adjustments after installation as well. ✽ Equipped with cylinder key (option) to prevent deliberate operation.

IP-20PM with Safety Device[Adopted on SGW, HGW]Specialized for 3-and4-poles use (2 pole incompatible). ✽ Complies with protection degree IP20. ✽ Safety device supplied as option. ✽ May be connected with up to nine leads (for PLT). ✽ May be modified from front connection to rear connection.(Note: Modification by end users not authorized) IP20: Finger protection.

Product design which pursues greater use ease by wide variations

Internal Accessories Adopted for the internal accessories is a easily installed cassette type. Common use of different voltages realizes major reductions in types. The UVT for ELCB is also possible. Time delay type variations have also been expanded, addressing a wide range of applications.

✽ Cassette-type AccessoriesCassette-type accessories ensure flexbility when upgrading circuits.Ordering is easy, and installation is one touch simple and safe too thanks to the insulated cassette design.

Fits all breaker seriesThe alarm switch (AL), auxiliary switch (AX), shunt trip (SHT), and undervoltage trip (UVT) all comes as cassette-type accessories to suit all breaker series.

(IP-20PM)

3 Way Lead Wire (Selectable)

Vertical Lead-wire Terminal Block (SHT)

Lead-wire to Line side Flying Lead-wire

1.Push the trip button (PTT) to the breaker

2.Loosen the front cover screws

3.Open the front cover

4.Install the accessories

5.Close the front cover and tighten the screws.

Power Supply Module

V-Handle R-Handle

Prebius madels WS Series (New)

UVTvoltuge

SHTvoltuge

AC (V)

DC (V)

AC (V)

DC (V)

(24), (48), 100-120, 200-240, 380-450, (440-550)

(12), (24), (36), (48), 100, (110), (125), (220)

100-110, (100-120), 200-220, (220-240), (380-415), 400-440, (440-480), (500-550)

(24), (48), 100, (110)

24-48, 100-240, 380-550

12, 24-36, 36-48, 100-125, 220-250

24/48, 100-110/120-130, 200-220/230-250, 380-415/440-480, 500-550/690

24/48, 100/110, 110/125

Page 11: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

8

New system configuration through the use of an intelligent breaker

CC-LinkInterface unitBIF-C

Data Measuring & Transmission

MELSECNET/10 or Other upper bus

CC-Link0kA

Working through a sequence CC-Link interface unit makes it possible to collect electrical circuit measuring data.

MITSUBISHI MDU (Measuring Display Unit) Breaker • AE1600-SS US3 Relay with CC-Link • NF400-SEPM with CC-Link

ONAE1600-SS

NF400-SEPM

LOAD LOAD

Setting InfomationRated current max :InmaxRated current max :(xinmax)Uninterrupted curr :Iu(xin)PAL pick-up :IP(xin)STD pick-up :Isd(xin)LTD Time :TLSTD time :TSInst Pickup :Ii(xin)

1050465

654321567856080

AVkWhkVarh%(PF)HzA(Hamonics)

1600808070

6001000.5

1600

A%%%%sec%%

AVkWh%(PF)

321450

12345690

AlarmPAL

OVERTrip(L)Trip(S)Trip(I)

Trip curent

AlarmPAL

OVERTrip(L)

Trip(S/I)

Product design which pursues greater use ease by wide variationsIP-20 Terminal Connection With the SGW, HGW, connection safety has been further elevated. ✽ Standard IP-20 protection degree secured.

Variable ConnectionsCompatible with various connection methods.Solderless terminals extending outside the breaker unit on the conventional type have been upgraded to a built-in internal type.Maximum connecting Cable of 185mm2

(SGW/HGW).(Note: Certain models have externally attached terminals)

Handle LocksWith the WS Series, ON/OFF locking is possible through the padlock to the breaker unit.Up to three padlocks may be attached. ✽ Customers are requested to supply their own padlocks

Terminal CoverMajor improvements have been made in front connection terminal safety. ✽ With terminal covers, IP40 protection

degree is ensured.(Type “SGW, HGW, RGW, UGW”)

IEC Rail Mounting for 32, 63AFThe 32,63AF includes installation hooks to IEC rails option equipment, greatly simplifying installation work.

OFF Lock with 3 Padlock(Type “SGW, HGW, RGW, UGW”)

AE-SS MDU MCCB MDU Eco Monitor

ON Lock OFF Lock

1

Page 12: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

The Great Variable Accessories for Perfect Solution

250AF (Type“SGW, HGW, RGW, UGW”) Product Skelton

24

23

22

7

7

45

1110

1110

16

17

18

19

20

21

9

Page 13: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

MCCB

Relay unit (Thermal type) (RT)*

Relay unit (Electronic type) (RE)*

Relay unit (Magnetic only type) (RM)*

Relay unit (Switch-disconnector type)*

Super current-limiting unit*

Solderless (BOX) terminals

Front connection nuts

Rear connections

Insulating barrier (BA-F)

Small terminal cover (TC-S)

Large terminal cover (TC-L)

Rear terminal cover (BTC)

Plug-in base (PM)

Connections for Plug-in

Mechanical interlock device (MI)

OFF Lock with 3 Padlock (HLF3)

Handle lock device (LC/HLF/HLN/HLS)

Variable-depth operating handle (V type)

Rotary operating handle (R type)

Electrical operation device (MD)

Alarm/Auxillary switch device (AL/AX)

Under voltage trip device (UVT)

Shunt trip device (SHT)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

Note *: All the accessories are field mounting typeexcept No.2, 3, 4, 5 and 6.

12 13

8

6

9

15

3

98

1312

2

14

1

10

1

Page 14: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

Series ConfigurationMolded-case circuit breakers

Earth-leakage circuit breakers

NF-CEconomy type

NF-SStandard type

NF-HHigh-performance

type

NF-UCurrent limiting-type

ultra breaker

NV-CEconomy type

NV-SStandard type

NV-HHigh-performance

type

NV-UUltra current-limiting

type

MBMotor breaker

Motor-protection breakers

NEMA-type for consumer unit DIN-series for general consumer unit

Miniature circuit breakers

BH BH-P BH-S BH-PS BH-D6 BH-DN BV-D BV-DN KB-D

For equipment

Circuit protectors

CP30-BA CP-B CP-S

11

1. Series Configuration and List of Product Models

Page 15: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

1

50 100 150 225 250 400 600

UL489 ListedMolded-case circuit breaker

NF50-SWUNF100-CWU

NF-SFW NF225-CWUNF-SJW

NF-SKW NF-SLWNF100-SWU NF-HJW

Earth-leakage protector UL489 Listed Molded-case circuit breaker

NV50-SWU NV100-SWU NV225-CWU

SeriesFrame AUL listed products

NF-ULUL489 Listed

Molded-case circuit breaker

NV-ULEarth-leakage protector

UL489 ListedMolded-case circuit breaker

Miniature Circuit Breaker

UL

list

edp

rod

uct

s

AF

BH

60 100

BH

BH-P

BH-S —

BH-PS —

DIN SeriesAF

MCB

RCCB

Isolatingswitch

BH-DNBH-D6

BV-D

RCBO BV-DN

KB-D

63 and less

Circuit ProtectorsAF

CP

CP30-BA

CP-B

CP-S

30 and less

Details will be availableupon request.( )

Details will be availableupon request.( )

32 (30) 63 125 (100) 250 400 630 800 1000 1600

NF-CEconomy type

NF30-CS NF63-CW NF125-CW NF250-CW NF400-CP NF630-CP NF800-CEP

NF-SStandard type

NF-HHigh-performance type

NF32-SW

NF63-SWNF125-SW NF250-SW NF400-SP NF630-SP NF800-SDP

NF1000-SS NF1250-SS NF1600-SSNF125-SGW NF250-SGW NF400-SEP NF630-SEP NF800-SEP

NF63-HWNF125-HW NF250-HW NF400-HEP NF630-HEP NF800-HEP

NF1000-SSD NF1250-SSD NF1600-SSDNF125-HGW NF250-HGW

160

NF160-SW

NF160-SGW

NF160-HW

NF160-HGW NF400-REP NF630-REP NF800-REP

NF-UUltra current-limiting type

NF125-RGW NF250-RGWNF400-UEP NF630-UEP NF800-UEP NF1250-UR

NF125-UGW NF250-UGW

NV-CEconomy type

NV30-CS NV125-CW NV250-CW NV400-CP NV630-CPNV63-CW

NV-SStandard type

NV-HHigh-performance type

NV32-SW

NV63-SWNV125-SW NV250-SW NV400-SP NV630-SP

NV800-SEPNV100-SEP NV250-SEW NV400-SEP

NV630-SEP

NV63-HWNV125-HW NV250-HW NV400-HEP

NV800-HEPNV630-HEP

NV100-HEP NV250-HEW NV400-REP

NV-UUltra current-limiting type

NV125-RW NV250-RW

MBMotor breaker MB100-SW MB225-SW

MB30-SW

MB30-CS MB50-CW

MB50-SW

SeriesFrame A

List of Product Models

Mo

lded

-cas

e ci

rcu

it b

reak

erE

arth

-lea

kag

e ci

rcu

it b

reak

erMo

tor-p

rote

ctio

nbr

aker

1250

12

Page 16: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

SeriesFrame Size

Photo

Type name

Rated current In (Amp.)

Rated ambient temperature (°C)Number of polesRated insulation voltage Ui (V)

Ratedshort-circuitbreakingcapacities (kA)

IEC60947-2(Icu/Ics)

AC(50/60Hz)

690V525V500V440V415V400V380V

DC

230V250V300V

Utilization categoryReverse connection (terminals unmarked)Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)Pollution degree

Number of operating cycles

without current

with current

440V-In/2440V-In690V-In/2690V-In

Overall dimensions (mm)

abcca

Installationandconnections

FixedFront

Screw terminal

Synchronous Closing (UVT-S)Non-Synchronous Closing (UVT-N)

Solderless (box) terminal (SL)

Rear (B)Busbar terminal

Plug-inRear (PM)Rear/front IP20 (PM-IP)

IEC 35mm rail

Mounting hook (option)Adapter (option)

Cassette-typeaccessories(option) ✽ 5

Alarm switch (AL)Auxiliary switch (AX)Shunt trip (SHT)

Undervoltage trip (UVT)

Accessorie’s connection(option)

with Lead-wire terminal block (SLT)with Internal terminal type (INT)with Flying leads

Built-inaccessories(option)

Pre-alarm (contact output) ✽ 3 (PAL)Overcurrent trip alarm ✽ 3 (OAL)

EnclosureDustproof

(S) ( I )

Handle lock (HL)

(HL-S)

Externalaccessories(option)

Marine approval

Electrical operation device (MD) Mechanical interlock

Handle lock device

(MI)

Lock cover (LC)

Waterproof (W)

Externaloperatinghandle

Door mounting (V)(S)

Mounted on breaker(R)(F)

Insulatingbarrier

Between phase (BA-F)To ground (BA-G)

Terminalcover

Large (TC-L)Small (TC-S)

for rear connection (BTC)for plug-in (PTC)

L/RG/LBV

DNVABS

Automatic tripping device

Trip button

Notes ✽ 1: Use two poles in the case of three-pole or four-pole products.In addition, wiring as shown to the right allows the three poles to be used for up to 400V DC and the four poles to be used for up to 500V DC.

✽ 2: Use two poles in the case of three-pole or four-pole products.In addition, wiring as shown to the right allows the three poles to be used for up to 500V DC and the four poles to be used for up to 600V DC.

✽ 3: Both PAL and OAL is not available. Only one specified.✽ 4: Specify if for DC use.✽ 5: Cassette-type accessories are not suitable for NF30-CS.

a cac

b

Suitability for isolation

Mass of front-face type (kg)

Transparent (TTC)

Cylinder key lock

Available soon

Available soon

C series30

NF30-CS

3 5 1015 20 30

302 3

45 67.5

500–––

–1.5/1.5

1.5/1.52.5/2 (240V)

––

A–42

10,0006,000 (415V)

––

965267

––

–––●

–––

––

––

–●–

––––––

–––

Hydraulic-magnetic

0.25 0.35

●●

●●

6,000 (415V)

S series C series C seriesS series32

NF32-SW

3 4 6 10 1620 25 32

402 3

2.5/1 ✽ 4 –

600––

2.5/12.5/12.5/15/25/2

7.5/4

A

62

10,0006,0006,000

––

1306890

––

––

Hydraulic-magneticEquipped

50 75

0.4 0.55

●●

●●●●

●●

●●●●

●●●●●

●●●●●●●

63

NF63-CW

3 4 6 10 16 2025 32 40 50 63

402 3

2.5/1 ✽ 4 –

50 75

600––

2.5/12.5/12.5/15/25/2

7.5/4

A

62

10,0006,0006,000

––

1306890

––

––

Hydraulic-magneticEquipped

0.45 0.6

●●

●●●●

●●

●●●●

●●●●●

●●●●●●●

63

NF63-SW

3 4 6 10 16 2025 32 40 50 63

402 3 4

600––

7.5/47.5/47.5/47.5/47.5/415/8

A

62

15,00015,0008,000

––

1306890

––

––

Hydraulic-magneticEquipped

7.5/4 ✽ 4 –

50 75 100

0.45 0.6 0.7

––––

–––––

●●

●●●●

●●●●

●●●●●

●●

●●

●●●●●

●●●●●

●●●

●●●●

●●

●●

●●●●●

●●●●

H series63

NF63-HW

10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63

40

6902.5/1

–7.5/410/510/510/510/525/13

A

62

15,00015,0008,000

–-–

1306890

––

––

Hydraulic-magneticEquipped

7.5/4 ✽ 4 –

50 75 100

0.45 0.6 0.7

––––

–––––

432

125

NF125-CW

50 63 80100 125

402 3

7.5/4 ✽ 1

60 90

600––

7.5/410/510/510/510/530/15

A

83

10,0006,0006,000

––

1306890

––

––

Thermal-magneticEquipped

0.65 0.9

––

●●

●●

●●●●●●●

●●

●●●●

●●●●●●●

●●●●●●●

●●

3-pole 4-pole

Line

Load Load

Line

2. Detailed SpecificationsMolded-Case Circuit Breakers

13

Page 17: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

2

●●●●●

●●●●●●

●●

●●

●●●

●●

●●●●●●●

●●●●

S series

NF125-SW

16 20 32 40 50 63 80 100 125

40

6908/418/518/925/1330/1530/1530/1550/25

A

83

25,00020,00010,0001,0001,000

1306890

––

––

Thermal-magneticEquipped

125

15/8 ✽ 1

60

0.7

90 120

0.95 1.3

––

–––

–––––

432

●●●●

●●●●

●●

●●

●●●●●●●●

●●●

●●

●●●●

●●●

●●

●●

●●

●●

●●

●●●

●●●●●

●●

●●

●●●

●●●●●●

NF125-SGWRT

16–25 25–40 40–63 63–100 80–125

40

6908/8

22/2230/3036/3636/3636/3636/3685/85

A

83

50,00040,00030,0001,0001,000

16586110

––

––

– –

Thermal-magneticEquipped

NF125-SGWRE

16–32 32–63 63–100 75–125

403 4

6908/8

22/2230/3036/3636/3636/3636/3685/85

––

A

83

50,00040,00030,0001,0001,000

16586110

––

Electronic

Equipped

105 140

2.0 2.6

105 140

2.0 2.6

––

––

432

20/20 ✽ 2

●●●●●

●●●

●●●●●●

●●

●●

●●

●●●●●●●

●●●●

NF125-HW

16 20 32 40 50 63 80 100

40

69010/522/1130/1550/2550/2550/2550/25100/50

A

83

25,00020,00010,0001,0001,000

1306890

––

––

Thermal-magneticEquipped

40/20 ✽ 1

0.8 0.95

90 120

1.3

––

–––

–––––

432

●●●●

●●●●

●●

●●

●●●●●●●●

●●●

●●

●●●●

●●●

●●

● ●

●●

●●

●●

●●

●●●

●●●●●

●●

●●

●●●

●●●●●

H series

Electronic

125

NF125-HGWRT

16–25 25–40 40–63 63–100 80–125

40

69020/2035/3550/5065/6570/7075/7575/75

100/100

A

83

50,00040,00030,0001,0001,000

16586110

––

––

Thermal-magneticEquipped

NF125-HGWRE

16–32 32–63 63–100 75–125

403 4

69020/2035/3550/5065/6570/7075/7575/75

100/100

––

A

83

50,00040,00030,0001,0001,000

16586110

––

Equipped

105 140

2.0 2.6

105 140

2.0 2.6

–––

–––

432

40/40 ✽ 2

U series

NF125-RGWRT

16–25 25–4040–63 63–100

402 3

69025/25

–125/125125/125125/125125/125125/125125/125

A

83

50,00040,00030,0001,0001,000

240105

3.1

86110

–––

––

Equipped

NF125-UGWRT

16–25 25–4040–63 63–100

40

69030/30

–200/200200/200200/200200/200200/200200/200

A

83

50,00040,00030,0001,0001,000

24086110

–––

––

Thermal-magnetic

Thermal-magnetic

Equipped

125

–– –

105 140

3.1 3.9

––

–––

–––––

432

●●

●●●●●

●●●●●

●●

●●

●●

●●●●●

●●●●

●●●

●●

●●●●●

●●●●●

●●●●

●●●

●●

●●

14

Page 18: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

SeriesFrame Size

Photo

Type name

Rated current In (Amp.)

Rated ambient temperature (°C)Number of polesRated insulation voltage Ui (V)

Ratedshort-circuitbreakingcapacities (kA)

IEC60947-2(Icu/Ics)

AC(50/60Hz)

690V525V500V440V415V400V380V

DC

230V250V300V

Utilization categoryReverse connection (terminals unmarked)Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)Pollution degree

Number of operating cycles

without current

with current

440V-In/2440V-In690V-In/2690V-In

Overall dimensions (mm)

abcca

Installationandconnections

FixedFront

Screw terminal

Synchronous Closing (UVT-S)Non-Synchronous Closing (UVT-N)

Solderless (box) terminal (SL)

Rear (B)Busbar terminal

Plug-inRear (PM)Rear/front IP20 (PM-IP)

IEC 35mm rail

Mounting hook (option)Adapter (option)

Cassette-typeaccessories(option)

Alarm switch (AL)Auxiliary switch (AX)Shunt trip (SHT)

Undervoltage trip (UVT)

Accessorie’s connection(option)

with Lead-wire terminal block (SLT)with Internal terminal type (INT)with Flying leads

Built-inaccessories(option)

Pre-alarm (contact output) ✽ 3 (PAL)Overcurrent trip alarm ✽ 3 (OAL)

EnclosureDustproof

(S) ( I )

Handle lock (HL)

(HL-S)

Externalaccessories(option)

Marine approval

Electrical operation device (MD) Mechanical interlock

Handle lock device

(MI)

Lock cover (LC)

Waterproof (W)

Externaloperatinghandle

Door mounting (V)(S)

Mounted on breaker(R)(F)

Insulatingbarrier

Between phase (BA-F)To ground (BA-G)

Terminalcover

Large (TC-L)Small (TC-S)

for rear connection (BTC)for plug-in (PTC)

L/RG/LBV

DNVABS

Automatic tripping device

Trip button

Notes ✽ 1: Use two poles in the case of three-pole or four-pole products.In addition, wiring as shown to the right allows the three poles to be used for up to 400V DC and the four poles to be used for up to 500V DC.

✽ 2: Use two poles in the case of three-pole or four-pole products.In addition, wiring as shown to the right allows the three poles to be used for up to 500V DC and the four poles to be used for up to 600V DC.

✽ 3: Both PAL and OAL is not available. Only one specified.

a cac

b

Suitability for isolation

Mass of front-face type (kg)

Transparent (TTC)

Cylinder key lock

Available soon

Available soon

●●●●●

●●●●

●●

●●

●●●●●

●●●

●●

●●

●●●●●

● ● ●

●●●

●●

● ● ●●●

●●●

●●

●●

●●●

●●

●●●

●●●●

●●

●●●

●●●●●●

● ●

●●

●●

S series

Electronic

NF160-SW

125 150 160

40

690––

15/825/1330/1530/1530/1550/25

A

62

12,0004,0004,000

––

1656892

–––

––

Thermal-magneticEquipped

160

NF160-SGWRT

125–160

40

6908/8

22/2230/3036/3636/3636/3636/3685/85

A

83

40,00030,00020,0001,0001,000

16586

110

––

––

Thermal-magneticEquipped

NF160-SGW RE

80–160

403 4

6908/8

22/2230/3036/3636/3636/3636/3685/85

––

A

83

40,00030,00020,0001,0001,000

16586

110

––

Equipped

15/8 ✽ 1

105 140 105 140 105 140

2.0 2.6 2.0 2.6

–––

–––

–––

––––

–––––

–––––

432

1.91.51.3

432

20/20 ✽ 2

H series

NF160-HW

125 150 160

40

6905/3–

30/850/1350/1350/1350/13

100/25

A

62

12,0004,0004,0001,0001,000

1656892

–––

––

Thermal-magneticEquipped

160

NF160-HGWRT

125–160

40

69020/2035/3550/5065/6570/7075/7575/75

100/100–

A

83

40,00030,00020,0001,0001,000

16586

110

––

––

Thermal-magneticEquipped

NF160-HGWRE

80–160

40

69020/2035/3550/5065/6570/7075/7575/75

100/100

––

A

83

40,00030,00020,0001,0001,000

16586

110

––

Electronic

Equipped

3 4

105 140

2.0 2.6

2 3 4

1.3 1.5 1.9

2 3 4

40/20 ✽ 140/40 ✽ 2

105 140 105 140

2.0 2.6

––

–––

–––

–––––

–––––

–––––

– ●●

●●

●●

●●●●●●●

●●●●●

●●●●

●●

●●

●●●

●●●●●

●●

●●●●●

●●●●●●

●●●

●●

●●

●●

●●●

●●●●

●●●●

●●●

●●

3-pole 4-pole

Line

Load Load

Line

2. Detailed SpecificationsMolded-Case Circuit Breakers

15

Page 19: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

2

C series S series H series U series

3 4 3 4

NF250-SW

125 150 175200 225 250

40

690––

15/825/1330/1530/1530/1550/25

A

62

12,0004,0004,000

–-–

1656892

–––

––

Thermal-magneticEquipped

105 140

2.0 2.6

105 140

2.0 2.6

250

NF250-SGWRT

125–160 160–250

40

6908/8

22/2230/3036/3636/3636/3636/3685/85

A

83

25,00015,00010,0001,0001,000

16586110

––

––

Thermal-magneticEquipped

NF250-SGWRE

125–250

40

6908/8

22/2230/3036/3636/3636/3636/3685/85

––

A

83

25,00015,00010,0001,0001,000

16586110

––

Electronic

Equipped

NF250-HW

125 150 175200 225 250

40

6905/3–

30/850/1350/1350/1350/13

100/25

A

62

12,0004,0004,0001,0001,000

1656892

–––

––

Thermal-magneticEquipped

NF250-HGWRT

125–160 160–250

40

69020/2035/3550/5065/6570/7075/7575/75

100/100–

A

83

25,00015,00010,0001,0001,000

16586

110

––

––

Thermal-magneticEquipped

250

NF250-HGWRE

125–250

40

69020/2035/3550/5065/6570/7075/7575/75

100/100

A

83

25,00015,00010,0001,0001,000

16586

110

––

Electronic

Equipped

105

3.1

2 3

250

NF250-RGWRT

125–160 160–225

40

69025/25

125/125125/125125/125125/125125/125125/125125/125

A

83

25,00015,00010,0001,0001,000

24086

110

–––

––

●Thermal-magnetic

Thermal-magnetic

Equipped

NF250-UGWRT

125–160 160–225

40

69030/30

–200/200200/200200/200200/200200/200200/200

A

83

25,00015,00010,0001,0001,000

24086

110

–––

––

Equipped

2 3 42 3 4

1.3 1.5 1.9

15/8 ✽ 120/20 ✽ 2 40/40 ✽ 2

40/20 ✽ 1–

105 140 105 140

2.0 2.6

105 140 105 140

2.0 2.6

105 140

3.1 3.9

–––

–––

–––

–––

–––

–––

–––

–––

–––

–––––

–––––

432

1.91.51.3

432 432

●●

●●

●●●●

●●●●●

●●●●●●●●●●

●●

●●●

●●●●

●●●●●

●●●

●●●●●

●●

●●●

●●●●●●

●●●●●

●●●

●●●●●

●●●

●● ●

●●

●●●

●●●●●

●●●●●

● ●

● ● –

●●

●●

●●●●

●●●●

●●●●●●●●●●

●●

●●●

●●●●

●●

●●●

●●●

●●

●●

●●

●●●

●●●●●●

●●●●●●

●●●

●●●●●

●●

●●

●●●

●●●●

●●●●●

●●●●●●●●●

●●

●●●

●●●●

●●●●●

● ●

●●●●●

●●●

●●●

●●●●●

●●●●●

●●●●●

●●●●●

● ● ● ●

250

NF250-CW

125 150 175 200225 250

402 3

10/5 ✽ 1

105

600––

10/515/818/918/918/9

35/18

A

62

8,0004,0004,000

––

1656892

–––

––

Thermal-magneticEquipped

1.3 1.5

●●

●●

●●●●

●●●●●●●●

●●

●●●●●

●●●●●●●

16

Page 20: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

SeriesFrame Size

Photo

Type name

Rated current In (Amp.)

Rated ambient temperature (°C)Number of polesRated insulation voltage Ui (V)

Ratedshort-circuitbreakingcapacities (kA)

IEC60947-2(Icu/Ics)

AC(50/60Hz)

690V500V440V415V400V380V

DC230V250V

Utilization category

Reverse connection (terminals unmarked)Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)Pollution degree

Overall dimensions (mm)

abcca

Installationandconnections

FixedFront

Screw terminal

Synchronous Closing (UVT-S)Non-Synchronous Closing (UVT-N)

Solderless (box) terminal (SL)

Rear (B)Busbar terminal

Plug-inRear (PM)Rear/front IP20 (PM-IP)

Cassette-typeaccessories(option)

Alarm switch (AL)Auxiliary switch (AX)Shunt trip (SHT)

Undervoltage trip (UVT)

Accessorie’s connection(option)

with Lead-wire terminal block (SLT)with Internal terminal type (INT)with Flying leads

Built-inaccessories(option)

Pre-alarm (contact output) ✽ 3 (PAL)Overcurrent trip alarm ✽ 3 (OAL)

(TI)

EnclosureDustproof

(S) ( I )

Handle lock (HL)

(HL-S)Externalaccessories(option)

Marine approval

Mechanical interlock

Handle lock device

(MI)

Lock cover (LC)

Waterproof (W)

Externaloperatinghandle

Door mounting (V)(S)

Mounted on breaker(R)

Electrical operation device

Motor-operated type (MD)

Spring-charge type (MDS)

(F)Insulatingbarrier

Between phase (BA-F)To ground (BA-G)

Terminalcover

Large (TC-L)Small (TC-S)

for rear connection (BTC)for plug-in (PTC)

L/RG/LBV

DNVABS

Automatic tripping device

Trip button

Notes ✽ 1: In case of solderless terminal, interrupting capacity reduces: ( / ).✽ 2: Solid state relay output is option . Please specify if other output is

necessary. (Standard type is thus SLT equipped.)✽ 3: Both PAL and OAL is not available. Only one specified.✽ 4: Specify if for DC use.

C series S series

a cac

b

Suitability for isolation

Mass of front-face type (kg)

Transparent (TTC)

Trip indicator

400

2 3

Rated short-time withstand current Icw (kA)

NF400-CP

H series400

250 300 350 400

40

600–

15/8

36/1836/1825/13

40/2050/25

20/10 ✽ 4 –

A–

83

140257103134

––––

Thermal-magneticEquipped

A–

83

140257103155

––––

Thermal-magneticEquipped

NF400-SP

250 300 350 400

40

40/40 ✽ 4 –

69010/10(5/5) ✽ 1

30/30(25/25) ✽ 142/42(36/36) ✽ 145/45(36/36) ✽ 145/45(36/36) ✽ 150/50(42/42) ✽ 185/85(65/65) ✽ 1

400

NF400-SEP

200~400adjustable

3 4

B5

NF400-HEP

400

2 3 4

185

––

4.9 5.7 7.5

––––––

83

140257103155

● ✽ 2–●–

Electronic

Equipped

40

69010/10(5/5) ✽ 1

30/30(25/25) ✽ 142/42(36/36) ✽ 145/45(36/36) ✽ 145/45(36/36) ✽ 150/50(42/42) ✽ 185/85(65/65) ✽ 1

185

6 7.8

––

200~400adjustable

3 4

B5

83

140257103155

––

● ✽ 2–●–

––

Electronic

Equipped

–––––

–––––

40

69010/1050/5065/6570/7070/7070/70

100/100

185

6 7.8

––

––

NF400-REP

200~400adjustable

3

B5

83

140257103155

––

● ✽ 2–●–

––

Electronic

Equipped

40

69015/1070/35125/63125/63125/63125/63150/75

6

––

●●●●

●●●●●●

●●●

●●●●●●

●●●●●●

●●●●

●●●●●●

●●●

●●●●●●

●●●

●●

●●●●

●●●●

●●●●●●

●●●

●●●●●●

●●●

●●

●●●

●●●●●●

●●●

●●●●●

●●●●●

●●●–●

●●

●●●

●●●●●●

●●●

●●●●●

●●●

●–

4.7 5.5

17

2. Detailed SpecificationsMolded-Case Circuit Breakers

Page 21: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

2

C series S series630

NF630-CP

500 600 630

40

600–

18/936/1836/1836/1840/2050/25

A

83

275103

275103

275103

155

––––

Thermal-magneticEquipped

630H series

630

3 4

210

432

U series400

3 4

140 280297 322

NF400-UEP

200–400adjustable

B5

83

200252

––

● ✽ 2–●–

––

●–

Electronic

Equipped

40

69035/35

170/170200/200200/200200/200200/200200/200

––

16.7 26.1

210 280322

B7.6

83

200252

––

● ✽ 2–●–

––

●–

Electronic

Equipped

35/35170/170200/200200/200200/200200/200200/200

––

25.7 31.9

2 3

20/10 ✽ 4 –

8.0 9.4

NF630-SP

500 600 630

40

69010/1030/3042/4245/4545/4550/5085/85

A

155

––––

Thermal-magneticEquipped

40/40 ✽ 4 –

210 280

12.59.68.5

––

––––––

NF630-SEP

300~630adjustable

40

69010/1030/3042/4245/4545/4550/5085/85

B– – 7.6

155

● ✽ 2–●–

Electronic

Equipped

210 280

10.5 13.6

––

–––––

83

83

275103

3 4

NF630-HEP

300~630adjustable

40

69015/1550/5065/6570/7070/7070/70

100/100

B7.6

155

––

● ✽ 2–●–––

Electronic

Equipped

210 280

10.5 13.6

––––––

83

630U series

3 4

NF630-UEP

300~630adjustable

40

690

630

275103

NF630-REP

300~630adjustable

403

69020/1570/35125/63125/63125/63125/63150/75

B7.6

15510.5

––

● ✽ 2–●–––

Electronic

Equipped

83

210

––––––

●●●

●●●●

●●●●●●

●●●

●●●●

●●

●●

●●

●●●●●●

●●●

●●●

●●●

●–

–––

●●

●●●●●●

●●●

●●●

●●●●

●●●●●●

●●●

●●●●

●●

●●

●●●

●●●●

●●●●●●

●●●

●●●●

●●

●●

●●●●●

●●●

●●●●●●

●●●

●●●●

●●

●●●

●●●

●●●●●●

●●●

●●●●

●●

●●●

●●●

● ● –

18

Page 22: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

SeriesFrame Size

Photo

Type name

Rated current In (Amp.)

Rated ambient temperature (°C)Number of polesRated insulation voltage Ui (V)

Ratedshort-circuitbreakingcapacities (kA)

IEC60947-2(Icu/Ics)

AC(50/60Hz)

690V500V440V415V400V380V

DC230V250V

Utilization category

Reverse connection (terminals unmarked)Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)Pollution degree

Overall dimensions (mm)

abcca

Installationandconnections

FixedFront

Screw terminal

Synchronous Closing (UVT-S)Non-Synchronous Closing (UVT-N)

Rear (B)Busbar terminal

Plug-inRear (PM)Rear/front IP20 (PM-IP)

Cassette-typeaccessories(option) ✽ 5

Alarm switch (AL)Auxiliary switch (AX)Shunt trip (SHT)

Undervoltage trip (UVT)

Accessorie’s connection(option)

with Lead-wire terminal block (SLT)with Internal terminal type (INT)with Flying leads

Built-inaccessories(option)

Pre-alarm (contact output) ✽ 3 (PAL)Overcurrent trip alarm ✽ 3 (OAL)

(TI)

EnclosureDustproof

(S) ( I )

Handle lock (HL)

(HL-S)Externalaccessories(option)

Marine approval

Mechanical interlock

Handle lock device

(MI)

Lock cover (LC)

Waterproof (W)

Externaloperatinghandle

Door mounting (V)(S)

Mounted on breaker(R)

Electrical operation device

Motor-operated type (MD)

Spring-charge type (MDS)

(F)Insulatingbarrier

Between phase (BA-F)To ground (BA-G)

Terminalcover

Large (TC-L)Small (TC-S)

for rear connection (BTC)for plug-in (PTC)

L/RG/LBV

DNVABS

Automatic tripping device

Trip button

Notes ✽ 1: In case of solderless terminal, interrupting capacity reduces: ( / ).✽ 2: Solid state relay output is option . Please specify if other output is

necessary. (Standard type is thus SLT equipped.)✽ 3: Both PAL and OAL is not available. Only one specified.✽ 4: Specify if for DC use.✽ 5: Cassette-type accessories are not suitable for NF1000-SS, NF1000-SSD,

NF1250-SS, NF1250-SSD, NF1250-UR, NF1600-SS, and NF1600-SSD.

a cac

b

Suitability for isolation

Mass of front-face type (kg)

Transparent (TTC)

Trip indicator

Rated short-time withstand current low (kA)

C series800

NF800-CEP

400~800adjustable

403

600–

18/936/1836/1836/1840/2050/25

B

83

27510315510.9

● ✽ 2–

Electronic

Equipped

210

9.6

S series800

H series800

NF800-SDP

(700) 800

402––––––––

A

83

2751031559–

––––

Thermal-magneticEquipped

210

40/40 ✽ 4

NF800-SEP

400~800adjustable

403 4

69010/1030/3042/4245/4545/4550/5085/85

B

83

275103155

● ✽ 2–

Electronic

Equipped

9.6

210 280322

B9.6

83

200252

––

● ✽ 2–●–

––

––

Electronic

Equipped

35/35170/170200/200200/200200/200200/200200/200

––

––––––

27.6 33.7

– –

800U series

3 4

NF800-UEP

400~800adjustable

40

690

210 280

10.9 14.2

––

–––––

NF800-HEP

400~800adjustable

403 4

69015/1550/5065/6570/7070/7070/70

100/100

B

83

275103155

––

● ✽ 2–

–––

Electronic

Equipped

9.6

210 280

10.9 14.2

–––

– ––

NF800-REP

400~800adjustable

403

69020/1570/35125/63125/63125/63125/63150/75

B

83

21027510315510.9

––

● ✽ 2–

–––

Electronic

Equipped

9.6

●●●●●

●●●●

●●●●●●

●●●

●●●●

●●

●●

–––––

●●●●

●●●●●●

●●●

●●●●

●●

●●

●●●●

●●●●●●

●●●

●●●●

●●

●●

●●●●●●

●●●

●●●

●●

●●●●●

●●●

●●●●●●

●●●

●●●●

●●

●●●

●●●

●●●●●●

●●●

●●●●

●●

●●●

Solderless (box) terminal (SL)

19

2. Detailed SpecificationsMolded-Case Circuit Breakers

Page 23: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

2

210 280406

B20

83

140190

––

––––

––

Electronic

Equipped

25/1365/3385/43

–85/43

–125/63

––

23.5 30.7

1000S series

3 4

NF1000-SS

40

690

–––––

––

– –– –

500–600–700–800–900–1000 adjustable

406

40/20 ✽ 4

A–

83

210

14019022––

––

––––

––

Thermal-magneticEquipped

–––––––

––

NF1000-SSD

402–

1000

––

––

210 280406

B20

83

140190

––

––––

––

Electronic

Equipped

25/1365/3385/43

–85/43

–125/63

––

23.5 30.7

1250S series

1250U series

1600S series

3 4

NF1250-SS

40

690

–––––

600–700–800–1000–1200–1250 adjustable

240 310406

B20

83

144194

––

● (LT)–

––––––

––

Electronic

Equipped

–85/42125/65

–125/65

–170/85

––––––

37.2 46.7

3 4

NF1250-UR

40

690

600–700–800–1000–1200–1250 adjustable

406

40/20 ✽ 4

A–

83

210

14019022––

––

––––

––

Thermal-magneticEquipped

–––––––

––

NF1250-SSD

402–

1250

––

– –– –

210 280406

B20

83

140190

––

––

––––––

––

Electronic

Equipped

25/1365/3385/43

–85/43

–125/63

––––––

34.5 41.2

3 4

NF1600-SS

40

690

–––––

800–1000–1200–1400–1500–1600 adjustable

406

40/20 ✽ 4

A–

83

210

14019032––

––

––––––

––

●●●

●●●●●●

●●

●●●●

●●

●●

●●●●●●

●●

●●●●

●●

●●

●●

●●●

●●●●●●

●●

●●●●

●●

●●●●●

●●

●●

●●

●●●●●●

●●

●●

●●●●

●●

●●

●●●●●●

●●

●●●–

●●

●●●●●●

●●

●●●––

magnetic

Equipped

–––––––

––

NF1600-SSD

402–

1600

20

Page 24: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

SeriesFrame size

Type name

Photo

Rated current In (Amp.)

Rated ambient temperature (°C)Number of poles

Rated operational voltage Ue (AC V)

High-speed type

Time-delay type

Earth-leakage indication system

Rated breaking capacity (kA)IEC60947-2 (Icu/Ics)

AC440VAC400VAC380VAC230V

440V-In/2440V-In

Number of operating cycles

Overall dimensions (mm)

abcca

Mass of front-face type (kg)

Installation andconnections

Fixed Front

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA)

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA)

Max. operating time at 2I∆n (s)

Max. operating time at 5I∆n (s)

Inertial non-operating time at 2I∆n (s)

Screw terminal

without current

with current

Synchronous closing (UVT-S)Non-synchronous closing (UVT-N)

Solderless (box) terminal (SL)Busbar terminal

Rear (B)

Plug-inRear (PM)Rear/front IP20 (PM-IP)

IEC 35mmrail

Mounting hook (option)Adapter (option)

Cassette-typeaccessories(option) ✽ 2

Alarm switch (AL)Auxiliary switch (AX)Shunt trip (SHT)

Undervoltage trip (UVT)

Accessorie’s connection (option)

Insulation switch (MG)Earth-leakage trip alarm (EAL)Test button module (TBM)

Built-inaccessories(option)

with Lead-wire terminal block (SLT)with Flying leads

Enclosure(S)

Dustproof ( I )

Handle lock (HL)

(HL-S)

Externalaccessories(option)

Electrical operation device (MD)

Handle lock device

Lock cover (LC)

Waterproof (W)

Mechanical interlock (MI)

Externaloperatinghandle

Door mounting (V)(S)

Mounted on breaker(R)(F)

Insulatingbarrier

Between phase (BA-F)To ground (BA-G)

Terminalcover

Large (TC-L)Small (TC-S)Transparent (TTC)for rear connection (BTC)for plug-in (PTC)

Automatic tripping device

Trip button

C series S series H series

a cac

b

30

NV30-CS

5 10 1520 30

303

0.04

–––

2.5/210,000

6,000 (230V)6,000 (230V)

67.59652670.4

––

––

–––

––

––––––

––––––

●●

–Hydraulic-magnetic

Equipped ✽ 5

Button

230

30

32

NV32-SW

6 10 16 2025 32

403

0.04

5/25/25/210/5

10,0006,0006,000

7513068900.6

Hydraulic-magneticEquipped

Button

230–400–440Multi-voltage type

30 •100 •500Selectable

63

NV63-SW

16 20 25 32 4050 63

403

0.04

7.5/47.5/47.5/415/8

15,00015,0008,000

751306890

0.65

Hydraulic-magneticEquipped

Button

230–400–440Multi-voltage type

30 •100 •500Selectable

63

NV63-HW

16 20 25 32 4050 63

403

0.04

10/510/510/525/1315,00015,0008,000

751306890

0.65

Hydraulic-magneticEquipped

Button

230–400–440Multi-voltage type

30 •100 •500Selectable

125

NV125-CW

63 80 100 125

403

0.04

0.1•0.5 •1.0

10/510/5

–30/1510,0006,0006,000

9013068901.0

Thermal-magneticEquipped

Button

230–400–440Multi-voltage type

30 •100 •500Selectable

100 •300 •500Selectable

0.45 •1.0 •2.0Selectable

250

NV250-CW

125 150 175200 225 250

403

0.04

0.1•0.5 •1.0

15/818/9

–35/188,0004,0004,00010516568921.7

–––

Thermal-magneticEquipped

Button

230–400–440Multi-voltage type

30 •100 •500Selectable

100 •300 •500Selectable

0.45 •1.0 •2.0Selectable

Pre-alarm-contact output (PAL) – – – –– –Cylinder key lock –

63

NV63-CW

16 20 25 32 40 50 63

403

0.04

2.5/15/25/2

7.5/410,0006,0006,000

751306890

0.65

Hydraulic-magneticEquipped

Button

230–400–440Multi-voltage type

30 •100 •500Selectable

–– – – ––

Note ✽ 1: 125A rated current is 3p only.✽ 2: Cassette-type aaccessories are not acceptable for NV30-CS.✽ 3: Standard type is thus SLT equipped.✽ 4: In case of ampere rating 16A, time-delay type is not available.✽ 5: Included in AL (type) only.

Available soon

●●

●●●

●●●

●●

●●●

●●●●●

●●●●●●

●●●●●●●●

●●●

●●

●●●

●●●●●

●●●●●●

●●●●●●●●

●●●

●●

●●●

●●●●●

●●●●●●

●●●●●●●●

●●●●●●

●●●

●●●●●

●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●

●●●●●

●●

●● ✽ 3● ✽ 3

●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●

●●●

●●

●●●

●●●●●

●●●●●●

●●●●●●●●

Rated operational voltage

230V

230 - 400 - 440V

Available voltage range

195~253V

195~484V

21

2. Detailed SpecificationsEarth-Leakage Circuit Breakers

Page 25: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

2

S series H seriesS seriesH series125

NV125-SW

✽ 4 16 20 32 40 5063 80 100 125 ✽ 1

4043

0.04

0.1•0.5 •1.0

25/1330/15

–50/25

25,00020,00010,000

120901306890

––

–––

––––

Thermal-magneticEquipped

Button

230–400–440Multi-voltage type30 •100 •500Selectable

100 •300 •500Selectable

0.45 •1.0 •2.0Selectable

1.41.1

125

NV125-HW

✽ 4 16 20 32 40 5063 80 100

4043

0.04

0.1•0.5 •1.0

50/2550/25

–100/5025,00020,00010,000

10,0006,0006,000

10,0006,0006,000

120901306890

––

–––

––––

Thermal-magneticEquipped

Button

230–400–440Multi-voltage type30 •100 •500Selectable

100 •300 •500Selectable

0.45 •1.0 •2.0Selectable

1.41.1

250

NV250-RW

125 150 175200 225

403

0.04

0.1 •0.5 •1.0

125/125125/125

–125/12512,0004,0004,0001052406892

–––

–––

Thermal-magneticEquipped

Button

230–400–440Multi-voltage type30 •100 •500Selectable

100 •300 •500Selectable

0.45 •1.0 •2.0Selectable

125

NV125-RW

✽ 4 16 20 32 40 5063 80 100

403

0.04

0.1 •0.5 •1.0

125/125125/125

–125/12525,00020,00010,000

90

3.51.8

1916890

–––

–––

Thermal-magneticEquipped

Button

230–400–440Multi-voltage type30 •100 •500Selectable

100 •300 •500Selectable

0.45 •1.0 •2.0Selectable

250250

NV250-SW

125 150 175 200 225 250

125 150 175200 225

403 4

0.04

0.1 •0.5 •1.0

25/1330/15

–50/2512,0004,0004,000

105 1401656892

–––

Thermal-magneticEquipped

Button

230–400–440Multi-voltage type30 •100 •500Selectable

100 •300 •500Selectable

0.45 •1.0 •2.0Selectable

1.7 2.1

–––

NV250-SEW

125–225Adjustable

40

0.04

0.1 •0.5 •1.0Button

230–400–440Multi-voltage type30 •100 •500Selectable

100 •300 •500Selectable

0.45 •1.0 •2.0Selectable

3 4

25/1330/15

–50/2512,0004,0004,000

105 1401656892

–––

–––

Electronic

Equipped

1.8 2.3

–––

NV250-HW

125 150 175200 225

40

0.04

0.1 •0.5 •1.0Button

230–400–440Multi-voltage type30 •100 •500Selectable

100 •300 •500Selectable

0.45 •1.0 •2.0Selectable

3 4

50/1350/13

–100/2512,0004,0004,000

105 140

1.7 2.1

1656892

–––

Thermal-magneticEquipped

–––

NV250-HEW

40

0.04

0.1 •0.5 •1.0Button

230–400–440Multi-voltage type30 •100 •500Selectable

100 •300 •500Selectable

0.45 •1.0 •2.0Selectable

125–225Adjustable

3 4

50/1350/13

–100/2512,0004,0004,000

105 1401656892

–––

–––

– – ––– –

100

–– – – –

Electronic

Equipped

1.8 2.3

–––

100

NV100-SEP

15~20,30~50,60~100 Adjustable

3043

0.04

0.1•0.5 •1.0

25/1330/15

–50/25

120901556890

Button

230–400–440Multi-voltage type30 •100 •500Selectable

100 •300 •500Selectable

0.45 •1.0 •2.0Selectable

1.51.2

U series

––●

–––

● ✽ 3● ✽ 3

–––

●●

Electronic

Equipped

● ✽ 3–

NV100-HEP

15~20,30~50,60~100 Adjustable

3043

0.04

0.1•0.5 •1.0

50/2550/25

–100/50

120901556890

Button

230–400–440Multi-voltage type30 •100 •500Selectable

100 •300 •500Selectable

0.45 •1.0 •2.0Selectable

1.51.2

● ✽ 3● ✽ 3

–––

Electronic

Equipped

● ✽ 3

●●●

●●●●●●●●●●●●

●●●●

●●●

●●●●●●●●●●●●

●●●●

●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●

●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●

●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●

●●●

●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●

●●●

●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●

●●

●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●

●●

●●●

●●●●●

●●●

––●

–––

●●

●●

●●

●●●●●

●●

●●●●●

●●

●●●●●

●●

●●●●●

●●

●●

●●

●●

●● ✽ 3● ✽ 3

●●

●●●●●

●●

●●●●●

●●

●●●●●

●●

●● ✽ 3● ✽ 3

●●

●●●●●

●●

●● ✽ 3● ✽ 3

●●

●●

●●

●●

●● ✽ 3● ✽ 3

●●

●●

●●

●●

●● ✽ 3● ✽ 3

● ✽ 3 ● ✽ 3

●●

● ● ●

●●

●●

●●

●●

●●

●●

●●

●●

●●●

●●●●●

22

Page 26: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

SeriesFrame size

Type name

Photo

Rated current In (Amp.)

Rated ambient temperature (°C)Number of poles

Rated operational voltage Ue (AC V)

High-speed type

Time-delay type

Earth-leakage indication systemRated breaking capacity (kA)IEC60947-2 (Icu/Ics)

AC440VAC400VAC230V

Overall dimensions (mm)

abcca

Mass of front-connection type (kg)

Installation andconnections

Fixed Front

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA)

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA)

Max. operating time at 2I∆n (s)

Max. operating time at 5I∆n (s)

Inertial non-operating time at 2I∆n (s)

Screw terminal

Synchronous closing (UVT-S)Non-synchronous closing (UVT-N)

Solderless (box) terminal (SL)Busbar terminal

Rear (B)

Plug-inRear (PM)Rear/front IP20 (PM-IP)

Cassette-typeaccessories(option)

Alarm switch (AL)Auxiliary switch (AX)Shunt trip (SHT)

Undervoltage trip (UVT)

Accessorie’s connection (option)

Insulation switch (MG)Earth-leakage trip alarm (EAL)Test button module (TBM)Built-in

accessories(option)

with Lead-wire terminal block (SLT)with Flying leads

Enclosure(S)

Dustproof ( I )

Handle lock (HL)

(HL-S)

Externalaccessories(option)

Electrical operation device (MD)

Handle lock device

Lock cover (LC)

Waterproof (W)

Mechanical interlock (MI)

Externaloperatinghandle

Door mounting (V)(S)

Mounted on breaker(R)(F)

Insulatingbarrier

Between phase (BA-F)To ground (BA-G)

Terminalcover

Large (TC-L)Small (TC-S)Transparent (TTC)for rear connection (BTC)for plug-in (PTC)

Automatic tripping device

Trip button

a cac

b

400H series

400S series

NV400-SP

250 300 350 400

403

0.04

0.1•0.5 •1.0

42/42(36/36) ✽ 145/45(36/36) ✽ 185/85(65/65) ✽ 1

6.4–

–●

●●

–●

●Thermal-magneticEquipped

Button

230–400–440Multi-voltage type

30 •100 •500Selectable

100 •300 •500Selectable

0.45 •1.0 •2.0Selectable

140 185

6.6 8.4

Pre-alarm-contact output (PAL)Overcurrent trip alarm ✽ 3 (OAL)

––

400C series

NV400-CP

250 300 350 400

403

0.04

0.1•0.5 •1.0

25/1336/1850/25

140257103134

140257103155

6.1–

–●

●●

–●

●Thermal-magneticEquipped

Button

230–400–440Multi-voltage type

30 •100 •500Selectable

100 •300 •500Selectable

0.45 •1.0 •2.0Selectable

NV400-SEP

200~400 adjustable

40

0.04

0.1•0.5 •1.0

42/42(36/36) ✽ 145/45(36/36) ✽ 185/85(65/65) ✽ 1

–●

●●

–●

Electronic

Equipped

Button

230–400–440Multi-voltage type

30 •100 •500Selectable

100 •300 •500Selectable

0.45 •1.0 •2.0Selectable

● ✽ 2

257103155

Note ✽ 1: In case of solderless terminal, interrupting capacity reduces: ( / )✽ 2: Solid state relay output is option. Please specify if order output is necessary. (Standard type is thus SLT equipped.)

Rated operational voltage 230–400–440V

Available voltage range 195–484V

––

140 185

6.6 8.4

NV400-HEP

200~400 adjustable

40

0.04

0.1•0.5 •1.0

65/6570/70

100/100

––

–––

–●

●●––●

Electronic

Equipped

Button

230–400–440Multi-voltage type

30 •100 •500Selectable

100 •300 •500Selectable

0.45 •1.0 •2.0Selectable

● ✽ 2

●●●●

●●●●●●●●

●●

●●●●●●

●●●●

●●●●●●●●●

●●

●●●●●●

●●●●

●●●●●●●●

●●

●●●●

●●

● ● ●

●●●

●●●●●●●●

●●

●●●●

– –

257103155

3 4 3 4

Suitability for isolation

23

2. Detailed SpecificationsEarth-Leakage Circuit Breakers

Page 27: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

2

630C series

NV630-CP

500 600 630

403

0.1•0.5 •1.0

36/1836/1850/25

21027510315512.3

–●

●●

–●

–Thermal-magneticEquipped

Button

230–400–440Multi-voltage type

100 •300 •500Selectable

0.45 •1.0 •2.0Selectable

630S series

NV630-SP

500 600 630

403

0.1•0.5 •1.0

42/4245/4585/85

21027510315512.5

––

–●

●●

–●

–Thermal-magneticEquipped

Button

230–400–440Multi-voltage type

100 •300 •500Selectable

0.45 •1.0 •2.0Selectable

NV630-SEP

300~630 adjustable

40

0.1•0.5 •1.0

42/4245/4585/85

275103155

● ✽ 2

–●

●●

–●

Electronic

Equipped

Button

230–400–440Multi-voltage type

100 •300 •500Selectable

0.45 •1.0 •2.0Selectable

400H series

NV400-REP

200~400 adjustable

403

0.04

0.1•0.5 •1.0

125/63125/63150/75

––

–––

–●

●●––●

Electronic

Equipped

Button

230–400–440Multi-voltage type

30 •100 •500Selectable

100 •300 •500Selectable

0.45 •1.0 •2.0Selectable

● ✽ 2

257140

6.6

103155

–●

210 280

14.3 18.6

––

3 4

630H series

NV630-HEP

300~630 adjustable

403

0.1•0.5 •1.0

65/6570/70

100/100

275210

10315514.3

––

● ✽ 2

–––

–●

●●

–●

Electronic

Equipped

Button

230–400–440Multi-voltage type

100 •300 •500Selectable

0.45 •1.0 •2.0Selectable

800S series

NV800-SEP

400~800 adjustable

403

0.1•0.5 •1.0

42/4245/4585/85

275210

10315515.3

● ✽ 2

–●

●●

–●

Electronic

Equipped

Button

230–400–440Multi-voltage type

100 •300 •500Selectable

0.45 •1.0 •2.0Selectable

800H series

NV800-HEP

400~800 adjustable

403

0.1•0.5 •1.0

65/6570/70

100/100

275210

10315515.3

––

● ✽ 2

–––

–●

●●

–●

Electronic

Equipped

Button

230–400–440Multi-voltage type

100 •300 •500Selectable

0.45 •1.0 •2.0Selectable

●●●●

●●●●●●●●●

●●

●●●●●●

●●●●

●●●●●●●●

●●

●●●●●●

●●●●

●●●●●●●●

–●●

●●●●

●●●

●●●●●●●●

●●

●●●●

●●

●●●

●●●●●●●●

–●●

●●●●

●●●●

●●●●●●●●

–●●

●●●●●●

●●●

●●●●●●●●

–●●

●●●●

24

Page 28: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

a cac

b

Frame A 50 100 225Type name MB50-CW MB50-SW MB100-SW MB225-SW

3 3 3 3

500 500 500 500

lEC60947-2JIS C 8201-2(lcu/lcs)Ra

ted sh

ort-

circu

it bre

aking

ca

pacit

ies (k

A)

Ove

rall

dim

ensi

ons

(mm

)

Con

nect

ion

met

hod

AC

440V 2.5/1 7.5/4 25/13

30/15400V 5/2 7.5/4 30/15

25/13

230V 7.5/4 15/8 50/25 50/25

a 75 75 90 105

b 130 130 130 165

c 68 68 68 68

ca 90 90 90 92

0.55 0.55 0.95 1.5

● Crimp contact ● Crimp contact ● Crimp contact ● Crimp contact

● Round stud ● Round stud ● Flat stud ● Flat stud

● ● ● ●

A200/220V 400/440V

kW kW

25 5.5 1116

32 7.5 15

3.7 7.512 – 5.510 2.2 –8 – 3.7

7.1 1.5 –5 – 2.24 0.75 1.5

2.5 0.4 –2 – 0.75

1.4 0.2 –1.2 – 0.40.8 – –

A200/220V 400/440V

kW kW

25 5.5 1116

32 7.5 15

3.7 7.5(12) – 5.510 2.2 –(8) – 3.77.1 1.5 –(5) – 2.24 0.75 1.5

2.5 0.4 –(2) – 0.751.4 0.2 –

(1.2) – 0.4(0.8) – –

A200/220V 400/440V

kW kW

45 11 22

40 – 18.5

32 7.5 15

25 5.5 11

16 3.7 7.5

12 – 5.5

10 2.2 –

8 – 3.7

A200/220V 400/440V

kW kW

7.1 1.5 –

5 – 2.2

4 0.75 1.5

2.5 0.4 –

2 – 0.75

1.4 0.2 –

1.2 – 0.4

0.8 – –

A200/220V 400/440V

kW kW

100 – 55

90 22 45

71 18.5 37

63 15 30

45 11 22

(40) – 19

32 7.5 15

(25) 5.5 11

(16) 3.7 7.5

(12.5) – 5.5

A200/220V 400/440V

kW kW

225 55 110

200 – –

175 45 90

150 37 75

125 30 –

Remark: The products of which rated current is parenthesized will be produced when an order is placed.

Rated current In (Amp.)Rated motor capacity: kW

Reference ambient temperature 40°C (45°C for marine applications)

Number of poles

Front connection (F)

Rear connection (B)

Plug-in (PM)

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)

Mass of front-connection type (kg)

MB30-SW

3

500

2.5/1

5/2

7.5/4

75

130

68

90

● Crimp contact

● Round stud

0.65

MB30-CS

500

1.5/1.5 (415V)

1.5/1.5 (380V)

2.5/2 (240V)

96

52

67

● For crimped terminal

30

3

45

0.25

67.5

0.35

2 (for single phase)

● Round stud (assembled in)

25

2. Detailed SpecificationsMotor-Protection Breakers

Page 29: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

2

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)

(TC-S)

Frame A

Type name

100 225 50 100 150 250

NF100-CWU NF225-CWU NF50-SWU NF100-SWU NF-SFW NF-SJW NF-HJW

Photo

50 60 75 100125 150 175

200 2255 10 15 20

30 40 5015 20 30 40

50 60 75 100

15 20 30 40 5060 70 80 90 100

110 125 150

(125) (150) 175200 225 250

125 150 175200 225 250

2 3 3 3 3 3

UL489

Rated voltage (V AC) 240 240 240 480Y/277 600Y/347 600Y/347 600Y/347

AC

600Y/347V – – – – 14 14 18

480V – – – – 35 35 50

480Y/277V – – – 22 35 35 50

240V 10 35 14 35 65 65 100

JIS C 8201-2IEC60947-2(Icu/Ics)

600 600 600 690 690 690 690

AC

690V – – – 8/4 8/8 8/8 15/15

500V 7.5/4 10/5 7.5/4 18/9 30/30 30/30 36/36

440V 10/5 15/8 7.5/4 25/13 36/36 36/36 50/50

415V 10/5 18/9 7.5/4 30/15 36/36 36/36 50/50

400V 10/5 18/9 7.5/4 30/15 36/36 36/36 50/50

380V 10/5 18/9 7.5/4 30/15 36/36 36/36 50/50

230V 30/15 35/18 15/8 50/25 85/85 85/85 100/100

DC 250V ✽ 3 7.5/4 10/5 – 15/8 20/20 20/20 20/20

Compatible to AC/DC ✽ 1 ● ● – ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Overall dimensions (mm)

a 60 90 75 90 105 105 10550 60105

0.7 0.95

– ●

0.75 0.95 2.0 2.0 2.00.55

●–

0.7

●–

1.5

b 150 165 150 150 185 185 185

c 68 68 68 68 86 86 86

ca 90 92 90 90 110 110 110

(F) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

● – – ● ● ● ●

(AL)

(SL)

● ● ● ● ● ● ●

(AX) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

(SHT) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

(UVT) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

(SLT) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

(MI) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

(HL) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

V ● ● ● ●

F ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

S ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

(IB) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

(TC-L) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

– – ✽ 4 – – – – –

– – Supplied standardly – – – –

Thermal-magnetic

Thermal-magnetic

Hydraulic-magnetic

Thermal-magnetic

Thermal-magnetic

Thermal-magnetic adjustable

Thermal-magnetic adjustable

Equipped Equipped Equipped Equipped Equipped Equipped Equipped

● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Rated current In (Amp.)at ambient temperature 40°C (IEC30°C)

2 3 2 3

3-pole

Line

Load

Number of poles

Rat

ed s

hort

-circ

uit b

reak

ing

capa

citie

s (k

A)

Suitability for isolation

Reverse connection

Mass of front-connection type (kg)

Con

nect

ion

met

hod

Acc

esso

ries

✽2

(opt

ion)

Ext

erna

l acc

esso

ries

✽2

(opt

ion)

Frontconnection

Insulating barrier

Mechanical interlock

Alarm switch

Auxiliary switch

Shunt trip

Under-voltage trip

Vertical lead-wire terminal unit

Handle lock device

Operating handle

Large

Small

IEC 35mm rail fixture

TÜV type approval

Automatic tripping device

Trip button

Terminalcover

Remark: The products of which rated current is parenthesized will be produced when an order is placed.The operating characteristics of breakers are different between AC and DC (JIS and IEC only).

a cac

b

Screw terminal

Solderlessterminal (box)

Notes: ✽ 1 The trip action characteristics differ between AC and DC for products that are compatible to both AC and DC.✽ 2 Specifications for products with a CE mark differ from those for general-purpose products. Details will

be available upon request.✽ 3 Use two poles among the three poles in the case of three-pole products. In addition, wiring as shown to the

right allows the models of NF100-CWU, NF100-SWU and NF225-CWU to be used for up to 400 V DC and the models of NF-SFW, NF-SJW, and NF-HJW to be used for up to 500 V DC.

✽ 4 The standard configuration contains a protection cover and adopts the IP20 (finger protection) structure.

26

2. Detailed SpecificationsUL Listed Products

Page 30: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

27

epyT HB P-HB

)A(emarF 07 001 001 07 001 001

otohP

selopforebmuN 1 2 3 1 2 3

)A(Rated current04erutarepmettneibmata ° C

Rated voltage (V)CA 230/400

CD 125

IEC608983

3

— 1

230/400

125

1

snoisnemiD)mm(

a 52 05 57 52 05 57

b 59 47

c 5.75 5.06

ac 5.77 97

Mass (kg) 0.16 0.32 0.48 0.13 0.26 0.38

n ✳ 1oitcennoC

lanimretpmalC )daol(pmalC)enil(ni-gulP

ecivedgnippirtcitamotuA citengam,lamrehT

Optionalaccessories

revoclanimreT —

etalpgnitnuoM —

esablanimreT —

revockcoL

ybdevorppA —

3

3

KN,LG,RL — — KN,LG,BA,VB,RL —

✳ 1. If reguired Solderless terminal can be supplied. (BH : Line and Load side, BH-P : Load side only)

DC125V

AC230/400V

AC400VBreaking capacity(kA) sym.

Type of instantaneous operation Type C (5 In <, <10 In)

70,10070,10070 70,10070,10070

2. Detailed SpecificationsMiniature Circuit Breakers

Page 31: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

2

28

epyT 3MS-HB 6MS-HB

otohP

selopforebmuN 1 2 3 1 2 3

)A(tnerrucdetaRat ambient temperature 40°C

,)52(,02,51,01,506,05,04,03

,)52(,02,51,0106,05,04,03

,)52(,02,5106,05,04,03

,)52(,02,51,01,506,05,04,03

,)52(,02,51,0106,05,04,03

,)52(,02,5106,05,04,03

Rated voltage (V)230/400

125

400 400 230/400 400 400

3

— —3

6

6

Type of instantaneous operation B,C,D ✳ 2sepyT

snoisnemiD)mm(

a 52 05 57 52 05 57

b 59 59

c 5.75 5.75

ac 67 67

Mass (kg) 51.0 23.0 05.0 51.0 23.0 05.0

n ✳ 1oitcennoC

lanimretpmalC

ecivedgnippirtcitamotuA citengam,lamrehT

lanoitpOseirossecca

revoclanimreT

etalpgnitnuoM

kcoleldnaH

revockcoL —

ybdevorppA —

✳ 1. If required Solderless terminal can be supplied (Line and Load side)✳ 2. Type B (3 In <, 5 In), Type C (5 In <, 10 In), Type D (10 In <, 20 In)

CA

CD

IEC60898

— — 125— —

1—

— 1—

—DC125V

AC230/400V

AC400VBreaking capacity(kA) sym.

a

b

cac

Page 32: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

29

epyT BH-PS M3 BH-PS M9

otohP

selopforebmuN 1 2 3 1 2 3

,02,51,0106,05,04,03

,02,51,0106,05,04,03

,02,5106,05,04,03

,)52(,02,61,01,606,05,04,23

,)52(,02,61,0106,05,04,23

,)52(,02,61,0106,05,04,23

Rated voltage (V)230/400

125

400 400 230/400 400 400

3

3

Type of instantaneous operation B,C,D ✳sepyT

snoisnemiD)mm(

a 52 05 57 52 05 57

b 81.5

c 60.5

ac 79

81.5

60.5

79

Mass (kg) 51.0 23.0 05.0 51.0 23.0 05.0

noitcennoC

pm (load)alC

ecivedgnippirtcitamotuA citengam,lamrehT

lanoitpOseirossecca

revoclanimreT

Terminal base

ybdevorppA — LR

CA

CD

IEC60898

— — —

1—

9

9

—DC125V

AC230/400V

AC400VBreaking capacity(kA) sym.

)enil(ni-gulP

kcoleldnaH

revockcoL

)A(tnerrucdetaRat ambient temperature 40°C

✳ Type B (3 In <, 5 In), Type C (5 In <, 10 In), Type D (10 In <, 20 In)

a

b

cac

2. Detailed SpecificationsMiniature Circuit Breakers

Page 33: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

2

30

a

b

cac

a

b

cac

a

b

cac

a

b

cac

MCB 6 (IEC60898) BH-DN (IEC60898)D-HB

otohP

selopforebmuN 1 2 3

)A(tnerrucdetaRat ambient temperature 30°C

,52,02,61,31,01,636,05,04,23

,52,02,61,31,01,636,05,04,23

,52,02,61,31,01,636,05,04,23

)CAV(egatlovdetaR 004/032 004 004 004

y (kA) sym. (IEC60898)ticapacgnikaerB 6

scitsiretcarahcgnippirT C, D ✳,BepyT C ✳,BepyT

snoisnemiD)mm(

a 18 63 45

b 78

c 44

ac 07

Mass (kg) 51

, Type D (10In , 20In)

.0 03.0 54.0

noitcennoC Solderless

ecivedgnippirtcitamotuA citengam,lamrehT

Optional accessories Insulating barrier — cp1 scp2

4 (3+N) 2 (1+N)

,52,02,61,31,06 1, 6,10,13,16,2025,32,4036,05,04,23

230

72

0.6

36

0.30

2 (1+N)

6,10,16,20

230

4.5

Type C

18

88

44

70

0.12

1 pc —3 pcs

Isolating switch D (IEC60947-3)-BK

otohP

selopforebmuN 1 2 3

)A(tnerrucdetaRat ambient temperature 30°C 32, 63

)CAV(egatlovdetaR 230 004

Short time withstand current (A) 20 ✕ In, 1s

Short-circuit making capacity (A) 20 ✕ In

snoisnemiD)mm(

a 81 63 45

b 78

c 44

ac 07

Mass (kg) 0.09 0.18 0.27

noitcennoC Solderless

— cp1 scp2

4 (3+N)

72

0.36

scp3

Utilization category AC22A class

Optional accessories Insulating barrier

RCCB D (IEC61008)-VB

otohP

selopforebmuN 2(1+N)

)A(tnerrucdetaRat ambient temperature 30°C 25, 40, 63

)C 230 230/400AV(egatlovdetaR

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA)

Rated conditional short-circuit current (kA)

Pulsating current sensitivity

30, 300

Max. operating time (s) at 5I∆ 0.04

Type AC

6

snoisnemiD)mm(

a 63

b 58

c 4

solderless

4

a

a

bcca

c 07

Mass (kg) 0.2

noitcennoC

4(3+N)

72

0.35

BV-DN (IEC61009)

Number of poles

Rated current (A)

at ambient temperature 30°CRated voltage (VAC)

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA)

Max. operating time (s) at5I∆n

Pulsating current sensitivity

Breaking capacity (kA) sym. (IEC61009)

Tripping characteristics

Mass (kg)

Connection

Automatic tripping device

Option

2 (1+N)

6,10,16,20

230

30,100,300

0.04

Type AC

4.5

Type C ✳

36

88

44

70

0.19

Solderless

Thermal,magnetic

Over voltage release (280V±5%)

RCBO

DImension (mm)

Photo

Page 34: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

31

2. Detailed SpecificationsELRs and ZCTs

Earth-Leakage relays

cosφ=1

555

cosφ=0.4L/R=0.007

222

cosφ=1

5515

cosφ=0.4L/R=0.007

2.52

0.62

cosφ=1

5324

0.40.2

cosφ=0.4L/R=0.007

3213

0.40.2

cosφ=1

555

cosφ=0.4L/R=0.007

222

Use auxiliary relay for AC415V contact.

cosφ=1

5313

cosφ=0.4L/R=0.007

3213

120VAC240VAC24VDC

120VAC240VAC415VAC30VDC100VDC200VDC

120VAC240VAC24VDC

120VAC240VAC480VAC30VDC

120VAC240VAC415VAC30VDC

Type

Model name of ZCT combined(✽ 9)

Hole diameter mm1530406080

100

Control voltage AC V

JIS

JIS

UL/JIS

UL/CE

UL/JIS (Note 3)UL/CE (Note 4)

Rated sensitivity current mA

Max. operating time s

Rated sensitivity current mA

Operating time s (Note 7)Inertial non-operating time s or longer than s

Rated sensitivity current mAMax. operating time s

Rated sensitivity current mAMax. operating time s (Note 7)

Inertial non-operating time s or longer than s Rated sensitivity current mAMax. operating time s at5I∆n

Rated sensitivity current mA

Max. operating time s at2I∆n (Note 7)Inertial non-operating time s at2I∆n

Earth-leakage indication

Resetting method

Standard attachment (Front connection)

Max. consumption VA

ConfigurationContinuous current capacity A

Contact capacity A

Japanese JIS standard

US UL standard (UR certified)

Canada CSA standard

European CE marking

Mass kg Relay

Front Rear

Externalaccessories

Terminal coverMounting hook for IEC 35mm rail (DIN rail) Fixture

Hig

h sp

eed

type

Del

ayty

peD

elay

type

Bui

lt-in

con

tact

Con

form

ing

stan

dard

High

spee

dty

pe

High

spee

dty

pe

High

spee

d •

Delay

type

Connection

Electrical self-hold type

NV-ZBA

Mechanical self-hold type

NV-ZSA

Harmonic surge readyElectrical self-hold type

NV-ZHAZT15BZT30BZT40BZT60BZT80B

ZT100B

Harmonic surge readyMechanical self-hold type

NV-ZLAZT15BZT30BZT40BZT60BZT80B

ZT100B

ZT15BZT30BZT40B

–––

–––

ZT60BZT80B

ZT100B

ZT15BZT30BZT40B

–––

–––

ZT60BZT80B

ZT100B

Interchangeable leakage relay (Note 1)

3φ4W, 3φ3W, 1φ3W, 1φ2W

Mounting screw

120 • 240 selectable

120 • 240 selectable240 • 415 selectable

120 • 240 selectable240 • 440 selectable

120 • 240 selectable240 • 440 selectable

48030

100 • 200 • 500selectable

100 • 200 • 500selectable

30100 • 200 • 500

selectable

100 • 200 • 500selectable

0.1

100 • 200 • 500 selectable

0.3 • 0.8 • 1.6 selectable0.1 • 0.5 • 1.1

Electric type (LED)

Push button on control power switch off

1c5

0.1

100 • 200 • 500 selectable(200 • 500 • 1000 selectable)0.3 • 0.8 • 1.6 selectable

0.1 • 0.5 • 1.1

Mechanical type (button)

Push button(conbined with earth-leakage indicator)

1a1c5

30 500.1

100 • 200 • 500 selectable0.1 • 0.45 • 1.0 selectable

– • 0.1 • 0.530 • 50 • 100 selectable

0.04100 • 300 • 500 selectable300 • 500 • 1000 selectable

0.45 • 1.0 selectable0.1 • 0.5

Electric type (LED)Push button on control power switch off

1a1c5

30 500.1

100 • 200 • 500 selectable0.1 • 0.45 • 1.0 selectable

– • 0.1 • 0.530 • 50 • 100 selectable

0.04100 • 300 • 500 selectable300 • 500 • 1000 selectable

0.45 • 1.0 selectable0.1 • 0.5

Mechanical type (button)Push button(conbined with earth-leakage indicator)

1a1c5

Clamp terminal–

0.3 (TC-ZBA) (DIN-ZBA)

JIS C 8374

Clamp terminal Clamp terminal

0.4 (TC-ZSA)

JIS C 8374

Clamp terminal Clamp terminal

0.4 (TC-ZSA)(Note 10)

JIS C 8374UL1053

Recognized component(File No.E196562)

LR103083(Certified No.)Declaration for conformity

IEC60947-2 AnnexBEN60947-2 AnnexB

Clamp terminal Clamp terminal

0.4 (TC-ZSA)(Note 10)

JIS C 8374UL1053

Recognized component(File No.E196562)

LR103083(Certified No.)Declaration for conformity

IEC60947-2 AnnexBEN60947-2 AnnexB

Control voltage120V240V440V480V

Available voltage range80~132V160~264V304~484V368~528V

Example of applicable circuit voltage100 • 110 • 120V

200 • 220 • 230 • 240V380 • 400 • 415 • 440V

460 • 480V

Control voltage120V240V415V

Available voltage range80~126V160~252V320~484V

Example of applicable circuit voltage100 • 110V • 120V200 • 220 • 240V400 • 415 • 440V

Combined type leakage relayFor protective coordinationUpper relay interlock type

NV-ZU (Note 2)NV-Z15UNV-Z30UNV-Z40U

–––

–––

NV-Z60UNV-Z80UNV-Z100U

120 • 240 selectable240 • 415 selectable

30200 • 500 • 1000

selectable

200 • 500 • 1000 selectable

0.1(Note 5)

Electric type (LED)

Push button on control power switch off

1a5

Clamp terminal Clamp terminal

0.5(Note 8)––

JIS C 8374

Note (1) Interchargeable leakage relay can be freely combined with relay and our ZCT. However, 30mA sensitivity product

(excluding NV-ZHA/ZLA) can be combined with only ZT15B, ZT30B and ZT40B.

(2) Combined type leakage relay is a combination of relay and ZCT. When ordering, specify the model name

combining that of relay and ZCT. (NV-Z15U~NV-Z100U)

(3) Indicates control voltage of UL. These are products indicating UL, CSA and JIS together. For voltage indication in

JIS, 100-200V changeover for 120-240V changeover, 200-415V changeover for 240-440V changeover, 460V for

480V are described together. When ordering, specify "UL/JIS".

(4) Indicates control voltage of UL. These are products indicating UL, CSA and CE together. For voltage indication in

CE, 120-230V changeover for 120-240V changeover, 230-440V changeover for 240-440V selectable are described

together. When ordering, specify "UL/CE".

(5) Time of backup operation by interlock signal is 0.3 seconds. (The relay operates between 0.15 and 0.45)

(6) This is a high speed delay selectable type.

(7) When the operating time are 0.3 and 0.45 seconds, 0.8 and 1.0 seconds, and 1.6 seconds, the relay operates

between 0.15 and 0.45, between 0.6 and 1.0 seconds and between 1.2 and 2.0 seconds respectively.

(8) Mass, outline dimension and rated short time current of ZCT are the same as those of interchangeable ZCT.

(9) Can be combined with interchangeable ZCT with primary conductor. Refer to the next page for detail.

(10) It's not UL-certified.

Remark (1) Relays with rate shown in the ( ) in the space for rate

are manufactured by your order.

(2) CE marking is for self-statement for the purpose of

interrupting NF when ground-fault occurs by combining

with our NF with CE marking (voltage tripping device).

(3) NV-ZBA/ZSA/ZU

(4) NV-ZHA/ZLA

Photo

Phase line type

3 2

Page 35: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

2

32

epyT B51TZ B03TZ B04TZ B06TZ B08TZ B001TZ

)mm(retemaiderutrepA 51 03 04 06 08 001

Mass (kg) 2.0 4.0 6.0 0.2 6.2 3.3

Rated short time current

)mm(snoisnemiD a 84 86 58 041 061 581

b 25 25 25 09 09 09

c 07 09 001 051 961 091

d 52 05 05 001 001 001

e 04 04 04 07 07 07

50 (peak value)

da

be

c

)mm(retemaiderutrepaTCZ51 03 04 06 08 001

mmnieziseriwdetarV006elbissimrep.xaM 2 )serepmanitnerruc(

w2ø1 eriwdetalusniedirolhclynivyloP )88(41 )712(06 )593(051 )056(523 )299(006 )5811(008

elbacdetalusnienelyhteylopdeknil-ssorC )33(2 )091(83 )062(06 )556(052 )078(004 )0411(006

w3ø1w3ø3

eriwdetalusniedirolhc-lynivyloP )16(8 )261(83 )892(001 )655(052 )248(005 )5901(527

elbacdetalusnienelyhteylopdeknil-ssorC )33(2 )531(22 )062(06 )065(002 )067(523 )0411(006

w4ø3 eriwdetalusniedirolhc-lynivyloP )16(8 )261(83 )892(001 )593(051 )056(523 )299(006

elbacdetalusnienelyhteylopdeknil-ssorC — )501(41 )091(83 )563(001 )556(052 )078(004

epyT A006ATZ A0021ATZ A0002ATZ

selopforebmuN 3

)CAV(egatlovdetaR 006

Rated short time current (kA) )eulavkaep(001

a 722 722 063

b 652 892 052

ab 663 444 495

c 24 87 97

ac 521 671 412

a

ca

c

bab

)A(emarF 006 0021 0002 0023

epyT

ZBA

srotcudnocyramirphtiwsTCZelbaegnahcretnidnaRLEelbaegnahcretnI

NV-ZBA3200

ZSA

ZHA

ZLA

NV-ZSA3200

NV-ZHA3200

NV-ZLA3200

ZU 006UZ-VN 0021UZ-VN 0002UZ-VN 0023UZ-VN

selopforebmuN 3

)CAV(egatlovdetaR 006

Rated short time current (kA) )eulavkaep(001

a 722 722 063 094

b 652 892 052 023

ab 663 444 495 868

c 24 87 97 111

ac 521 671 412 092

Mass (kg) 5.6 11 72 45

fonoitacificepSsRLE

epytdeeps-hgiH

)CAV(egatlovlortnoC )Am(ytivitisnestnerrucdetaR )s(emitgnitarepo.xaM )s(emitgnitarepo-nonlaitrenI

ZBA 021 • 042 ✳ 002 • 005001 • ✳1.0 —

ZSA021

240 • 415✳

• ,0✳42002 • 005001 • ✳

ZU 002 • 005 • 0001 ✳1.0

kcolretniybemitpukcab()s3.0silangis

Time-delay type

High-speed •Time-delay type

ZBA

ZSA

ZHA

ZLA

✳ .elbatceleS

100 • 200 • 500✳ 0.3 • 0.8 • 1.6✳ 0.1 • 0.5 • 1.1

120 • 240✳240 • 415✳

100 • 200 • 500✳(200 • 500 • 1000✳ )

120 • 240✳

0.3 • 0.8 • 1.6✳ 0.1 • 0.5 • 1.1

100 • 200 • 500✳ 0.1 • 0.45 • 1.0✳ – • 0.1 • 0.5120 • 240✳240 • 440✳ 100 • 300 • 500✳

300 • 500 • 1000✳0.45 • 1.0✳ (at 2l∆n) 0.1 • 0.5 (at 2l∆n)

100 • 200 • 500✳ 0.1 • 0.45 • 1.0✳ – • 0.1 • 0.5120 • 240✳240 • 440✳

480100 • 300 • 500✳300 • 500 • 1000✳

0.45 • 1.0✳ (at 2l∆n) 0.1 • 0.5 (at 2l∆n)

021

240 • 415✳

• ,0✳42

a

ca

c

bab

ELRs with a ZCT with primary conductors

Interchangeable ZCTs with primary conductors

ZCT aperture diameter and permissible wire size

Interchangeable ZCT

Page 36: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

33

)A(emarF 03

epyT AB03 -PC B-PC S-PC

otohP

selopforebmuN 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

)V(egatlovdetaR

Rated impulse voltage Uimp (kV)

052CA56CD

052CADC 125 052CA

052CA)ylnoepytseiressrekaerbelop-2rof(521CD,56CD ✳ 1

esunommocCD-CA

)A(tnerrucdetaR 03,02,51,01,7,5,3,2,1,5.0,3.0,52.0,1.0,57.0,5.0,3.0,52.0,1.0,50.0,51,01,5.7,7,5,3,5.2,2,1

03,52,02

Short circuitrating(A)

CA

V521 —

2.5 2.5 2.5

0052 0052

V042 0052 — —

V052 — 0051 0051

CDV06 0052 — — )V56CD(0001 )V56CD(0001

V021 — 0052 — — 1000 (DC125V) 1000 (DC125V)— — —

scitsiretcarahcgnitarepO)I(epytsuoenatnatsnI), (MD)M(epytdeeps-muideM ), (FD)F(epyttsaF)I(epytsuoenatnatsnI

), (SD)S(epytwolS), (MD)M(epytdeeps-muideM

metsysgnippirTmagnetic only:)I(epytsuoenatnatsnI

, MD, F, FD, S, SD): hydraulic magneticM(sepytrehtOmagnetic only:)I(epytsuoenatnatsnI

MD, S): hydraulic magnetic,M(sepytrehtO

(erutarepmettneibmadradnatS ° )C 04 04 52

Mass g 08 061 032 001 002 003 06 021 081

seirosseccA

)DI(yaledlaitrenI ● )ylnoCA:deeps-muideM( ● )ylnoCA:wols,tsaf,deeps-muideM(

)LA(hctiwsmralA ● )cI( ● )bIroaI( ✳ 2 ✳ 2● )cI(

)XA(hctiwsyrailixuA ● )cI( ● )bIroaI( ● )cI(

)THS(pirttnuhS — ● )ylnoepytyalerrof( ● )epytyalerdnalellaraprof(

)CL(revockcoL — ● — ● —

revoclanimreT

Accessory terminal covor

● ✳ 4

— —

— —

Back facing wiring terminal ● ✳ 3 — —

noitcennoCydobniaM

Screw terminal M4:sselroA02Screw terminal M5:A03

Screw terminal M5 052#lanimretnetsaF

hctiwsyrailixuA/hctiwsmralA Screw terminal M3.5 Screw terminal M3.5 011#lanimretnetsaF

dohtemgnitnuomydobniaMgnitnuomliarIEC,ecafruS

)noitpo(gnitnuomlenaphsulFgnitnuomliarIEC,ecafruS

On end contact fuse interchangeable metal (option)gnitnuomlenaP

)KN(lavorppaeniraM — ✳● 5 — —

dradnatslanoitanretnI ASC,LU — LU ✳ 6 —

gnikramEC ✳● 5 —

✳● 5

✳ 1 g.niredronehwesuCDroffiyficepS.✳ 2 . .elbaliavasiV56CDylno,esuCDfoesacnI✳ 3 . In case of back facing wiring terminals, specify if it will be used with ratings 20A or less, or 30A.

(with insulation cap).✳ 4 . The terminal cover is used for protection of electric shock (IPIX) caused by an intended contact from front direction,

with insulation cable lugs (or taping the tube of cable lugs) or direct clamp of the conductor.✳ 5 . Specify when ordering.✳ 6 . Specify when ordering. (In case of CP-S UL, type name is CP-SU.) Connection is fasten terminal only.

Slow type (S)

(Screw terminal M4 <series type only>)

Operating characteristics isMedium-speed type(M) only.The rated current, 0.3A,2A, 3A and 7A are not applied.

2. Detailed SpecificationsCircuit Protectors

CIRCUIT PROTECTORS TYPE CP

Page 37: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

3

2

34

dexiF 01xtnerrucdetaR

NF63-CW/HW CD,CA

NF125-CW/SW/HW CD,CA

NF160-SW/HW CD,CA

NF250-CW/SW/HW CD,CA

PS/PC-004FNPC-036FN

NF1000-SS, NF1250-SS AC

NF1600-SS AC

NF1000-SSD, NF1250-SSDDC

NF1600-SSD

CD,CA

elbatsujdAPES-008FN CA

01xtnerrucdetaR:hgiH2xtnerrucdetaR:woL

PDS-008FN CD A0008:hgiH

High: Rated current x10Low: Rated current x5

High: Rated current x6Low: Rated current x3

High: 8000ALow: 3200A

A0023:woL

PS-036FN AC, DC01xtnerrucdetaR:hgiH

4xtnerrucdetaR:woL

High: Rated current x10Low: Rated current x4

(AC)High: Rated current x13Low: Rated current x5.2

(DC)

AC, DCNF125-SGW/HGWNF160-SGW/HGWNF250-SGW/HGW

epyTselopforebmuN

)CDV(egatlovdetaR)Ak(yticapacgnikaerbdetaR

)SCI/UCI(2-74906CEI

NF63-SW NF125-SW NF160-SW NF250-SW NF400-SP NF630-SP NF800-SDP NF1000-SSD NF1250-SSD NF1600-SSD3

4003

4404

5503

4404

5503

4404

5503

5004

6003

5004

6003

5004

600

2/1 10/5 20/5 20/5 40/40 40/40 40/40 40/20

3500

4600

3500

4600

3500

4600

40/20 40/20

epyTselopforebmuN

)CDV(egatlovdetaR)Ak(yticapacgnitpurretnI

).nim(tnerrucpirtsuoenatnatsnI

NF125-SW NF160-SW NF250-SW NF400-SP NF630-SP NF800-SDP NF1000-SSD NF1250-SSD NF1600-SSD2

25015

344020

3 times rated current 3 times rated current

225015

344020

3 times rated current

2250

3440

900A

20

2250

3440

1000A

20

2250

3440

1400A

20

2250

3440

2000A

20

2250

3440

2500A

20

2250

3440

3200A

20

225015

344010

epyT SC-03NSD DSN63-CW DSN125-CW DSN250-CW PC-004NSD PC-036NSD PC-008NSD)A(tnerrucdetaR 03 63 125 052 004 036 008

selopforebmuN 2 3 32 2 3 2 3 2 3 3 3)CD/CA(egatlovdetaR —/064 052/005 052/005 052/005 052/006 052/006 052/006

—/081 360/150 052/006 065/0531 0001/0042 5751/0873 0002/0084)CD/CA(tnerrucgnihctiws.xaM

3. Special Purpose BreakersMag Only, DC-Use And DSN-Type

Mag Only (Instantaneous tripping circuit breakers)

Remarks: 1. The size, weight, accessories, etc., are all identical to the same-designation C, S

and H series breakers.

2. For more detail, contact your dealer.

DC-Use MCCBs and DSN-type Switches

•DSN-type switchesThese are standard MCCBs without the automatictripping element. The tripping capacity is about sixtimes the rated current.

The appearance, size, drilling plan and availableaccessories are all identical to similar type standard Sand C series MCCBs.

Breaking is more difficult with direct currents becausethe current value never reaches zero. While ordinaryDC breakers are suitable for low voltages, specialvoltage DC breakers are recommended for voltages inexcess of 250VDC. Breakers for 550V are all 4-polemodels.The size, shape, drilling plan, accessories, etc., are allidentical to the S series of same-designation breakers.

Notes: 1: Time constant: 10ms or below.

•DC sideThese breakers are designed as thyristor-Leonardsystem DC-side breakers. They protect the thyristorfrom short circuiting when there is a power or

communication failure. (Mag-Only breakers can alsobe used for this role.) Use these breakers incombination with fast fuses for even greater protection.

Note: The tripping characteristics will change if the wiring differs from the oneshown here.

Wiring diagram for DC use.

Wiring diagram for DC-usage.

epyT)A(tnerrucdetaR

selopforebmuN

)CD/CA(egatlovdetaR

)CD/CA(tnerrucgnihctiws.xaM

DSN32-SW DSN50-SS DSN63-SW DSN125-SW DSN250-SW DSN400-SP DSN630-SP DSN800-SP DSN1000-SS DSN1250-SS DSN1600-SS32 125

2 3

500/250

180/75 600/250

50 631

265/125 500/250 690/250

300/125 360/150

2 3 2 3 4

DSN125-SGW125

750/315

690/300

2 3 4

DSN160-SGW160

960/400

690/300

2 3 4250

1350/560

500/250

2 3 4

DSN250-SGW250

1500/625

690/300

2 3 4400

2400/1000

690/250

2 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4630

3780/1575

690/250

800

4800/2000

690/250 660/250 660/250 660/250

1000

6000/2500

1250

7200/3000

1600

9600/4000

Page 38: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

35

3. Special Purpose Breakers400Hz-Use, Instantaneous And Generator Protection

PF

Tr1

MCCB 1

MCCB 2

Tim

e

Current

Low-inst. MCCBs

MCCBoperatingcharacteristiccurve

PF short-time tolerance capacity

Fig. 4.12 Low-inst. MCCB characteristics

✳ 1: These MCCBs operating characteristic must be adjusted as follows.

STD ≤ 3 (Is setting)

LTD: minimum setting (TL = 12sec setting)

These breakers are designed for generator protection.

•Specifications

The tripping characteristics for these MCCBs increasewith an increase in the interrupted currentinstantaneous trip operating current. For this reason,these breakers are recommended for use in high-frequency circuits.

•SpecificationsThe appearance, size, rated interrupting capacity,drilling plan, accessories, etc., are all identical to thestandard S and H series of same-designation breakers.

•Low-Inst. MCCBs for DiscriminationWhen a power fuse (PF) is used for high-voltageproection, make sure that the MCCB on the secondaryside is compatible.

Remarks: 1. Ensure compatibility with motor, etc., before use to prevent accidental tripping at start up.

2. Specify rated current and tripping characteristic.

3. There are no short time delay characteristics.

The appearance, size, rated interrupting capacity,accessories, etc., are all identical to the standardinstantaneous trip breakers of the same designation.

•Specifications

Note *1. Instantaneous trip current : Rated current x 14 (Fix)

400Hz-Use MCCBs

Low-Instantaneous MCCBs

Generator-Protection MCCBs

NF125-SW NF125-HW NF250-SW NF400-SP NF400-SEP NF630-SP*1 NF630-SEP NF800-SEP NF1250-SS NF1600-SS

16, 20, 32,40, 50, 63,80, 100, 125

16, 20, 32,40, 50, 63,

80, 100

125, 150175, 200

225, 250300, 350

200~350adjustable

300~500adjustable

400~600adjustable400, 500

600-700-800adjustable

800-1000-1200adjustable

2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 42 3 4

8/418/9

25/1330/1550/25

15/825/1330/1550/25

10/530/1550/2550/25

100/50

10/1030/3042/4245/4585/85

NF250-HW

125, 150175, 200

2 3 4

5/330/8

50/1350/13

100/25

10/1030/3042/4245/4585/85

10/1030/3042/4245/4585/85

10/1030/3042/4245/4585/85

10/1030/3042/4245/4585/85

25/1365/3385/4385/43

125/63

25/1365/3385/4385/43125/63

690

epyT

)A(tnerrucdetaR

selopforebmuN)CDV(egatlovnoitalusnidetaR

yticapacgnikaerbdetaR)Ak(

)Ics/Icu(2-74906CEI

690VV005V044V004V032

epyT NF125-CW PC-004FN

selopforebmuN 2 3 2 3 4 2 3 2 3 4 2 3

)A(tnerrucdetaR,08,36,05

100, 12504,23,02,61

100,125,08,36,05571,051,521052,522,002

571,051,521052,522,002

003,052004,053

pirtsuoenatnatsnIdetarfo%(

)tnerruc

006 ● ● ● ● ●

004 — — ● ● ●

NF125-SW NF250-CW NF250-SW

epyT NF125-SGW

selopforebmuN 3 3 3 3

)A(tnerrucdetaR

16-3232-6363-10075-125

adjustable

125~250adjustable

125~250adjustable

16-3232-6363-10075-125

adjustable

)tnerrucdetarfo%(pirtsuoenatnatsnI 300

18~28

✳ 1

✳ 1

690

)s(tnerrucdetarfo%051taemitgnitarepO

)V(egatlovnoitalusnidetaR

gnikaerbdetaRyticapac

)Ak(

2-74906CEI)Ics/Icu(

V096CA 8/8

30/30

36/36

36/36

85/85

20/20

50/50

65/65

75/75

100/100

20/20

50/50

65/65

75/75

100/100

8/8

30/30

36/36

36/36

85/85

V005CA

V044CA

V004CA

V032CA

NF125-HGW NF250-SGW NF250-HGW

Page 39: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

3

36

Load current : Present value, demand value, maximum demand value

Line voltage : Present value, demand value, maximum demand value

Harmonic current (3rd, 5th, 7th and total harmonics) :

Present value, demand value, maximum demand value

Electric power : Present value, demand value, maximum demand value

Electric energy :

Electric energy, electric energy (hourly value), maximum electric energy (hourly value)

Power factor : Present value

Rated (maximum) measuring current (Note2.)

Accuracy of measurring current

Rated (maximum) measuring voltage (Note2.)

Accuracy of measurring voltage

Measurment range of power factor

Fault current/cause

PAL, OVER

Pre-alarm (PAL) (Power supply AC/DC100-240V required)

Trip indicator (TI) (Power supply AC/DC100-240V required)

Phasing line

Electric energy accumulated pulse output (option) (Note3.)

CC-Link transmission (option) (Note3.)

Control power (Allowable voltage range 85~110%)

Items

Measured and

displayed

value

Alarm LED

indication

Alarm contact

output (option)

(note1.)

NF400-SEPM/HEPM

400A (800A)

±10A

NF630-SEPM/HEPM

630A (1260A)

±15.7A

AC440V (690V)

±11V

Lead 0~1~0 Lag

PAL

PAL, OAL

3φ3W, 1φ3W (3 poles breaker), 3φ4W (4 poles breaker)

AC/DC100-240V 12VA(Note4.)

NF800-SEPM/HEPM

800A (1600A)

±20A

Type

Note1. The module (terminal) is attached to the right side of the breaker.Pre-alarm (PAL) output function can set “Self-holding” or “Auto reset”.For function of alarm contact output (PAL, OAL), MDU and the circuit breaker must be connected with the mutuality and the control power must be supplied to MDU and alarm contact output module.

Note2. If input is over range, in this case, MDU display maximum measuring value.Note3. Pulse output option and CC-Link option cannot be attached at the same time.Note4. When control power supplied to MDU, then rushed current transitionally, max. 40Apeak, 1ms (at 240VAC).

3. Special Purpose BreakersMDU Breakers

Measuring Display Unit (MDU)

• Energy management becomes possible bymeasurement and display of load current, linevoltage, electric power, electric energy, harmoniccurrent (3rd, 5th, 7th and total) and power factor ofMDU.

• MDU with pulse output option can output pulse whenelectric energy accumulated setting unit. MDU withCC-Link option can transfer measured data to opennetwork CC-Link.

• When a circuit breaker outputs a alarm, LED onMDU turns on.

PAL : pre-alarmOVER : over current

• When the circuit breaker is tripped, fault cause andfault current stored in EEPROM. It makes causeinvestigation and restoration of power line possible.

Fault cause : over current (L) and short-circuit (SI)Fault current : up to 16 times the max. rated

current can be displayed.• The max. demand value of load current, line voltage

total harmonic current, electric power and electricenergy (hourly value), are stored in EEPROM. AndMDU with CC-Link option can store the outbreaktime of these. It makes easy finding of peak time ofpower consumption possible.

Page 40: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

37

Installed on the circuit breaker.

Installed on the panel.

Panel

Breaker mountingNF400~800-SEPM/HEPM

Hold dimensions

M6 screwor φ7

Breaker

I

H

102

25.565

MDU

Conductorsthickness

tE

107

F

G

G

97

1035

B

155

131

Trip button

φ14M12 bolt

Terminalcover

140 (400AF)

A

51

2056

.5

98B

D

25

C

PE

12.5

A Frame400630800

A70

105105

B393232

C798787

D257275275

E8812

F8810

G444446

H447070

I194243243

A Frame400630800

J504646

K68

103103

L598686

M598686

N715656

O718686

P237246246

Q367376376

R198214214

Please contact our company about outline of 4P and outline of contact alarm output.Hold dimensions is 1.0mm clearance on the side of the circuit breaker cut out.Please contact our company about outline CC-Link and Terminal arrange of CC-Link Panel mounting.

Note 1 :

K

R2

38

2512

8

24

46

ML

R6

J

ON

Front panel cut out

Breaker mount

SE

PM

(P),

HE

PM

(Q)

RFront panel cut out

136

R3

MDU is connected with circuit breaker via flat cable.Space greater than the values shown in the figure below must be secured.

140

7672

30

Upper side

Flat cableconnector

82

PE

Panel holder plate

47

12

145

140 Operation/display side

Panel

MDU terminal plate

Mounting MDU panel

Note 2 : Please contact our company about outline of CC-Link and Terminal arrange of CC-Link Panel mounting.

DGSLDFG

FG

FG DB DA

– – 114113

––––breaker mounting

CC-Link

no transmission

PULSE

1 2 3 54

CC-Link

––

113

114

no transmission

PULSE

Panel mounting

Note 2

1 2 3 4

MDU Terminal arrange

Terminal cover

Panel mounting

PE L1L21 2 3 4

Breaker mounting

L2 1 2 3 54L1

MDU control power supply

210 (630, 800AF)

Mode selectionswitch

Phase selectionswitch

Measured valueselection switch

Functionselection switch

Alarm resetswitch

ENTER switch

UP/DOWN switch

Numerical display LED (6digit)

Mode selection LED

Phase selectionLED

Measured value selection LED

Function selection LED

Alarm displayLED

Unit displayLED

UP/DOWN active LEDM e a s u r i n gD i s p l a yU n i t

ENTER

MODE PHASE VALUE FUNCTION ALARMA

V

W

Wh

I1 V1-2

I2 V2-3

I3 V3-1

PRESENT

MAX.

DEMAND

DEMAND TIME

CLEAR

kWh/imp

ALARM HOLD

PAL

OVER

HARMONICS

TRIP

PFALARM RESET

m

k

%

A

V

W

Wh

Measuring Display Unit

3. Special Purpose BreakersMDU Breakers

Page 41: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

3

4

38

1. Connection TypesTable 4-1: Connection Types

2. Connection AccessoriesTable 4-2: List of Connection Accessories

Connection Method (Abbreviation) Front connection (F) Rear connection (B)Solderless terminal Plug-in (PM)

Appearance

The front connection model will be delivered unless otherwise specified. Notice, however, that you can convert the front connection model to other types (excluding the plug-in) by using an appropriate connection component, which is separately available.

✽ 1

3. Connection of Line and LoadThe standard wiring of line and load on the circuit breaker is (a) normal connection shown on the right. Avoid the wiring shown in (b) reverse connection, which may lead to the decrease in breaking performance. However, the reverse connection is allowed for the following models (except NF models with MDU).

Line

Line

Load

Load

Normal connection (a)

Normal and reverse connection methods

Reserve connection (b)NF-C series, NF-S series, NF-H series, NF-U series,MB series, C • S • H series of NV400–800A Frame Reverse connection is allowed for the standard models.

Type name

NF32-SW, NF63-CW/SW/HW 2P

NF32-SW, MB30-SW, MB50-CW/SW, NF63-CW/SW/HW, NV32-SW, NV63-CW/SW/HW

NF63-SW/HW

NF125-CW/SW

3P

4P

NV100-SEP/HEP 3P

2PNF125-HW

NF125-CW/SW/HW, MB100-SW, NV125-CW/SW/HW3P

NV125-RW

NF125-SW/HW, NV125-SW/HW 4P

NF250-CW/SW/HW, NF160-SW/HW

NF250-CW/SW/HW, MB225-SW, NF160-SW/HW, NV250-CW/SW/HW/RW/SEW/HEW

2P

NV250-RW

3P

NF250-SW/HW, NF160-SW/HW, NV250-SW/HW/SEW/HEW 4P

NF250-SGW/HGW, NF160-SGW/HGW, NF125-SGW/HGW

NF250-RGW/UGW, NF125-RGW/UGW2P

NF250-SGW/HGW, NF160-SGW/HGW, NF125-SGW/HGW3P

NF250-RGW/UGW, NF125-RGW/UGW

NF250-SGW/HGW, NF160-SGW/HGW, NF125-SGW/HGW4P

NF250-UGW, NF125-UGW

NF400-CP/SP

NF400-CP/SP/SEP, NV400-CP/SP/SEP

NF400-HEP/REP, NV400-HEP/REP

NF400-SP/SEP, NV400-SEP

NF400-HEP, NV400-HEP

NF630-CP/SP

NF630-CP/SP/SEP, NV630-CP/SP/SEP

NF630-HEP/REP, NV630-HEP

NF630-SP/SEP, NV630-SEP

NF630-HEP

NF800-SDP

NF800-CEP/SEP, NV800-SEP

NF800-HEP/REP, NV800-HEP

NF800-SEP

NF800-HEP

2P

3P

3P

4P

4P

2P

3P

3P

4P

4P

2P

3P

3P

4P

4P

ST-4SP2

ST-4SP3

ST-4SP4

ST-6SP2

ST-6SP3

ST-6SP4

ST-6SP2

ST-6SP3

ST-6SP4

PM-4SP2

PM-4SP3

PM-4SP4

PM-6SP2

PM-6SP3

PM-6SP4

PM-8SP2

PM-8SP3

PM-8SP4

Notes: ✽ 1 You can use the plug-in terminal unit (PM) when the wiring of terminal units is required in advance, and the delivery of both the main body and the components at the same time, which is normal, is not allowed. Furthermore specify the nonuse of plug-in terminal (PM-N) for the connection of circuit breaker.

✽ 2 If safety device is necessary ,please require.✽ 3 Connected wire size: 2.5~25mm2

✽ 4 Connected wire size: 25~70mm2

✽ 5 Connected wire size: 14~95mm2

✽ 6 Connected wire size: 70~125mm2

Solderless terminal (SL) Rear studs (B-ST) Plug-in (PM) ✽ 1

ST-05SW2 PM-05SW2

ST-05SW3 PM-05SW3

ST-05SW4 PM-05SW4

ST-1SP3 PM-1SP3

ST-1SW2

ST-1HW2

ST-1SW3

ST-1SW4

ST-2SW2

ST-2SW3

ST-2UW3

ST-2SW4

ST-2GSW2

ST-2GSW3

SL-1SW4L ✽ 3SL-1SW4G ✽ 4

SL-1SW3L ✽ 3SL-1SW3G ✽ 4

SL-1SW4L ✽ 3SL-1SW4G ✽ 4

SL-2SW4L ✽ 5SL-2SW4G ✽ 6

SL-2SW3L ✽ 5SL-2SW3G ✽ 6

SL-2UW3L ✽ 5SL-2UW3G ✽ 6

SL-2SW4L ✽ 5SL-2SW4G ✽ 6

SL-2GSW4

SL-2GSW3

SL-2GSW4

PM-1SW2

PM-1HW2

PM-1SW3

PM-1UW3

PM-1SW4

PM-2SW2

PM-2SW3

PM-2SW4

PM-2GSWIP2 ✽ 2

PM-2GUW2

PM-2GSWIP3 ✽ 2

PM-2GUW3

PM-2GSWIP4 ✽ 2

–ST-2GSW4

4. Connection Method

Page 42: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

39

OFF or ON

Trip

OFF or Trip

ON

OFF or Trip

ON

98/ALa (open)96/ALb (closed)95/ALc

98/ALa (closed)96/ALb (open)95/ALc

14/AXa (open)12/AXb (closed)11/AXc

14/AXa (closed)12/AXb (open)11/AXc

Vertical lead-wireterminal unit

Indicator lamp(example)

Control power supply

EALa

P2

P1(EALc)

MG switch (open)

MG switch (closed)

Over current, short circuittrip or on or off

EALa (open)

EALc

EALa (open)EALb (closed)EALc

Ground-fault trip

250A frame or less

400A frame or more

250A frame or less

400A frame or moreEALa (closed)EALb (open)EALc

EALa (closed)

EALc

Note: (1) Models NV250-SEW/HEW are excluded. Remark: (1) Accessory terminals are marked by both IEC-based terminal symbolsand conventional symbols, like 98/ALa.

Note: *1. When DC use polarity must be considered.Please contact us for applications in the field of smaller current values.

A control power supply (compatible to 100 and 200V AC) is required; see the diagram on the right showing its wiring. (The permissible range of voltage of the control power supply is 80 to 242V AC, and the power requirement is 10VA.)

Table 5-6: AL·AX·EAL Switch Rating (In case of EAL, 400AF and more)

Table 5-3: AX Switch Operation

Table 5-4: EAL Switch Operation

Table 5-5: MG Switch Operation

Table 5-7: EAL Switch Rating (250AF and less)

Internal accessories Function Applicable models Cassette-type of accessories

AL Alarm switch A switch that electrically indicates the trip status of the circuit breaker. NF-C·S·H·U,NV-C·S·H·Uand MB seriesAX Auxiliary switch A switch that electrically indicates the ON-OFF status of the circuit breaker.

SHT Shunt tripA device that electrically trips the circuit breaker from a remote distance. Permissible working voltages are 70 to 110% of the AC rated voltage or 70 to 125% of the DC rated voltage.

NF-C·S·H·Uand MB series

NF-C·S·H·U, (Note 1)NV-C·S·H·Uand MB seriesUVT Undervoltage trip

A device that automatically trips the circuit breaker if the voltage is lowered. Working voltages are 70 to 35% of the UVT rated voltage. When the voltage recovers to 85% or higher, you can reset the device and put into operation.

EAL Earth-leakage alarm switchA switch that electrically indicates the trip status of the earth leakage circuit breaker caused by a ground fault. If 250AF and less, This switch is available only for models with the vertical lead-wire terminal unit (SLT).

NV-C·S·H·U –

TBM Test button moduleThis module allows you a remote testing by applying a voltage.An external sequence common to SHT can be used. (The standard configuration requires the vertical lead-wire terminal unit (SLT).)

NV-C·S·H·U –

MG Insulation switch The incorporation of this switch enables the measurement of insulation resistance between the terminals of the load with the circuit breaker being turned OFF. NV-C·S·H·U –

PAL Pre-alarm module

OAL Overcurrent trip alarm switch

Indicates that the load current exceeds the pre-alarm setting current.

Indicates that the breaker has been tripped by overcurrent or short-circuit current.

Electronic Types –

Electronic Types(SGW, HGW, RGW, UGW) –

Circuit breaker status AL switch contact

Circuit breaker status AX switch contact

Circuit breaker status

Circuit breaker status MG switch status

EAL switch contact

Switch type

AC DC

Voltage(V)

Current (A) Voltage(V)

Current (A)

Resistive load

Inductive load

Resistive load

Inductive load

Resistive load

Inductive load

S

V

X

460 – – 250 0.2 0.2

250 3 2 125 0.4 0.4

125 5 3 30 4 3

460

250

125

460

250

125

5

10

10

5

10

10

2

10

10

2.5

10

10

250

125

30

250

125

30

0.3

0.6

10

5

10

10

0.3

0.6

6

3

6

10

AC

Voltage

(V)

Current A

200 3 2

100 3 2

1. AccessoriesTable 5-1: Accessories

2. Switch Operation and RatingTable 5-2: AL Switch Operation

*1

5. AccessoriesInternal Accessories

Page 43: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

5

40

3. Maximum Number of Internally Mounted Accessories

Table 5-8: Combinations of Accessories

Remarks: (1) Circled numbers indicate the order of installation.(2) Accessories of EAL, and TBM can be installed independent of installations of AL, AX, and MG. (Two units among EAL, and TBM cannot be installed at the same time.)

Notes: (1) Second AX can substitute the AL on the left-pole.(2) Models with UVT require a UVT voltage module to be installed on the lead-wire terminal unit. (No such voltage module is required for SHT.) Part of UVT accessories is not of

cassette type. (Details will be available upon request.)(3) UVTs for left-pole installation can be produced, if specified, for frame current values of 125A (excluding SGW/HGW/RGW/UGW).(4) SHT cannot be installed.(5) EALs are available only for models with the vertical lead-wire terminal unit (SLT). Specify a control power supply of either 100 or 200 V AC.(6) Models NV250-SEW/HEW are not allowed to install the UVT device.(7) The standard lead drawing is performed laterally.

Load drawing is also available.(8) Only the models with an SLT are available. EAL and PAL require a control power supply (shared 100 - 200 VAC).

For the 24 VDC TBM only, instruct us of a control voltage. (The standard shared voltage is 100 - 240 VAC/100 - 240 VDC.)

Series NF-C · S · H · U, MB NV-C · S · H · U

Type

Poles

Accessories

AL

AL + SHT or UVT

AX + SHT or UVT

AL + AX + SHT or UVT

AX

AL + AX

SHT or UVT

MG

AL + MG

AX + MG

EAL

TBM

PAL

NF32-SWNF63-CW/SW/HWNF125-CW/SW

NF32-SW(3P)NF63-CW/SW/HW(3P)NF125-CW(3P), NF125-SW(3P, 4P)NF125-HW, NF125-SGW/HGWNF125-RGW/UGWNF160-SW/SGW/HW/HGWNF250-CW/SW/HWNF250-SGW/HGWNF250-RGW/UGWMB30-SW, MB50-CW/SWMB100-SW, MB225-SW

NV32-SWNV63-CW/SW/HWNV125-CW/SW/HWNV250-CW/SW/HWNV250-SEW/HEWNV125-RW, NV250-RW

22, 3 3 3, 42, 3, 4 2, 3, 4

(Note 2) (Note 2)(Note 3)

(Note 2)

(Note 7)

(Note 2)

(Note 1)(Note 2)

(Note 1)

(Note 7)

1 2

1 2

(Note 7)

1 2

1 2

(Note 2)(Note 4)(Note 6)

(Note 1)

(Note 5)

(Note 7)

3-pole product only

(Note 7)

(Note 7)

(Note 7)

(Note 8)

(Note 8)

(Note 8)

NF30-CSMB30-CS

NV30-CS NV100-SEPNV100-HEP

Left-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Handle AL AX

MG EAL

SHT or UVT TI Cassette-type accessories

TBM Lead wire direction

Page 44: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

41

Left-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Handle AL AX

MG EAL TBL PAL

SHT or UVT TI Cassette-type accessories

TBM Lead wire direction

5. AccessoriesInternal Accessories

epyT

S/H/C-FN

U-FN )P3(PEU-004FN PEU-008FN,PEU-036FN,)P4(PEU-004FN

seloP 4,3,2

epythctiwS S V

seirosseccA

LA

✳ 3

XA

✳ 3

THSroTVU

✳ 1✳ 2

✳ 1 ✳ 2✳ 2

XA+LA

✳ 3 ✳ 3

TVUroTHS+LA

✳ 1✳ 2✳ 3✳ 4

✳ 1✳ 2✳ 3✳ 4

TVUroTHS+XA

✳ 1✳ 2✳ 3✳ 4

✳ 1✳ 2✳ 3✳ 4

TVUroTHS+XA+LA

✳ 1✳ 2✳ 3✳ 4

✳ 1

✳ 2

✳ 2

✳ 2✳ 2✳ 3✳ 4

LAP)tuptuotcatnoc(

✳ 5

PEU/PER/PEH/PES-004FNrofnoitpO

✳ 5

Option for NF630-SEP/HEP/REP/UEPNF800-CEP/SEP/HEP/REP/UEP

Option for NF630-SEP/HEP/REP/UEPNF800-CEP/SEP/HEP/REP/UEP

IT

✳ 6

PEU/PER/PEH/PES-004FNrofnoitpO

✳ 6

.gnitnuomforedroehtswohselcricehtnihtiwrebmunehT✳ .1✳ .)eludomegatlovhcusonseriuqerTHS(eludomegatlovTVUaseriuqergnitnuomTVU.2✳ .yrassecensiTLSredro-laicepsa,XA+LAroXA,LAehtsaelopemasehtotTVUroTHSagnitnuomnehwro,TLSybsecivedgnitnuomelop-tfeleerhtnahteromgnitnuomnehW.3✳ .etarapessieludomegatlovTVUeht,XA+LAro,XA,LAehtsaelopemasehtotTVUagnitnuomnehW.4✳ ).elopthgirs'rekaerbehtotdetnuomebnacseirosseccarehtoon,esacsihtnI(.yrassecensi)V002~001CA(egatlovlortnoC.dradnatssideppiuqe-TLS.5✳ ).elopthgirs'rekaerbehtotdetnuomebnacseirosseccarehtoon,esacsihtnI(.yrassecensi)V002~001CD/V002~001CA(egatlovlortnoC.dradnatssideppiuqe-TLS.6

SHT and UVT are right-pole mounting as standard. Please specify if left-pole mounting is required.

NF400-CP/SPNF400-SEP/HEP/REP

NF630-CP/SPNF630-SEP/HEP/REPNF800-CEP/SDPNF800-SEP/HEP/REP

NF1000-SSNF1250-SSNF1600-SSNF1000-SSDNF1250-SSDNF1600-SSD

NF1250-UR

1 3

2

5

6 4

1

51 3

2 4

2

3

4

1 3

2 4

1

23

1

2

5

3

4

6

Page 45: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

5

42

Left-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Handle AL AX

MG EAL TBL PAL

SHT or UVT TI Cassette-type accessories

TBM Lead wire direction

epyT S/H/C-VN

seloP 4,3

epythctiwS S

seirosseccA

LA

✳ 2

XA

✳ 2

TVUroTHS

✳ 1 ✳ 1

XA+LA

✳ 2 ✳ 2

TVUroTHS+LA

✳ 1✳ 2✳ 3

✳ 1✳ 2✳ 3

TVUroTHS+XA

✳ 1✳ 2✳ 3

✳ 1✳ 2✳ 3

TVUroTHS+XA+LA

✳ 1✳ 2✳ 3

✳ 1✳ 2✳ 3

GM

GM+LA

✳ .)eludomegatlovhcusonseriuqerTHS(eludomegatlovTVUaseriuqergnitnuomTVU.1✳ .yrassecensiTLSredro-laicepsa,XA+LAroXA,LAehtsaelopemasehtotTVUroTHSagnitnuomnehwro,TLSybsecivedgnitnuomelop-tfeleerhtnahteromgnitnuomnehW.2✳ .etarapessieludomegatlovTVUeht.XA+LAroXA,LAehtsaelopemasehtotTVUagnitnuomnehW.3

The number within the circle shows the order of mounting.

NV400-CP/SPNV400-SEP/HEP/REP

NV630-CP/SPNV630-SEP/HEPNV800-SEP/HEP

Page 46: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

43

Left-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Handle AL AX

MG EAL TBL PAL

SHT or UVT TI

TBM Lead wire direction

5. AccessoriesInternal Accessories

epyT S/H/C-VN

seloP 4,3

epythctiwS S

seirosseccA

GM+XA

GM+XA+LA

LAE

LBT

MBT

)tuptuotcatnoc(LAP

IT

The number within the circle shows the order of mounting.).ylsuoenatlumisdetnuomebtonnacsMBTrosLBT,sLAEowt,revewoH(.seirosseccaGMdnaTVU,THS,XA,LAforebmunehtfosseldragerdetnuomebnacMBTdna,LBT,LAE.1

.seiresS/C-VN

Option for NV400-SEP/HEP/REP Option for NV630-SEP/HEPNV800-SEP/HEP

Option for NV400-SEP/HEP/REP Option for NV630-SEP/HEPNV800-SEP/HEP

andS/C-FNehtrofegnahcsnoitacificepsdnasnoisnemids’LAPehT.2✳ .1✳ .2

).elopthgirs’rekaerbehtotdetnuomebnacseirosseccarehtoon,esacsihtnI(.yrassecensi)V002-001CA(egatlovlortnoC.dradnatssideppiuqe-TLS).elopthgirs’rekaerbehtotdetnuomebnacseirosseccarehtoon,esacsihtnI(.yrassecensi)V002-001CD/V002-001CA(egatlovlortnoC.dradnatssideppiuqe-TLS

✳ 1

✳ 2 ✳ 2

✳ 1

NV400-CP/SPNV400-SEP/HEP/REP

NV630-CP/SPNV630-SEP/HEPNV800-SEP/HEP

Page 47: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

5

44

Left-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Handle AL AX SHT or UVT

epyT NF-C/S/H

seloP

epythctiwS S SS

32 33

seirosseccA

AL

AX

SHTor

UVT

AL + AX

AL + SHT or UVT

AX + SHT or UVT

AL + AX + SHTor

UVT

NF50-SWUNF100-CWUNF100-SWU

NF50-SWUNF100-CWUNF100-SWU

NF-SFWNF-SJWNF-HJW

NF225-CWU NF-SKW NF-SLW NV225-CWUNV50-SWUNV100-SWU

Remarks: (1) Encircled numbers show the order of mounting.

Notes: (1) If a UVT is used, a UVT voltage module is installed on the lead wire terminal block. (The SHT requires no voltage module.)(2) If a UVT is used, a UVT voltage module is installed on the lead wire terminal block. (The SHT requires no voltage module.) No cassette is attached to the UVT.(3) If a UVT is used, the UVT voltage module is externally installed. (The SHT requires no voltage module).(4) No SHT can be installed.(5) The 2nd AX can be installed instead of the AL on the left pole.(6) The standard mounting of the SHT and the UVT is performed on the right pole. If mounting on the left pole is required, instruct us. (The UVTs for interlocks are mounted on the left pole.)(7) We can manufacture the SLTs used when 3 or more accessories are installed on the left pole and the SLTs used when the AL and the AX are attached on the same pole that is

attached with the SHT or the UVT at your order.(8) If a UVT is used and an AL, an AX or an AL + an AX are attached to the same pole that is attached with the UVT, the UVT voltage module is separately installed.

2 4

1 3

(Note 1) (Note 1)

(Note 5)

(Note 1)

(Note 1)

(Note 1)(Note 5)

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

(Note 1)

(Note 5)

(Note 1)

(Note 1)

(Note 1)(Note 5)

1 2

1 2

(Note 2)

(Note 7)

(Note 7)

(Note 2)

(Note 6)(Note 8)

(Note 1)(Note 7)

32

1

(Note 6)(Note 8)

(Note 1)(Note 7)

(Note 6)(Note 8)

(Note 1)(Note 7)

(Note 5) (Note 7) (Note 5)

(Note 2)

(Note 2)

(Note 2)(Note 5)

(Note 1)(Note 4)

1 2

1 2

2 4

1

6

5 3

(Note 2)

(Note 6)(Note 8)

(Note 1)(Note 7)

2

1

4

35

4

3

2

1

(Note 6)(Note 8)

(Note 1)(Note 7)

(Note 6)(Note 8)

(Note 1)(Note 7)

(Note 7) (Note 5)

(Note 1)(Note 4)

Page 48: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

UVT Voltage Module Wiring Diagram(Lead-Wire Connection)

J1/UC1

J2/UC2

Circuitbreaker

UVT voltage module

D1/P1

J1/UC1

J2/UC2

D3/P3

D2/P2

4. Shunt Trip (SHT)Table 5-9: Standard Coil Rating

5. Undervoltage Trip (UVT)● UVT Voltage Module

Notes: (1) Secure a sufficient input power so that the voltage will not drop below the permissible lower working voltage (70% of the lowest rated voltage).(2) The operating time denotes the time from when the rated voltage is applied to SHT until when the main contact of the breaker starts to open.

The UVT voltage module is normally installed on the vertical lead-wire terminal unit (SLT). (A separate-mount type can be produced upon request.)

Notes: (1) A desired voltage can be selected by changing the terminal wiring.(2) The operating time denotes the time from when no voltage is applied to UVT until when the main contact of the breaker

starts to open.(3) Time-delayed types can be produced. Details will be available upon request.(4) Compatible to 50 and 60Hz(5) Rated voltage differs according to make and country of manufacture.Please consult your dealer.

SeriesCut-offswitch Voltage (V)

Input power requirement (VA) (Note 1)Operating time (ms) (Note 2)

AC DC

NF-C • S • H • UMBNV-C • S • H • U

32(30) • 63A Frame125A Frame(NF125-SGW/HGW/RGW/UGW are excluded)

160 • 250A FrameNF125-SGW/HGW/RGW/UGW

400 • 630 • 800 FrameNF400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP/UEPNF630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP/UEPNF800-SDP/CEP/SEP/HEP/REP/UEPNV400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REPNV630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP, NV800-SEP/HEP

1000 • 1250 • 1600 FrameNF1000-SS/SSD, NF1250-SS/SSD/URNF1600-SS/SSD

Equipped

AC100-240380-550

(Compatible to 50 and 60Hz. )DC100-125

AC100~450/DC100~200(50 also 60Hz)

AC100-120200-240380-450

(50 also 60Hz)DC100

15 or less120

100V : 20200V :50

330V : 120450V : 170

100V : 10200V :35

200 70 7~15

5~15

60

50

Table 5-11: Coil Rating

SeriesVoltage (V)

(Note 1)Input power(VA)

Operatingtime (ms)

(Note 2) (Note 3)

250AF and less

NF400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP/UEP,NF630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP/UEP,NF800-CEP/SDP/SEP/HEP/REP/UEP,NF400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP,NF630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP,NF800-SEP/HEP

NF1000-SS/SSD,NF1250-SS/SSD/UR,NF1600-SS/SSD

AC100-110/120-130 selectable200-220/230-250 selectable380-415/440-480 selectable(Note4)

DC100/110 selectable

AC24/48 selectable500-550/600 selectable

DC24/48 selectable110/125 selectable

AC100-110200-220400-440(Note4)

DC100

AC100-120200-240380-450(Note4)

DC100-110

AC110-120220-240380-415440-480500-550(Note4)

DC2448110

AC2448440-480500-550(Note4)

DC2448120-125

5 30 or less

5 5~30

5 5~35

Standard voltage Special voltage (note 5)

epytBCCM

CA )V( CD )V( AC/DC(V)

42 84 083055~ 21 42 63 84 011 521 220

~2504284~

● –

● ● – ● ● ● ● ● ● –

– – ● ● – – – – – –

●NF400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP, NF630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP,NF800-SDP/CEP/SEP/HEP/REP, NF400-UEP, NF630-UEP, NF800-UEPNV400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP, NV630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP, NV800-SEP/HEP

NF-C • S • H • UMB32(30) • 63A Frame 125A Frame 160 • 250A Frame

NF1000-SS/SSD, NF1250-SS/SSD/URNF1600-SS/SSD

24~48

● –

Table 5-10: Coil Ratings (List of manufacturable special voltages)

24~36

36~48

– – – ●

●–

5. AccessoriesInternal Accessories

45

Page 49: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

5

18

TBM2TBM1

7

12.5

92 (

Ter

min

al

c

over

)

(10.

5)10.5

6. Test Button Module (TBM)

7. Lead-wire Specifications

Table 5-12

● The effect of pressing the test button on the breaker main body is produced while the input control voltage is applied. (Apply the voltage for more than two seconds for the breaker main body of time-delayed NV models.)

● The model with the vertical lead-wire terminal unit (SLT) is standard.

8. Internal Terminal Type (INT)● This unit is an internal accessory that is provided with terminal screws for lead-wire connection.

● Lead wires are normally extended laterally.● Grooves are provided standardly on the side face of the breaker,

allowing the extension of the lead wires along them. (Note 1)

Note: (1) The models of NF125-SGW/HGW/RGW/UGW, NF160-SGW/HGW,NF250-SGW/HGW/RGW/UGW, 400Aframe and more are excluded.

Remark: (1) Available for the models of NF125-SGW/HGW/RGW/UGW,NF160-SGW/HGW, NF250-SGW/HGW/RGW/UGW.

Table 5-13

Series NV-C • S • H • U

Input rated control voltage (V)

Compatible toAC100-240/

DC100-240(DC24) (Note 1)

Input control power (VA)

1VA or less

Type Size Length Marking Ring-mark example

Heat-resistant wire

A ring-mark marked by the terminal symbol is attached to each lead-wire.

0.5mm2

(Note 1)

450mm98/ALa , 96/ALb , 95/ALc

C1/S1 , C2/S2

Note: (1) The specifications of 100-240VAC/100-240V DC are standard unless otherwise specified. The specifications of 24 V DC areavailable if requested.

Note: (1) The length is 400 mm for the model of four-pole, right-pole installation.

46

Page 50: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

Applicable models A B C D E4

7

777

25257

41

62.5

138

4.5

17.5

27.51929253537

79.588.5173

119.5135.5

44.5

54

5454545454545454525454

86.5

86.5

86.586.586.586.586.586.586.586.586.586.586.5

4.5

17.5

27.51929253537

79.588.5173

119.5135.5

18

712.5

D 2510

.510

.5 FE

52G

Terminal cover(Skeleton)

86.5

B

A C

38.5

26.5

14.5 8

13.5

M3.5 terminal screw

Remarks: (1) Terminal screw tightening torque M3.5 ··· 0.9~1.2N·m(2) Lead-wire terminal block for TBL is attached to right-side.

Applicable models A B C D ENV30-CSNV32-SW, NV63-CW/SW/HWNV50-SWUNV125-CW/SW/HWNV100-SWUNV100-SEP/HEPNV250-CW/SW/HW, NV250-SEW/HEW, NV225-CWUNV125-RWNV250-RWNV400-CP/SP/HP/HEP/REPNV630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP, NV800-SEP/HEP

4777777774141

4.517.527.51929303780

11279.588.5

44.554545454545454545454

86.586.586.586.586.586.586.586.586.586.586.5

47777

2.52.57

2.526.526.5

F4.521.531.51929303780

11279.588.5

G86.59292

86.586.59292

86.5929292

Terminal cover(Skeleton)

M3.5 terminal screw

A 75

B

115

1111 11

419

25

17

7

Applicable modelsA

NFB NVB

NV400-CP/SP/SEPNV400-HEP/REP

NV630-CP/SP/SEP/HEPNV800-SEP/HEP

20

117

20

117

60

100

69

116

NF30-CS, MB30-CSNF32-SW, NF63-CW/SW/HWMB30-SW, MB50-CW/SWNF50-SWUNF125-CW/SW/HWNF100-CWU, NF100-SWUNF125-HGW, NF225-HGWNF-SFW,NF-SJW, NF-HJWNF250-CW/SW/HW, NF225-CWU, NF160-SW/HWNF400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP, NF-SKWNF630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP, NF800-CEP/SDP/SEP/HEP/REP, NF-SLWNF1000-SS/SSD, NF1250-SS/SSD, NF1600-SS/SS (Note1)

NF400-UEP(3P)NF400-UEP(4P), NF630-UEP, NF800-UEP

NF400-CP/SP/SEPNF400-HEP/REP, NF-SKWNF400-UEP(3P)NF630-CP/SP/SEPNF630-HEP/REPNF800-CEP/SDP/SEPNF800-HEP/REP, NF-SLWNF400-UEP(4P), NF630-UEP, NF800-UEP

Table 5-14: Summary of Dimensions

Table 5-15: Summary of Dimensions

Table 5-16

Note: (1) SLT can not be mounted when more than 3 pieces of accessories are mounted on one side in larger frame than 1000A frame.Remark: (1) Terminal screw tightening torque M3.5 ··· 0.9~1.2N·m

Remark: (1) Terminal screw tightening torque

■ 14 Terminals SLT

■ NV

■ NFB

SLT when three and more than three pieces of internal accessories are mounted on left-side.

9. Vertical Lead-wire Terminal Block (SLT)● The circuit beaker can be mounted, being closely fitted to the unit.● Terminal screws are arranged in a zigzag pattern, and screws can be tightened further after wiring.● A terminal cover is provided standardly.● This unit supports the models of front connection, rear connection, and plug-in type (excluding PLT).

18

712.5

D 2510

.510

.5 E

Terminal cover(Skeleton)

86.5

B

A C

38.5

26.5

14.5 8

13.5

M3.5 terminal screw

5. AccessoriesInternal Accessories

47

Page 51: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

5

epyTDELmrala-erP)teserotuA(

-tuptuo)RSS(yaleretatsdiloS)teserotuA(tuptuoseitcatnoC

)a1(tuptuotcatnoC-eludommrala-erP

yticapacgnihctiwS )gnidloh-fleS( yticapacgnihctiwS metsysteseR

NF125-SGW/HGW

tnempiuqedradnatS

Option

Option

CAV002-001CDV42Am02

noitpO roCAV001A2CAV002

rohctiwsteserehtsserP.rewoplortnocffonrut

NF160-SGW/HGW

NF250-SGW/HGW

NV100-SEP/HEP—

NV250-SEW/HEWPER-004FNPEH-004FNPES-004FNPEH-036FNPES-036FNPEU-004FNPEC-008FNPEU-036FNPER-036FNPER-008FNPEH-008FNPES-008FN

PEU-008FNCAV002-001CDV42

Am02PER-004VNPEH-004VNPES-004VNPES-008VNPEH-036VNPES-036VN

PEH-008VN

Table 5-17

Pre-alarm LED The LED starts blinking on the circuit breaker when load current exceeds the preset current, then changes to continuous glowing when pre-alarm output is given.

Solid-state relay output Open the upper cover of the circuit breaker, connect the connector of the lead wire packed together and use it as the lead wire outlet. In this case, only the lead wire outlet of the internal accessories can be attached to the right pole. (For flush plate type, the outlet is manufactured in advanced as a PAL mount.)

Pre-alarm module SLT is attached as standard and is used as the control power source of 100VAC or 200VAC. In this case, no other internal accessories can be attached to the right pole. (Auto resetting is also applicable.)

PAL OUT LED

Reset switch

Indicator lamp (Example)

(AC 100V or AC200V)Control power pre-alarm output

PALa

P2

P1

(PALc)

In the case of flush plate type. this is mounted on back side of the circuit breaker.

RISET

10. Pre-Alarm Module (PAL)

This module functions to give alarm output whenload current exceeds a preset current level andserves for securing continuous power supply andalso for preventive maintenance. The electronicbreakers with mount digital ETR of 125 to 800AF

•Pre-alarm characteristics

are provided with this module as an option.(Some modules are with this module as standardequipment.) 1000 to 2000AF are prepared forexclusive use.

Pre-alarm pick-up current

LTD operating time TL12-60-80-100s ± 20%(at 200%)

60 70 100 125 200 300 400 500 600 700 1000 15000.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

5s

10s

20s30s

1min

2min

4min6min

10min14min20min30min

1h

2h

5h

Pre-alarmpickup current IpIr x(0.7-0.75 -0.8-0.85-0.9 ± 10% -0.95-1.0)

Pre-alarmoperatiing time Tp

± 20%

(at 200%)

Tp=2TL

Current

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

Percentage (%) to rated current or preset current rating(NF/NV125,250AF)

Percentage (%) to rated current or preset current rating(NF/NV400,630,800AF)

Pre-alarm pick-up current

LTD operating time TL12-60-100-150s ± 20%(at 200%)

60 70 100 125 200 300 400 500 600 700 1000 15000.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

5s

10s

20s30s

1min

2min

4min6min

10min14min20min30min

1h

2h

5h

10h

Pre-alarmpickup current IpIr x(0.7-0.75 -0.8-0.85-0.9 ± 10% -0.95-1.0)

Pre-alarmoperatiing time Tp

± 20%

(at 200%)

Tp=2TL

Current

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

48

Page 52: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

49

11. Trip Indicator (TI)

When the breaker is tripped, this accessory installed on the right side willdisplay the cause of the trip--either long delay (LTD) , short or instantaneous(STD/INST), earth-leakage (EAL) (with earth-leakage breakers only)--on itsLED and output an alarm signal. In this case, both LTD and STD/INST aretreated as overcurrent trips (OAL) and output signals. Pre-alarm is alsooutput. Again, with this module, it is impossible to connect other internalaccessories to the breaker’s right side.)

control power supply

Long-time delay(LTD) alarm LEDPre-alarm(PAL)LEDEarth-leakage alarm (EAL)LED

Reset switch

Pre-alarm output

Overcurrentalarm outputEarth -leakagealarm output

PALaPALcOALaOALcEALaEALc

Short-time(STD),instantaneous(INST) alarm LED

Control voltageP1

25

98

P2

epyT stnetnocDEL

PEU/PER/PEH/PES-004FNPEU/PER/PEH/PES-036FN

PEU/PER/PEH/PES/PEC-008FNmrala-erP,suoenatnatsnI,yaledemit-trohS,yaledemit-gnoL

,suoenatnatsnI,yaledemit-trohS,yaledemit-gnoLmrala-erP,egakael-htraE

✳ .egatlovlortnocCAV002-001seriuqeR

NV400-SEP/HEP/REP, NV630-SEP/HEP,NV800-SEP/HEP

Table 5-18

epyteriw/esahP W4ø3

egatlovdetaR CAV 514egatlovylppuselbasU CAV 484~403

gnippirTscitsiretcarahc

)egatlovenil(egatlovelbasU CAV 083 004 514 044)egatlovesahplatotfo%531()egatlovesahp(egatlovrevognitarepolatoT CAV 692 213 323 343

)egatlovesahplatotfo%021()egatlovesahp(egatlovrevognitarepo-nonlatoT CAV 362 772 882 503emitgnitarepoegatlovrevolatoT )s( 1emitgnitarepo-nonegatlovrevO )s( 1.0nahteroM

dohtemnoitacidnipirT nottuBdohtemteseR )esuyalpsidesahp-nepo(nottubteseR

stcatnoctuptuolanretxE

c1CA CD

egatloVøsoc

egatloVR/L

0.1 4.0 0 700.0V021,001 A7 A7 V03 A7 A6V042,002 A7 A7 V521 A6.0 A6.0

V514 A5 A2 V052 A3.0 A3.0

.noitcetorpesahpdnagnippirtevorpmilliwrekaerbdeppiuqe)THS(ecivedpirt-tnuhsahtiwgnisU:krameR

Table 5-19

• In a 3-phase 4-wire circuits, the voltage rise of the circuit by phase failure of a neutral line is detected, and acontact output is taken out.

52 52

52

min.12

Drilling planø5mm or M4 x 0.7mm screwR pole S Pole T Pole

687.

5

20 6011

.511

.583

63

Test button

Operation display(reset button)

Current switch

N pole NRaNRbNRc

Item output terminal4.8 x 6.8 mounting holemounting screw M4 x 0.7 mm

M3.5 x 0.6 screwself-tap terminal

5737.5

92.5

74

610

9

10.5

39

9.5

12. 3ø4W Neutral-pole protection Relay (NR)

5. AccessoriesInternal Accessories

Page 53: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

5

5. AccessoriesExternal Accessories

50

● Outside Dimension Diagram Center of Hinge andCircuit Breaker

● Mounting-hole Drilling Dimension Diagram

The above illustration shows a view of the hinges and the circuit breaker when viewed from the direction of the load.

H X

0 or more (5H+100) or more

● Front Plate DrillingDimension DiagramCenter of the circuit breaker

operating handle

Circuitbreaker

54

54ø54

ø9

16

90B

90

A

N

OFF

RESE

T

OPED

TR

IP

XX

HH

LeftHinge

RightHinge

Front plate

Front plate

Platethickness

1.2–3.2

Handle

Front base

54

C D

Minimum EMaximum F

Front panel

E

D F Minimum JMaximum K

G H

C

A B

Panelthickness1.2~3.2

Handle

The above illustration shows a view of the hinges and the circuit breaker when viewed from the direction of the load.

Breaker

Breaker

N X

O or more P or more

Hinge(left side)

Hinge(right side)

X X

4- 10

M6 screwor 7

Center ofbreaker's handle

Center ofbreaker's handle

Front panel

104

104

Breaker

L

M

63

Note 1: The drilling at this position is not required for the models of both V2GSW and V2GSWF.

Circuitbreaker

Center of thecircuit breaker

operating handle

Center of theoperating handle

Center of thecircuit breaker

Center of the circuitbreaker operating handle

3-pole 4-pole

Circuit breaker

H H

GG G

JEither M4×0.7screw or ø5

Either M4×0.7screw or ø5

CL

CL CL

CL CL

CL

CL

(Note 1)

(Note 1)

Table 5-21

(b)(a)

Outview

External dimensions

Drilling plan

(c)

1. V-type Operating Handle● Appearance (Color N1.5)

Table 5-20: Summary of Dimensions

● This handle in conjunction with the breaker main enables the isolation function effective.

● The safety standards of EN Standards (EN60204-1) are satisfied.

● Degrees of protection (IEC60529) IP65 is satisfied standardly.

● OFF-position lock only is available for up to three commercial padlocks (ø8).

● A door-lock mechanism allows the door to be opened at OFF-position only.

● Can be locked in OFF position only.● The door is locked when ON and can only be

opened in OFF position.● Degrees of protection (in accordance with

IEC60529): IP65.

Type name Applicable modelsNumberof poles

Dimensions (mm)A B C D E F G H J

NF32-SW, NF63-CW/SW/HW, NV32-SWNV63-CW/SW/HW, MB30-SWMB50-CW/SW

130 44 61300

25 111

V1SWNF125-CW/SW/HW, NV125-CW/SW/HWMB100-SW

9012090120

130 44 61154 518

30 111(Note 2)V1SWF

(Note 2)V05SWF

V05SW

125

154

125

V2SWNF160-SW/HW, NF250-CW/SW/HW, NV250-CW/SW/HWNV250-SEW/HEW, MB225-SW

165 46 61

154 518

35 126(Note 2)V2SWF 125 –

V2GSWNF125-SGW/HGW, NF160-SGW/HGW, NF250-SGW/HGW

105140105140

165 46 79

172 536

35 126(Note 2)V2GSWF 143 –

Notes: (1) This hole is not required for two and three poles.(2) The last letter of “F” of the type designations of V-type operating handles denotes a fixed type.

Remark: (1) You may contact us for details of the V-type operating handle for the U series.

3P

3P

2P, 3P

2P, 3P

105

105

140

1402P, 3P

2P, 3P

15

–12.5

–12.5

15

17.5

17.5

17.5

17.5

4P

4P

3P

3P

4P

4P

4P

4P

4P

4P

✽ Equipped with cylinder key (option) to prevent deliberate operation.

epyTepytsrekaerB .giF )mm(snoisnemiD

BCCM BCLE weivtuO gnillirDnalp A B C D E F G H J K L M P

PWS4V,PES-004FN,PS-004FN,PC-004FN

PEH-004FN—

a c,b

752 041 041 041 52 26 67 79 712 935 491 44 051+N8

V4SPWNV —PS-004VN,PC-004VN

PEH-004VN,PES-004VN

PWS6V

V4SPWF

V4SPWFNV

V6SPWF

PES-036FN,PS-036FN,PC-036FNPEH-036FN

PES-008FN,PDS-008FN,PEC-008FNPEH-008FN

572 041 012 041 52 26 67 79 712 935 342 07

752 041 041 041 52 26 67 79 191 – 491 44

572 041 012 041 52 26 67 79 191 – 342 07

051+N8

051+N8

051+N8

NV630-CP, NV630-SPNV630-SEP, NV630-HEPNV800-SEP, NV800-HEP

,PES-004FN,PS-004FN,PC-004FNPEH-004FN

—PS-004VN,PC-004VN

PEH-004VN,PES-004VNPES-036FN,PS-036FN,PC-036FN

PEH-036FNPES-008FN,PDS-008FN,PEC-008FN

PEH-008FN

NV630-CP, NV630-SPNV630-SEP, NV630-HEPNV800-SEP, NV800-HEP

N N

7510075100

Page 54: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

5. AccessoriesExternal Accessories5. AccessoriesExternal Accessories

Left hinge

F-type operating handle

Front panel

Right hinge

H

Breaker

● Outside Dimension Diagram

● Drilling Dimension Diagram

The above illustration shows a view of the hinges and the circuit breaker when viewed from the direction of the load.

The figure above shows the relationship between the hinge and breaker viewed from the load side of the breaker.

Center of the circuitbreaker operating handle 4 ø12

78

78ø90

CL

CL

Circuit breaker

Circuitbreaker

(a) (b)

(b)

C

BD

CL

CL

(a)

X1 X2

H H

Left hinge Right hinge

Operating handleFront plate

Center ofthe circuitbreakerand theoperatinghandle

51

Platethickness 1.2–3.2

A±2

104

104

ESAE

LER

OPEN

SE ERT

OFF

TRIPPED

ON

circuitbreaker

H

X1 X2

(c)

Breaker

D

E

(X)

(X)

(Y)

(Y)

C(b)

112

112

118

4- 15

F

Center of breaker

2. F-type Operating Handle● Appearance (Color N1.5)

Center of Hinge and Circuit Breaker

● Appearance (Color N1.5)

● This handle in conjunction with the breaker enables the isolation function effective.

● The standard model is equipped with a safety device that prevents the circuit breaker from being turned on if the door is open. (If not desired, please specify so.)

● The handle can be locked at either ON or OFF position. (Three padlocks (40mm) can be installed. OFF-position lock only specifications are also acceptable.)

● Degrees of protection (IEC60529) IP3X(IP5X with dustproof packing)

● Includes as standard a safety device which prevents breaker closing as long as the cover is open. (Specify if this safety feature is not required.)

● Indicates the tripping of the breaker even in ON-lock position--but only in cases when a single padlock (35mm) is used.

● Degrees of protection (in accordance with IEC60529): IP3X (IP5X with provision of dustproof packing).

Left hinge Right hinge

H X1 H X 2

0or more

(5H+100)or more

Less than 10

10or more

170or more

(5H+120)or more

Table 5-22: Summary of Dimensions

● Drilling plan

Type name Applicable modelsNumberof poles

Dimensions (mm) Mounting screwsA B C D

F05SW2P NF32-SW, NF63-CW/SW/HW 2P

105

111

111

EitherM4×0.7

screw or ø5

(a) Circuit breaker

mounting screws(2pcs)

(b) Handle mounting screws

(2pcs)

F05SW3P, 4P

25NV63-CW/SW 2P, 3P

F1SW2P NF125-CW/SW/HW 2P –F1SW 3P, 4P 30

F2SW 2P, 3P, 4P 107 35 126F2GSW

F05SWR2P

F05SWR

F1SWR2PF1SWR

F2SWRF2GSWR 3P, 4P 125 35 126

Remark: (1) Trip action can be displayed when the circuitbreaker trips even if ON-position lock is selected(only in the case of a single padlock (35 mm)).

Remarks: (1) The test button becomes difficult to press when an operating handle is installed on an NV model. Then, use models with either TBM instead. (2) Dustproof packings are separately available.(3) You may consult us for details of the F-type operating handle for the U series.

*1. Handles with NV in the product name include a test button.*2. Dustproof packing is also available as an option.*3. Other optional handles can also be mounted.*4. F4SPW~F6UPW are for isolation purposes. (Speify OFF lock only.)

*5. The figures show the dimensions of the front connection. Some connection and plug-in breakers have a different reference surface for mounting purposes.

*6. The standard type is equipped with a door-lock mechanism that allows the door to be opened only when OFF operation is carried out.

*7. In case of reset opened type use.

*1. Dimensions of both front connection and rear connection are shown. The plug-in type has a different reference plane for mounting the circuit breaker.*2. The standard type is epuipped with a door-lock mechanism that allows door to be opened only when OFF operation is carried out.*3. In case of reset opened type use.

egnihtfeL egnihthgiR

H 1X H 2X

eromro0 eromro)051+H8( eromro0 eromro)120+H4(

epyT epytrekaerB selopforebmuNgiF )mm(snoisnemiD

MountingcrewslanretxE

snoisnemidgnillirD

nalp*5

A C D E F

P4,P3,P2

a b c

381 44 491

wercs6M7øro

M8 screwor ø10

)X(rekaerBgnitnuom

swercs)scp4(

P4,P3P3 082 44 432 02

P4,P3,P2381 07 342 —

P4,P3

PWS4FPWNVS4FPWU4F

PWS6F

PWNVS6F

PWU6F

PWRS4FPWRNVS4FPWRU4F

PWRS6F

PWRNVS6F

PWRU6FF100F1004PF120URF120UR4P

PER/PEH/PES/PS/PC-004FNPER/PEH/PES/PS/PC-004VN

PEU-004FNPER/PEH/PES/PS/PC-036FN

PER/PEH/PES/PDS/PEC-008FN,PEH/PES/PS/PC-036VN

PEH/PES-008VNPEU-008FN,PEU-036FN,)P4(PEU-004FN

NF1000-SS/SSD, NF1250-SS/SSDNF1600-SS/SSD

NF1250-UR

P4,P3P3,P2

4P3P4P

082

221

225

70

70

B

53

50

375

375

07 092 5.32

Center of Hinge and Circuit Breaker

Table 5-23

*1

NF32-SW, NF63-CW/SW/HW, NV32-SW, NV63-SW/HW, MB30-SW, MB50-CW/SW

NF125-CW/SW/HW, NV125-CW/SW/HW, MB100-SW

NF125-SGW/HGW, NF160-SGW/HGW, NF250-SGW/HGWNF160-SW/HW, NF250-CW/SW/HW, NV250-CW/SW/HW, NV250-SEW/HEW, MB225-SW

*3

*3

*3

*3

*3

*3

*2

*2

*2

*2

*2

*2

F4SPW ~ F6UPW F100 ~ F120UR4P

*6

*6

*6

*6

*6

*6

*7

*7

*7

*7

*7

*7

*7

*7

*7

*7

● External dimensions

(a)

Flusf plate

Release screw

Front panel

ON

OFF

RESTE

TPRIEPD

150

150 Plate thickness 1.2-3.2

B A ± 2

51

Page 55: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

5

Specification explanation for F-type operating handlesSpecification Detailed explanation Kind

ON and OFF-position lock OFF-position lock only

RESET-position open OFF-position open

Vertically type (ON side of breaker is upper)

Horizontally type (ON side of breaker is left)

Horizontally type (ON side of breaker is right)

Handle lock position

Mounting direction

The top of label is ON side of

breaker

For emergency

*You may consult us for details

of emergency

The position where it can lock

with the padlock.

Can not open, when it use

padlock.

When OFF-lock, please turn

handle in RESET direction.

The door can be opened with the

operating handle RESET-position

or OFF-position.

When the operating handle was

locked, the panel (door) can not

be opened.

Door opening system

Reconstruction to vertically from

horizontally can not be

performed.

For emergency stop use.

(In accordance with EN60204-1)

SE ERT

OF F

TRIPPED

ON

SE ERT

OF F

TRIPPED

ON

SE ERT

OF F

TRIPPED

ON

SE ERT

OF F

TRIPPED

ON

SE ERT

OF F

TRIPPED

ON

SE ERT

OF F

TRIPPED

ON

SE ERT

OF F

TRIPPED

ON

SE ERT

OF F

TRIPPED

ON

SE ERT

OF F

TRIPPED

ON

SE ERT

OF F

TRIPPED

ON

Red color

Yellow color

12

Lock lever lockedby lock plate

OFF-position OFF-positionRESET-position

Lock lever unlockedby lock plate

Lock plate

Lock lever

Lock lever unlockedby lock plate

ON side

Label

52

Page 56: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

5. AccessoriesExternal Accessories

Table 5-25

– –

● External dimensions ● Drilling plan

5947

Operating plate

Operatingplate

max

. 145

114

130(

S4C

P·S

4SP

)18

0(S

100)

55

110

max

. 150

OF

F

TRIPON

Front panel

Decorative plate

(a)

84

25 102 ± 5

45

12

B ±

2A

± 2

D

35 ±

5

62

5.54-

Retainer

Front panelDeviation: 5mm or less110 or more (250 or more if hingeis mounted on the left)

Deviation: 2 mm or less

Centre of breaker

Hinge

Retainer(option)

Retainer*1

Center of breaker's handle

*1

*2

*5

*3

*3

84Front panel applicable thickness : 1.6 to 3.2

Reference planefor mounting the breaker

(b)

● Outside Dimension Diagram ● Front Plate Drilling Dimension Diagram

Operating plate

ON

OF

F

TRIP

45

110

114

80

Operating plateFront plate

Max

. 95

Max

. 115

34 40

Face plateø62

4-ø4.5 Center of the circuitbreaker

Deviationof 4mmor less

9

70

4770

Clasp(Note 1)

Clasp(Note 1)(Note 2)

Clasp(option)

(Not

e 3)

41.5

±4

(Note 3)43.5±4

Center of the circuit breakeroperating handle

17

Front plate deviation of 4mm or less100 or more (210 or more when the hinge is on the left)

Hinge

A±2 B±2

(Not

e 2)

C±2

Reference plane for mountingthe circuit breaker

ø12

Front plate thickness 1.2–3.2

ON

OFF

Fastening

Fastening ON

OFF

A16

BM5 screwfor attachingthe fastening

Center ofthe breaker

Center of thehandle of breaker Breaker

Notes: (1) The clasps are not supplied standardly, and should be prepared by users Details on dimensions and others will be available upon request. (2) When the optional clasp is used. (3) The tolerance from the center of ø62 is shown. (4) The dimensions of the front-face type are shown. Some of the back-face and plug-in types have a different reference plane for mounting the circuit breaker. (5) The front plate drilling dimensions for the U series differ from those shown above. Please consult us for their details.

Notes: *1. Retainers are not included. They must be provided by the customer.*2. When using optional retainer.*3. Shows the tolerance for the distance from the center of a 62mm dia. hole.*4. The figures show the front-connection dimensions. Some rear-connection and plug-in breakers have a different reference surface for mounting purposes.*5. S4CP and S4SP are for isolation purposes. (Specify OFF lock only.) The tolerance is less than 5mm. It does not conform to isolation purposes, however, if the deviation is more than 2mm.

Remark: The clamp for surface plate interlock fastener is common to 2P, 3P and 4P.

epyT epytrekaerBgiF )mm(snoisnemiD

lanretxEsnoisnemid nalpgnillirD A✳ 4 B✳ 4 C✳ 4 D

P *5C4S PC-004VN,PC-004FN a b 041 651 — 0

P *5S4S

S100

PER/PEH/PES/PS-004VN,PER/PEH/PES/PS-004FNPEH/PES/PS/PC-036VN,PER/PEH/PES/PS/PC-036FN

PEH/PES-008VN,PER/PEH/PES/PDS/PEC-008FN a b

a b

261 871 —

0

0

)P3(PEU-004FN 952 572 — 02PEU-008FN,PEU-036FN,)P4(PEU-004FN

NF1000-SS/SSD, NF1250-SS/SSDNF1600-SS/SSDNF1250-UR

952

199

203

215

219

572 —

5.32

3. S-type Operating Handle

● Surface plate interlocking fastening (separately available)

● Appearance (Color N1.5)

Table 5-24: Summary of Dimensions

● Appearance (Color N1.5)

● The handle can be locked at either ON or OFF position. (Three padlocks (40mm) can be installed. Off-position lock only specifications are also acceptable.)

● Digrees of protection (IEC60529) IP5X

● Indicates the tripping of the breaker even in ON-lock position--but only in cases when a single padlock(35mm) is used.

● Degrees of protection (in accordance with IEC60529): IP5X.

Type name Applicable modelsDimensions (mm)

A (Note 4) B (Note 4) C (Note 4)

S05SW NF32-SW, NF63-CW/SW/HW, NV32-SW, NV63-CW/SW/HW, MB30-SW, MB50-CW/SW87 102 104.5

S1SW NF125-CW/SW/HW, NV125-CW/SW/HW, MB100-SW, NV125-RW (Note 5)

S2SWNF160-SW/HW, NF250-CW/SW/HW, NV250-CW/SW/HWNV250-SEW/HEW, MB225-SW, NV250-RW (Note 5) 95 110 112.5

S2GSW NF125-SGW/HGW, NF160-SGW/HGW, NF250-SGW/HGW 113 128 130.5

Remark: (1) Trip action can be displayed when the circuitbreaker trips even if ON-position lock is selected(only in the case of a single padlock (35 mm)).

Remark: (1) Reset open-type(2) These are not suitable for isolation.

Operationhandle series

S-type

Type Drilling diagram and referential diagram

Drilling diagram

MCCB ELCB A BBreaker type Dimensions (mm)

NF32-SWNF63-CW/SW/HWMB30-SW, MB50-CW/SWNF125-CW/SW/HWMB100-SW

TG-S05SW

TG-S1UWTG-S05SP

TG-S2SW

TG-S2UW

TG-S2GSW

TG-S4CP

TG-S4SP

TG-S4UP

TG-S100

TG-S120UR

NF125-RGW/UGW

NF400-UEP (3P)NF400-UEP (4P), NF600-UEP, NF800-UEP

NF250-RGW/UGW

NF400-CP

NF1250-UR

NF160-SW/HWNF250-CW/SW/HWNF250-SEW/HEW,MB225-SW

NF125-SGW/HGWNF160-SGW/HGWNF250-SGW/HGWNF-SFW, NF-SJW, NF-HJW

NF400-SP/SEP/HEP/REPNF630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REPNF800-CEP/SDP/SEP/HEP/REPNF-SKW, NF-SLW

NF1000-SS/SSD, NF1250-SS/SSDNF1600-SS/SSD

NV32-SWNV63-CW/SW/HW

NV125-CW/SW/HW

NV125-RWNV100-SEP, HEP

NV250-RW

NV400-CP

67

6787

67

67

119

119119

119

119

NV250-CW/SW/HWNV250-SEW/HEW

NV400-SP/SEP/HEP/REPNV630-CP/SP/SEP/HEPNV800-SEP/HEP

Remark: (1) Reset open-type

53

Page 57: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

5

● Outside Dimension Diagram

● Mounting-hole Drilling Dimension Diagram

Handle

Center of thecircuit breaker

operating handle

Center of theoperating handle

Center of theoperating handle

Center of thecircuit breaker

Center of the circuitbreaker operating handle

Center of the circuitbreaker operating handle

2, 3-pole(a) (b) (c)4-pole

Circuit breaker

G G

FF F

JEither M4×0.7screw or ø5

Either M4×0.7screw or ø5

CL

CL CL

CL CL

(Note 1)

Center of thecircuit breaker

G

H

F Either M4×0.7screw or ø5

CL

CLCL

Note 1: The drilling at this position is not required for the models of R2GSW.

C

88D

E

A

B 88

16

(Note 1)

Table 5-27

K

L

Breaker

M6 screwor 7

4. R-type Operating Handle● Appearance (Color N1.5)

Table 5-26: Summary of Dimensions

● This handle in conjunction with the breaker main enables the isolation function effective.

● OFF-position lock only is available for up to three commercial padlocks (ø8).

● Equipped with cylinder key (option) prevent deliberate operation.

Type name Applicable modelsNumberof poles

Dimensions (mm)

A B C D E F G H J

R1SW NF125-CW, NF125-SW, NF125-HWNV125-CW, NV125-SW, NF125-HW

3P 90130

191

165

240

165

240

61

61

61

79

79

105

107

107

125

125

142

144

144

162

162

30

35

35

35

35

172

126

201

126

201

30.5

15

37.5

37.5

61 105 142 30 111 —

R1UW NV125-RW

NF160-SW, NF160-HW, NF250-CW, NF250-SW, NF250-HWNV250-CW, NV250-SW, NF250-HW, NV250-SEWNV250-HEW

R2SW

R2UW NV250-RW

NF125-SGW, NF125-HGW, NF160-SGW, NF160-HGW,NF250-SGW, NF250-HGWR2GSW

R2GUW NF125-RGW, NF125-UGW, NF250-RGW, NF250-UGW

4P

3P 90

2P, 3P

4P

3P

2P, 3P

4P

3P

120

105

140

105

105

140

105

✽ Equipped with cylinder key (option) to prevent deliberate operation.

17.5

17.5

(b)(a)

Outview External dimensions Drilling plan

● Can be locked in OFF position only.

a

c

b

a

b

c

a

b

c

Drillingplan

Fig

A B

E

D

C

G

F

J

H

epyTepytrekaerB giF )mm(snoisnemiD

BCCM BCLE OutviewgnillirD

nalpA B C D E F G H J K L

PWS4R,PES-004FN,PS-004FN,PC-004FN

PEH-004FN—

a b

752 821 041 041 52 34 79 471 812 491 44

VNPWS4R — ,PS-004VN,PC-004VNPEH-004VN,PES-004VN

PWS6R

,PES-036FN,PS-036FN,PC-036FNPEH-036FN

,PES-008FN,PDS-008FN,PEC-008FNPEH-008FN

572 821 012 041 52 34 79 471 812 342 07

M

—NV630-CP, NV630-SP,NV630-SEP, NV630-HEP,NV800-SEP, NV800-HEP

54

Page 58: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

5. AccessoriesExternal Accessories

V1)

12)

SW3)

E4)

F5)

1) V : Operating handle type

2) 1 : Frame size of breaker

3) SW : Series name

4) E : For emergency

5) F : Adjustment type of depth (For only V-handle)

6) NV : Type of breaker

Ordering information

NV6)

Variable-depth handleRotary handleNF32-SW, NF63-CW/SW/HW, MB30-SW, MB50-CW/SW, DSN32-SW, DSN63-CW/SW, NV32-SW, NV63-CW/SW/HWNF125-CW/SW/HW, NV125-CW/SW/HW, MB100-SW, DSN125-CW/SW, NV125-RWNF160-SW/HW, NF250-CW/SW/HW, MB225-SW, NV250-CW/SW/HW/SEW/HEW, DSN250-CW/SW, NV250-RW NF125-SGW/HGW, NF160-SGW/HGW, NF250-SGW/HGW, DSN125-SGW,DSN160-SGW, DSN250-SGW,NF125-RGW/UGW, NF250-RGW/UGWNF400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP, DSN400-CP/SP, NV400/CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP NF630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP, DSN630-CP/SP, DSN800-CP/SP, NF800-CEP/SDP/SEP/HEP/REP, NV630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP,NV800-SEP/HEP

V·······R·······05·····

1·······

2·······

2G····

4·······

6·······

Blank······E············Blank······F············NV··········Blank······

For generalFor emergencyVariable typeFix typeNV type for 400A frameThe other

SW indicate WSSSPW indicate PSS

UW indicate WSS

C, S and H seriesC, S and H series

U series

F1)

12)

SW3)

A4)

R5)

1) F : Operating handle type2) 1 : Frame size of breaker

3) SW : Series name

4) A : Handle lock position

5) R : Door open position

6) Y : Mounting direction

7) 2P : Number of poles

8) NV : Type of breaker

Y6)

2P7)

NV8)

NF32-SW, NF63-CW/SW/HW, MB30-SW, MB50-CW/SW, DSN32-SW, DSN63-CW/SW, NV32-SW, NV63-CW/SW/HWNF125-CW/SW/HW, NV125-CW/SW/HW, MB100-SW, DSN125-CW/SW, NV125-RWNF160-SW/HW, NF250-CW/SW/HW, MB225-SW, NV250-CW/SW/HW/SEW/HEW, DSN250-CW/SW, NV250-RW NF125-SGW/HGW, NF160-SGW/HGW, NF250-SGW/HGW, DSN125-SGW,DSN160-SGW, DSN250-SGW,NF125-RGW/UGW, NF250-RGW/UGWNF400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP, DSN400-CP/SP, NV400/CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP, NF400-UEP NF630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP, DSN630-CP/SP, DSN800-CP/SP, NF800-CEP/SDP/SEP/HEP/REP, NV630/CP/SP/SEP/HEP,NV800-SEP/HEP, NF400-UEP(4P),NF630-UEP, NF800-UEP

05·····

1·······

2·······

2G····

4·······

6·······

Blank······A············Blank······R············Blank······

Y············

Z············

Blank······2P···········NV··········Blank······

ON/OFF position lockOFF position lock onlyOFF position openRESET position openVertically type (ON side of breaker is upper)Horizontally type (ON side of breaker is left)Horizontally type (ON side of breaker is right)3 pole and 4 pole2 poleNV type for 400 to 800 A frameThe other

SW indicate WSSSPW indicate PSS

UW indicate WSSUPW indicate PSS

C, S and H seriesC, S and H series

U seriesU series

S1)

12)

SW3)

A4)

1) S : Operating handle type2) 1 : Frame size of breaker

3) SW : Series name

4) A : Handle lock position

NF32-SW, NF63-CW/SW/HW, MB30-SW, MB50-CW/SW, DSN32-SW, DSN63-CW/SW, NV32-SW, NV63-CW/SW/HWNF125-CW/SW/HW, NV125-CW/SW/HW, MB100-SW, DSN125-CW/SW, NV125-RWNF160-SW/HW, NF250-CW/SW/HW, MB225-SW, NV250-CW/SW/HW/SEW/HEW, DSN250-CW/SW, NV250-RW NF125-SGW/HGW, NF160-SGW/HGW, NF250-SGW/HGW, DSN125-SGW,DSN160-SGW, DSN250-SGWNF400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP, DSN400-CP/SP, NV400/CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP, NF400-UEP NF630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP, DSN630-CP/SP, DSN800-CP/SP, NF800-CEP/SDP/SEP/HEP/REP, NV630/CP/SP/SEP/HEP, NV800-SEP/HEP, NF400-UEP(4P)NF630-UEP, NF800-UEP

05·····

1·······

2·······

2G····

4·······

S1)

1002)

1) S : Operating handle type2) 100 : Frame size of breaker

Blank······A············

ON/OFF position lockOFF position lock only

SW indicate WSSCP indicate PSSSP indicate PSS

C, S and H seriesC seriesS, H and U series

100·········NF1000-SS/SSD, NF1250-SS/SSD, NF1600-SS/SSD, NF1250-UR

F1)

1002)

1) F : Operating handle type2) 100 : Frame size of breaker

3) 4P : Number of poles

4P3)

100·········

120UR····Blank······4P··········

NF1000-SS/SSD, NF1250-SS/SSD, NF1600-SS/SSDNF1250-UR2 pole and 3 pole4 pole

55

Page 59: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

5

C

A

B C

A

B C

A

B C

A

B

C

A

B

Table 5-29

5. Terminal CoverTable 5-28

Breaker type

Large terminal cover(TC-L)

Small terminal cover(TC-S)

Transparent terminalcover (TTC)

Rear terminal cover(BTC)

Plug-in terminal cover(PTC)

NF32-SW, NF63-CW/SW/HW 2P TCL-05SW2W(50×65.5×25)

TCS-05SW2W(50×65.5×5)

TTC-05SW2(50×65.5×25)

BTC-05SW2W(50×65.5×5)

NF32-SW, NF63-CW/SW/HWNV32-SW, NV63-CW/SW/HW, MB30-SWMB50-CW/SW

3P TCL-05SW3W(75×65.5×25)

TCS-05SW3W(75×65.5×5)

TTC-05SW3(75×65.5×25)

BTC-05SW3W(75×65.5×5)

NF125-CW/SW/HW 2P

IP20

TCL-1SW2W(60×65.5×40)

TCS-1SW2W(60×65.5×6.5)

TTC-1SW2(60×65.5×40)

BTC-1SW2W(60×65.5×6.5)

NF125-CW/SW/HW, NV125-CW/SW/HW,NV125-RW, MB100-SW 3P TCL-1SW3W

(90×65.5×40)TCS-1SW3W(90×65.5×6.5)

TTC-1SW3(90×65.5×40)

BTC-1SW3W(90×65.5×6.5)

NF160-SW/HW, NF250-CW/SW/HW,NV250-CW/SW/HW, NV250-SEW/HEW, NV250-RWMB225-SW

2P3P

2P3P

TCL-2SW3W(105×65.5×40)

TCS-2SW3W(105×65.5×6.5)

TTC-2SW3(105×65.5×40)

BTC-2SW3W(105×65.5×6.5)

NF125-SGW/HGW/RGW/UGW, NF160-SGW/HGWNF250-SGW/HGW/RGW/UGW

IP40 TCL-2GSW3W(105×84×40)

TCS-2GSW3W(105×84×6.5)

TTC-2GSW3(105×84×40)

BTC-2GSW3W(105×84×6.5)

PTC-05SW2W(50×65.5×6.5)

PTC-05SW3W(75×65.5×6.5)

PTC-1SW2W(60×65.5×6.5)

PTC-1SW3W(90×65.5×6.5)

PTC-2SW3W(105×65.5×6.5)

PTC-2GSW3W(105×84×6.5)

Notes: (1) Attach the letter “F” to the end of model designation for models with F-type operating handle. (Those are F-type operating-handle dedicated models,and screws are used for fixing.)

(2) An F-type operating handle can be installed standardly.Remarks: (1) Parenthesized numbers denote the outside dimensions (A×B×C in mm).

(2) The terminal cover for a four-pole model can be produced upon request.

(Note 1)

(Note 2)

(Note 1)

(Note 2)

(Note 2)

(Note 1)

(Note 2)

(Note 1)

(Note 2)

(Note 2)

(Note 1)

(Note 2)

(Note 1)

(Note 2)

(Note 2)

NF30-CS, MB30-CS 2P TCL-03CS2W(43.5×30.5×25)

TCS-03CS2W(43.5×30.5×5)

TTC-03CS2(43.5×30.5×25)

BTC-03CS2W(43.5×30.5×6.5) —

NF30-CS, NV30-CS, MB30-CS 3P TCL-03CS3W(67×30.5×25)

TCS-03CS3W(67×30.5×5)

TTC-03CS3(67×30.5×25)

BTC-03CS3W(67×30.5×6.5) —

epytrekaerB

revoclanimretegraL)L-CT(

revoclanimrettnerapsnarT)CTT(

revoclanimretraeR)CTB(

revoclanimretni-gulP)CTP(

PER/PEH/PES/PS/PC-004FNPER/PEH/PES/PS/PC-004VN

P3,P23PS4-LCT

TCL-4SP3W ✳ 4

TCL-4SP3W ✳ 4

BTC-4SP3W ✳ 4

BTC-4SP3W ✳ 4

✳ 3

171( ✕ 5.99 ✕ )0111.giF

3PS4-CTT171( ✕ 5.401 ✕ )011

3PS4-CTB

041( ✕ 5.99 ✕ )24

3PS4-CTP041( ✕ 5.99 ✕ )24

PEU-004FN P33PS4-LCT ✳ 1

171( ✕ 5.691/5.231 ✕ )011—

3PS4-CTB ✳ 1

041( ✕ 5.691/5.231 ✕ )24—

PEH/PES-004VN,PEH/PES/PS-004FN P44PS4-LCT ✳ 4

042( ✕ 104.5✕ 110)

2.giF

4PS4-CTT042( ✕ 5.401 ✕ )011

4PS4-CTB ✳ 2581( ✕ 5.79 ✕ )93

PEH/PES/PS/PC-036VN,PER/PEH/PES/PS/PC-036FNPEH/PES-008VN,PER/PEH/PES/PDS/PEC-008FN

P3,P2

3PS6-LCT ✳ 5422( ✕ 103.5✕ 155)

3PS6-CTT422( ✕ 5.301 ✕ )551

3PS6-CTB ✳ 2012( ✕ 5.79 ✕ )23

PEU-008FN,PEU-036FN P3

2P, 3P

3PU6-LCT ✳ 1022( ✕ 5.491/641 ✕ )551

—3PS6-CTB ✳ ,1 ✳ 2

012( ✕ 5.491/641 ✕ )23—

PES-036VN,PEH/PES/PS-036FNPEH/PES-008FN

NF1000-SS/SSDNF1250-SS/SSD

NF1000-SS/SSD

NF1250-UR

NF1250-SS/SSD

NF1250-UR

P44PS6-LCT ✳ 6

492( ✕ 103.5✕ 155)4PS6-CTT

492( ✕ 5.301 ✕ )5514PS6-CTB ✳ 2

082( ✕ 5.79 ✕ )23—

PEU-008FN,PEU-036FN,PEU-004FN P4

P4

P3

P4

4PU6-LCT ✳ 1092( ✕ 5.491/641 ✕ )551

TCL-10SS3

TCL-10SS4

TCL-12UR3

TCL-12UR4

022( ✕ 0)51✕931

092( ✕ 0)51✕931

052( ✕ 0)32✕341

023( ✕ 0)32✕341

4PS6-CTB ✳ ,1 ✳ 2082( ✕ 5.491/641 ✕ )23

A(.mmnisnoisnemidlanretxeswohS)(.1:skrameR ✕ B✕ )C✳ edisdaoL/ediseniL.1✳ .epytni-gulpnodetnuomebnacsrevocesehT.2✳ .PER/PEH-004VNdnaPER/PEH-004FNroftpecxE

Color is white..3

✳ .4

C

B

A

C

B

A

C

B

A

CB

A

Fig.2

Fig.1CB

A

56

Page 60: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

5. AccessoriesExternal Accessories

L2

ALc

X

This refers to the status in which the circuit breaker and the electrical operation device is OFF.

MDS Module MDS Base

ON

OFF(RESET)

P1

P2

S1

S2

S4

P.SPowerSupply

UcM

K1

K2

K3

K1K1

K2

K2K3

K3SW1

SW2

Control circuitvoltage

ALa

Breaker alarm switch (AL)(for small current)

L1

SW1

SW2

M

Switching power supply(except for 24VDC model)

MANUAL/AUTO switch

Limit switch (for spring condition detection Charge/Discharge)

Motor

P.S

Relay(for Charge/OFF operation)

Relay(for motor)

Relay(for motor)

K1

K2

K3

Pumping prevention circuitX

Power LED indicator (red)L1

Trip LED indicator (yellow)L2

SW1

SW2

M

Switching power supply(except for 24VDC model)

MANUAL/AUTO switch

Limit switch (for spring condition detection Charge/Discharge)

Motor

P.S

Relay(for Charge/OFF operation)

Relay(for motor)

Relay(for motor)

K1

K2

K3

Pumping prevention circuitX

X

Breaker is OFF condition and MDS is charge condition

MDS Module MDS Base

ON

OFF(RESET)

P1

P2

S1

S2

S4

P.SPowerSupply

UcM

K1

K2

K3

K1K1

K2

K2K3

K3SW1

SW2

Control circuitvoltage

6. Electrical Operation DeviceTable 5-30: Summary of Model Designations

Table 5-32

Table 5-31: Specifications

(Note 1)

Applicable modelsNF125-CW(3P)NF125-SW(3P, 4P)NF125-HW

NF160-SW/HWNF250-CW/SW/HWMB225-SW

NV125-CW/SW/HW NV250-CW/SW/HW NV250-SEW/HEW

Rated operating voltage

24V DC MDSD024-NF1SWE MDSD024-NF2SWE MDSD024-NV1SWE MDSD024-NV2SWE MDSD024-NVE2SWE

Compatible to 100-240V AC/100-250V DC

MDSAD240-NF1SWE MDSAD240-NF2SWE MDSAD240-NV1SWE

NF125-SGW/HGWNF160-SGW/HGWNF250-SGW/HGW

MDSD024-NF2GSWE

48-60V DC MDSD060-NF1SWE MDSD060-NF2SWE MDSD060-NV1SWE MDSD060-NV2SWE MDSD060-NVE2SWEMDSD060-NF2GSWE

MDSAD240-NF2GSWE MDSAD240-NV2SWE MDSAD240-NVE2SWE

Rated operating voltage (Allowable voltage range 85~110%)

24V DC 48-60VDCCompatible to

100-240V AC/100-250V DC

Operating time (s)

ON action 0.05–0.1

OFF action 0.6 or less

Charging action 1.2 or less

Power requirement (VA) 150

Note: (1) Place an order of other models in conjunction with the circuit breaker. Remarks: (1) The standard terminal cover can be used.

(2) Please contact us for details of the outside dimensions.

● 250A Frame and less

● 400A Frame and more

BCCMepyt

seiresC-FN

seiresS·H-FN

seiresBM,U-FN

BCLEepyt

seiresC-VN

seiresS·H-VN

seiresNM

metsysnoitarepolacirtcelE

NF1000-SSNF1000-SSDNF1250-SSNF1250-SSDNF1600-SSNF1600-SSD

NF1250-UR

Spring-charged type

)V(egatlovgnitarepodetaRegnaregatlovelbawollA(

)%011~58 ✳ 1

CAV022/002,CAV011/001,CDV011/001)CAV042,CDV521(

gnitarepOtnerruc)smr,A( ✳ 2

CD V011/001

CAV011/001

V022/002

NO

8

10

8

emitgnitarepO )s(nO 50.0

ffO )gnidloh-fles(3nahtsseL

remrofsnartderiuqeR )AV(yticapac 007 007

FFO

)0.3(0.1

)0.3(0.1

)5.1(5.0

NO

9

10

8

70.0

)gnidloh-fles(3nahtsseL

)V(egatlovecnarudnE

NF1000-SSNF1000-SSDNF1250-SSNF1250-SSDNF1600-SSNF1600-SSD

NF1250-UR

Motor-drive type (2)

)0.8(0.4

10.0)(0.5

)0.7(5.3

)gnidloh-fles(3.0nahtsseL

007

✳ .relaedruoytlusnoc,sliatedroF.rotsiserlanretxenaeriuqerthgimdnasnoitpolaicepserasegatlov)(.1✳ .stnerrucgnitratsswohs)(.2

FFO

)0.3(0.1

)0.3(0.1

)5.1(5.0

NF400-CP NF630-CP NF800-CEP

PS-004FNPER/PEH/PES-004FN

PS-036FNPER/PEH/PES-036FNPER/PEH/PES-008FN

NF400-UEP NF630-UEP NF800-UEP

PC-036VNPC-004VN

Motor-drive type (2)

)0.8(0.3

)0.8(0.4

)5.4(0.2

)gnidloh-fles(3.0nahtsseL

004

NV400-SPNV400-SEP/HEP/REP

NV630-SEP/HEPNV800-SEP/HEP

NF400-CP NF630-CP NF800-CEP

PS-004FNPER/PEH/PES-004FN

PS-036FNPER/PEH/PES-036FNPER/PEH/PES-008FN

NF400-UEP NF630-UEP NF800-UEP

PC-036VNPC-004VN

Spring-charged type

NV400-SPNV400-SEP/HEP/REP

NV630-SEP/HEPNV800-SEP/HEP

0051

MDSD024 -NF2SWE MDSD024 -NV2SWE/NVE2SWEMDSD060 -NF2SWE MDSD060 -NV2SWE/NVE2SWEMDSAD240-NF2SWE MDSAD240-NV2SWE/NVE2SWE

others

Motor-drive type (2)(MD)

Spring-charged type(MDS)

57

Page 61: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

5

General precautions for motor-operated electrical MCCBs● Motor-operated types have intermittent ratings, and therefore they

should not be operated more than 10 times consecutively (one on/off counts as an operation).

● The operating voltage should be between 85~110% of the rated control voltage.

● When the breaker is tripped by trip button or breakdown (i.e., overload or short circuit), the breaker will not show that it has been tripped (except for motor-operated type 1 breakers).

● The dielectric strength of the electrical operating circuits is 1500V. When performing a dielectric strength test simultaneously with another device at a voltage over 1500V, the operating circuit terminal should be disconnected.

Automatic Reset● If the breaker is an auto reset type, it contains a built-in alarm

switch and the off-control circuit closes when the breaker is tripped. Since the breaker automatically resets itself after tripping, the power is easily restored by switching on the breaker again. With a UVT mounted, however, auto reset may not be possible. In this case, please consult your dealer.

Motor-operated type (2)● Electrical operation Forward and reverse motor rotation is changed by ball screw to

switch the breaker ON and OFF (reset).● Manual operation The manual operation handle can be used to switch the breaker ON

and OFF directly.● Cautions during electrical operation1. In case the UVT operates and a circuit breaker trips if the breaker

has a UVT, the re-closing procedure may differ according to the state of the breaker before tripping.When the circuit breaker trips while turned ON..... Reset (OFF) -> Turn ONWhen the circuit breaker trips while turned OFF..... Turn ON (idle tripping) -> Reset (OFF) -> Turn ON (If it fails to turn ON (idle tripping), please operate Reset (OFF) and turn ON.)

2. Do not send ON and OFF signals consecutively. An interval of at least 0.5s is required between each ON and OFF.

3. For models with auto reset capability, resetting after an NFB trip should be performed after an interval of 0.5s.

4. The electrical operating device is equipped with a pumping prevention circuit. Although it is possible to set the device to OFF while it is set to ON, it is impossible to return it to ON immediately. To return to ON, first shut off the ON switch, then set it back to ON.

5. Special care is required during electrical operation because the manual operation handle moves at high speed. Also be sure to turn off the circuit power supply when using manual operation.

6. With manual operation, ensure that the handle is fully extended.

Control circuitThe dotted line shows an additional connection for the automatic-reset type.

Electrically Operated MCCBs and ELCBs

M

Earth terminal

(DC-)P2

P1

S1

S4

95

ON

OFFRESET

Operationalpower supply

ALa

T1

T1

T1T2

LS

T2

YY

Y

Y

Y

YX

X

X

X

X

Z ZZ

breaker is OFF state

M :MotorX :Relay for ON operationY :Relay for OFF operationZ :Relay for changing Motor polarityT1 :Timer for antipumpingT2 :Timer for automatic resetLS :Limit SwitchALa :Alarm switch for automatic reset (a contact)

Earth terminal

(DC-)P2

P1

S1

S4

95

ON

OFFRESET

Operationalpower supply

ALa

T1

T1T2 LS

Y

YX

YX

XY

YX

Z

Z

Z

XZ

M

X

Y

T2

(2) Control circuit 2. (NF1000-SS to NF 1600-SS)

(1) Control circuit 1. (400,630 and 800AF)

Manual operation Internal structure

58

Page 62: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

5. AccessoriesExternal Accessories

Control circuitThe dotted line shows an additional connection for the automatic-reset type.

Spring-charged type● Electrical operation When the ON switch is closed, the coil is excited to release the

latch mechanism and the force of the closing spring turns the breaker ON instantly.

When the OFF switch is closed, a relay starts the motor which turns the breaker OFF and charges the spring simultaneously.

● Manual operation Pressing the ON button will release the latch mechanism and the

force of the closing spring turns the breaker ON instantly. Pressing the leaf spring, pulling out the manual handle and pumping

it back and forth over 10 times will turn the breaker OFF and charge the spring at the same time.

● Cautions during electrical operation Whenever an electrical operation device is to be installed in or

removed from the breaker, the breaker must be tripped and the device discharged.

Pushing the TRIP button on an MCCB with an electrical-operation device installed will not trip the breaker in the OFF state. This does not mean the breaker is faulty.

Switching OFF a breaker with an electrical-operation device installed will take 3s. If instant opening is required, install an SHT or UVT to the breaker.

● The breaker contains a built-in pumping-prevention relay.

Internal connection

Earth terminal

(DC-) P2

P1

X

X

M

X

Y Y

YCC

LS1

LS2

LS3

S2

S4

ON

OFFRESET

Operationalpower supply

Alarm switch for automatic resetting (contact a)

CC.....Coil for makingY.....Relay for pumping preventionX.....Relay for self-sustaining on OFF sideLS1...Limit switch interlocking with camLS2...Limit switch interlocking with camLS3...Limit switch interlocking with OFF lock plateM....Motor

Ala

Internal structure

59

Page 63: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

5

max. 19

8

110–

111

30 30

S4S2S1P2P1S4S2S1P2P1

40

80

8825

4586

3941

163158

24

61

78

86

130

50

120

30

9090

111

8660

90 Display hole(Charge/Discharge)

M4x0.7 screwor ø5

4-pole3-pole

Circuit breaker

Front plate

Power supply module

Operating circuitterminal board(M3.5 screw)

M8 screw

Display hole(ON/OFF/TRIP)

OFF lock plateInsulation barrier(removable)

Trip button

ON button

Automatic/manualselectionswitch

Manual handle

(Conductor thickness t=5 max.)

ø8.5

Conductor drilling for direct connection

Drilling plan Font-plate cut out

Operating circuitterminal cover(standard supply)

Center of the electrically operated

Center of the electrically operated

Remarks:The 2-pole models are 3-pole models with the central pole removed.The three-pole type only is available for the model NF125-CW, and the3-pole and 4-pole types only are available for the model NF125-SW.

R1

ø8.5

(Conductor thickness t=7 max.)

Conductor drilling for direct connection50

50

353778

79

176181

24

8645

11.5

35

8690

105140

144

165

708690105

126

35 35

8032

88

S4S2S1P2P1S4S2S1P2P1

max. 24

10

M4x0.7 screwor ø54-pole3-pole

Circuit breaker

Front plate

Power supply module

M8 bolt (Hex-soket)

Operating circuitterminal board(M3.5 screw)Display hole

(ON/OFF/TRIP)

OFF lock plateInsulation barrier(removable)

Trip button

ON button

Automatic/manualselectionswitch

Manual handle

Drilling plan Font-plate cut out

Operating circuitterminal cover(standard supply)

Center of the electrically operated

Center of the electrically operated

Display hole(Charge/Discharge)

R1

S4S2S1P2P1

8660

90

Display hole(ON/OFF/TRIP)

OFF lock plateInsulation barrier(removable)

Trip button

ON button

Automatic/manualselectionswitch

Manual handle

S4S2S1P2P1

86

130

50

120

30

9090

111

Center of the electrically operated

Display hole(Charge/Discharge)

Test button

25

4586

3941

163158

24

61

78

Front plate

Power supply module

M8 screw

Operating circuitterminal board(M3.5 screw)

Operating circuitterminal cover(standard supply)

110–

111

30 30

M4x0.7 screwor ø54-pole3-pole

Circuit breaker

Drilling plan

40

80

88

Font-plate cut out

Center of the electrically operated

max.19

8

ø8.5

(Conductor thickness t=5 max.)

Conductor drilling for direct connection

R1

● NF125-CW, NF125-SW, NF125-HW

● NF160-SW, NF160-HW, NF250-CW, NF250-SW, NF250-HW, MB225-SW

● NF125-SGW, NF125-HGW, NF160-SGW, NF160-HGW, NF250-SGW, NF250-HGW

● NV125-CW, NV125-SW, NV125-HW

● NV250-SEW, NV250-HEW

Front connection

Dimensions

(Bus t max=7)

Bus drilling for direct connection

max. 24

10

ø8.5

35

Breaker

4-pole3-pole Drilling planFont-plate cut out

Note.1.One AL(micro loads use)is used for the LED display for a trip indicator check.

2.2-pole breakers are 3-pole breakers with the central pole removed.

3.NF250-CW is available in 2-and 3-pole only.MB225-SW is available in 3-pole only.

Alarm switch AL(micro loads use)

105

708690

OPEN(TRIP)button

Breaker condition's indicator(ON/OFF)

MANUAL/AUTO switch

Electrical operation devicePower supply indicator LED(Red)

ON button

TRIP indicator LED(Yellow)

Insulating barrier(removable)

OFFlock plate

S4S2S1P2P1

140105

358690

Control circuit terminal Mounting screw(M3 tapping screw)

Center of MDS

Manual handle

144

165

100

100

S4S2S1P2P1

Hex.socket headM8 bolt

Control circuit terminal(M3.5 screw)

MDS base

33 31

15.5

4586 78

24

Terminal block for alarm switch AL connection (M4 screw) (with terminal cover)

Control circuit terminal cover

Front panel

MDS Module

61

158163

M4X0.7 screwor 5mm-dia. hole

126

35

R1

80

88

Center of MDS

32

(Bus t max=7)

Bus drilling for direct connection

max. 24

10

ø8.5

Note.1.One AL(micro loads use)is used for the LED display for a trip indicator check.

2.4-pole breakers are only NV250-SEW.

33 31

15.5

4586 78

24

61158163

Hex.socket headM8 bolt

Control circuit terminal(M3.5 screw)

MDS baseTerminal block for alarm switch AL connection (M4 screw) (with terminal cover)

Control circuit terminal cover

Front panel

MDS Module

35

Breaker

4-pole3-pole Drilling plan

M4X0.7 screwor 5mm-dia. hole

126

35

32

80

88

Font-plate cut out

R1

Center of MDS

Test button

140105

358690

144

165

100

100

Control circuit terminal Mounting screw(M3 tapping screw)

Center of MDS

Manual handle

S4S2S1P2P1

105

708690

Alarm switch AL(micro loads use)

Breaker condition's indicator(ON/OFF)

MANUAL/AUTO switch

Electrical operation devicePower supply indicator LED(Red)

TRIP indicator LED(Yellow)

Insulating barrier(removable)

OFFlock plate

OPEN(TRIP)button

ON button

S4S2S1P2P1

60

Page 64: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

5. AccessoriesExternal Accessories

● NF400-CP, NF400-SP, NF400-SEP, NF400-HEP, NF400-REP Motor drive type (2)

● NF630-CP, NF630-SP, NF630-SEP, NF630-HEP, NF630-REP Motor drive type (2)

● NV400-CP, NV400-SP, NV400-SEP, NV400-HEP, NV400-REP Motor drive type (2)

● NF400-UEP (3-pole) Motor drive type (2)

Trip button

Insulating barrierCenter line of electrical operationdevice and breaker

Center line of breaker

Breaker Operating circuit terminalblock M3.5 screw

4-pole2, 3-pole

4-pole2, 3-pole

Drilling plan

120 70

231

194

257

16 4311

0

277

44

112

Remark: 2 pole models are 3-pole models with the central pole removed.

140231

44

44Conductor thickness t=8 max.

ø14M12 bolt

94.5195

255

44

8Breaker

M6tap or ø7

Center line of electrical operation device

168185196

22 2856

44

Trip button

Insulating barrierCenter line of electrical operation device and breaker

Center line of breaker

Breaker

Operating circuit terminal block M3.5 screw

Drilling plan

23470

120

277

297

257

110

110

112140231

44

127.578

144

Conductor thickness t=8 max.

ø14M12 bolt

47ø

7

ø12

.5

141191.5

292352

8Breaker

M6 tap or Ø7

Center line of electrical operation device

44

28

16

20

4343

ø7

ø12

.5

Trip button

Insulating barrierCenter line of electrical operationdevice and breaker

Center line of breaker

Breaker Operating circuitterminal block M3.5 screw

4-pole3-pole

4-pole3-pole

Drilling plan

120 70

23119

4

257

16 4311

0

277

44

112140231

44

44Conductor thickness t=8 max.

ø14M12 bolt

94.5195

255

44

8Breaker

M6tap or ø7

Center line of electrical operation device

168185196

22 2856

44

Test button

Insulating barrierCenter line of electrical operationdevice and breaker

Center line of breaker

Breaker

Operating circuit terminal blockM3.5 screw

4-pole2, 3-pole

2,3-pole

Drilling plan

120 70

243

87328

15

275

277

110

44

140

Remark: 2 pole models are 3-pole models with the central pole removed.

210231

70

44

Conductor thicknesst=8 max.

ø14M12 bolt

94.5195

255

44

8

Breaker

Neutral poleM6tap or ø7

Center line of electrical operation device

7035 40

210280

231

4-pole

70

Trip button

Front connection

61

Page 65: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

5

● NF630-UEP (NF400-UEP 4-pole) Motor drive type (2)

● NF800-UEP Motor drive type (2)

● NF800-CEP, NF800-SDP, NF800-SEP, NF800-HEP, NF800-REP Motor drive type (2)

● NV630-CP, NV630-SP, NV630-SEP, NV630-HEP Motor drive type (2)

Insulating barrier

Center line of electrical operationdevice and breaker

Center line of breaker

Center line of breaker Center line of breaker

Breaker

Operating circuitterminal blockM3.5 screw

4-pole3-pole

Drilling plan

(NF400-UEP 4-pole)

87

328

15

87

Conductorthicknesst=8 max.

Conductor thicknesst=8 max.

ø14M12 bolt

ø14M12 bolt

Breaker

Neutral pole

M6 tapor ø7

Center line of electricaloperation device

Center line of electricaloperation device

Center line of electricaloperation device

120 70

23.5

110

277

Operating circuitterminal block M3.5 screw

Neutral pole

44

140210231

1440

4-pole3-pole

70

322

210280

231

3570

48

1648 11

0

35

322

290

140

290

210280

231

358141

191.5292

352

112

15

8

14397

ø14

ø14

ø727

5

70

ø7

6.5141

191.5292

352

112

15

6.5

14397

ø14

ø14

ø727

5

ø7

Trip button

Insulating barrierCenter line of electrical operationdevice and breaker

Center line of breaker

Breaker

Operating circuitterminal block M3.5 screw

4-pole3-pole

3-pole

Drilling plan

120 70

243

87328

15

275

277

110

44

140210231

70

44

Conductorthicknesst=8 max.

ø14M12 bolt

94.5195

255

44

8

Breaker

Neutralpole

Center line of electrical operation device

7035 40

210280

231

4-pole

70

Trip button

M6 tapor ø7Test

button

Trip button

M6 tapor ø7

Insulating barrierCenter line of electrical operationdevice and breaker

Center line of breaker

Breaker

Operating circuit terminalblock M3.5 screw

4-pole2, 3-pole

2, 3-pole

Drilling plan

120 70

243

87328

15

275

277

110

44

140

Remark: 2 pole models are 3-pole models with the central pole removed.

210231

70

46Conductorthicknesst=12 max.

ø14M12 bolt

94.5195

255

46

8

Breaker

Neutralpole

Center line of electrical operation device

7035 40

210280

231

4-pole

70

Trip buttonM6 tapor ø7

Insulating barrier

Center line of electrical operationdevice and breaker

Center line of breaker

Center line of breaker

Breaker

Operating circuitterminal blockM3.5 screw

4-pole3-pole

Drilling plan

87

328

15

87

Conductor thicknesst=8 max.

ø14M12 bolt

Breaker

Neutral pole

Center line of electricaloperation device

Center line of electricaoperation device

120 70

23.5

110

277

44

140210231

1440

4-pole3-pole

70

322

210280

231

3570

290

140

290

8143

191.5292

352

112

15

8

14364

ø14

ø14

ø7

275

ø7

Front connection

62

Page 66: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

5. AccessoriesExternal Accessories

● NV800-SEP, NV800-HEP Motor drive type (2)

● NF1600-SS, NF1600-SSD Motor drive type (2)

● NF1250-UR Motor drive type (2)

● NF1000-SS, NF1250-SS, NF1000-SSD, NF1250-SSD Motor drive type (2)

Trip button

Test button

Insulating barrierCenter line of electrical operationdevice and breaker Breaker

Operating circuitterminal blockM3.5 screw

3-pole

3-pole

Drilling plan

120 70

110

243

277

44

14040

210231

14

70

46Conductor thicknesst=12 max.

ø14M12 bolt

94.5195

255

46

8

Breaker

M6 tapor ø7

87328

15

275

87

M8 screwor ø10

Bolt max.M10×65

Conductor thicknesst=6×width 75 max.ø11

375

203263

290

140231

69.5

Center line of electricaloperation device

20

70

Operating circuitterminal blockM3.5 screw

Neutral pole

Breaker

115

(185

.5)

3815

38

60

44210

6112

0

Drilling plan4-pole3-pole

70

304.5101.5

364.5

130

406

(185

.5)

55

35210280

Insulating barrier

Terminal block

Center line of electrical operationdevice and breaker

Center lineof breaker

Operating circuitterminal blockM3.5 screw

4-pole3-pole

Drilling plan

Conductor thickness t=8×2 max.

Bolt max.M12×50

ø13M12 bolt

Breaker

Neutral poleM8 screwor ø10

Center line of electricaloperation device

106

61

120

Insulating barrier

ø13M12 bolt

Terminal block

Operating circuitterminal blockM3.5 screw

44

140210240

43

13815

3280

406

4-pole3-pole

70

8080

566

375

51

22.5

15

144235

294

15 44

ø9.

17.5 70

106

61

120

44

70140

210310

43210

13

815

3280

406

8080

566

Insulating barrier

Center line of4-pole model

Center line of electricaloperation device and3-pole model

Operating circuitterminal blockM3.5 screw

Drilling plan

120 61

406

110

80

375

44

14043

13

70210(4-pole)

210(3-pole)

280(4-pole)

70

55Conductor thicknesst=8×2 max.

Bolt max.M12×50

ø13M12 bolt

140231

290

59

15

Breaker

Neutral pole

M8 screwor ø10

70

4-pole3-pole

328

15

Front connection

63

Page 67: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

5

● NF1600-SSD (4-pole) Motor drive type (2)

● NF1600-SSD Motor drive type (2)

● NF1600-SS (4-pole) Motor drive type (2)

● NF1600-SS (3-pole) Motor drive type (2)

210

35

406

ø9.

5

M8 tapor ø10

ø11M10×50 bolt

ø17.

5

109

1854

15

269

81.5

over

160

unde

r 100

38

273

20

18.515

70

210

231

290 125Center line of electricaloperation device

38 1860

106 106

31870

Mounting angle

Mounting angleOperating circuitterminal blockM3.5 screw

Connectionallowance Conductor thickness

t=6×width 75 max.

Stud can be rotated 90°Breaker

280

20

44

61

120

Drilling plan4-pole

406

ø9.

5

36

M8 tapor ø10

ø11M10×50 bolt

ø17

.5

109

233

38 60

375

over

160

over

175

20

18.515

210

140 231

290 200

125 38

38 15

15 21270

Mounting angleMounting angleOperating circuit terminal block

M3.5 screw Connectionallowance

Conductor thicknesst=6×width 75 max.

Stud can be rotated 90° Breaker

44

61

120

Drilling plan3-pole

406

ø9.

5

M8 tapor ø10

ø11M10×50 bolt

ø17.

5

109

273

38 60

269

over

160

81.5

20

18.515

36

210

140 231

290 200

125 38

38 15

15 21270

Mounting angleMounting angleOperating circuit terminal blockM3.5 screw Connection

allowanceConductor thicknesst=6×width 75 max.

Stud can be rotated 90° Breaker

44

61

120

unde

r10

0

Drilling plan3-pole

210

35

406

ø9.

5

M8 tapor ø10

ø11M10×50 bolt

ø17

.5

109

15

375

over

160

over

175

38

233

20

18.515

70

210

231

290 125Center line of electricaloperation device

38 1860

106 106

31870

Mounting angle

Mounting angleOperating circuitterminal blockM3.5 screw

Connectionallowance Conductor thickness

t=6×width 75 max.

Stud is in horizontal direction.Stud can not be rotated 90°.

Breaker

280

44

61

120

Drilling plan4-pole

Rear connection

64

Page 68: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

5. AccessoriesExternal Accessories

● Outside Dimension Diagram (Front connection, Rear connection, and Plug-in)

● Drilling Dimension Diagram (Front connection, Rear connection, and Plug-in)

Panel plate thickness(t1~3.2)

(Gap between the circuit breaker and the panel)

15Stroke

Center of circuit breaker

Center of mechanical interlock

Center of circuit breaker

Center of mechanical interlock

Machine this part according to the front plate drilling dimensions of the main breaker.

4ø (ø5.5 and ø7.5 countersunk (rear) (Note 1)); use M5×0.8 flat countersunk head screws to fix.

1.5

33

70

50

120 (Note 2)

A

22

31 15.5

44

13

63 (N

ote

3)

Notes: (1) When the panel plate thickness is 2.3 or more, prepare four holes (ø5.5 and ø9.5 countersunk (rear)).

(2) These are standard dimensions for 2- and 3-pole models, but can be altered upon request.

(3) The U series have different dimensions. Please contact us for details.

Remarks: (1) Please contact us for outside dimensions of other models of different specifications.

(2) These are not isolation-compatible.

Mechanicalinterlock

Breaker

A

50

DP

B

E

2244

31 15.5

C

Stroke

70

Panel thickness(t1~3.2mm)

Gap between paneland breaker

Differs with mainbreaker unit drilling plan.

Mounts to 4-5.5mm-dia hole,7.5mm-dia countersunk (rear)*2

Mechanicalinterlock

Breaker

Mechanical interlock

Drilling planFig.1 Fig.2 Fig.3

Drilling plan

External dimensions

Mechanicalinterlock

Breaker

70(100)

A

31(4

0)

15.5

(20)

C

50(80)

P

44(5

5)

22(3

0)

B

Mechanicalinterlock

Breaker

Panel thickness(t1.6~3.2mm)Stroke

1.5

Gap between paneland breaker

External dimensions

Differs with mainbreaker unit drilling plan.

Mounts to 4-5.5mm-dia hole,7.5mm-dia countersunk (rear)*2

( ) dimension are shown for NF1600-SS·NF1600-SSD

G

FFP

47.5 Stroke

94.5

45

P

Mechanical interlock

External dimensions

Drilling plan(breaker mount)

Breaker

Breaker

M6 screwsor 7mm-dia

Mechanical terminal mount

7. Mechanical Interlocks (MI)Table 5-33

Table 5-34

Front, Rear, Plug-in (panel mounting)

Breaker mounting (front)

S1. Above 400AF, use panel thickness t=1.6~3.2mm.S2. When the panel thickness is greater than t=2.3mm, use 4-5.5mm-dia 9.5mm dia countersunk (rear).

Numberof poles Front connection, Rear connection, Plug-in Dimension A mm

47.5

45

Direct mount oncircuit breaker

NF32-SW, NF63-CW/SW/HW 2PMI-05SW3

NF32-SW, NF63-CW/SW/HW, NV32-SW, NV63-CW/SW/HW, MB30-SW, MB50-CW/SW 3P MI-05SWFB3

NF63-SW/HW 4P MI-05SW4 –

NF125-CW/SW/HW 2PMI-05SW3

NF125-CW/SW/HW, NV125-CW/SW/HW, MB100-SW, NV125-RW

NF160-SW/HW, NF250-SW/HW, NV250-SW/HW/SEW/HEW

NF125-SGW/HGW/RGW/UGW, NF160-SGW/HGW, NF250-SGW/HGW/RGW/UGW

NF125-SGW/HGW/UGW, NF160-SGW/HGW, NF250-SGW/HGW/UGW

3P

4P

MI-1SWFB3

MI-1SW4 –

NF160-SW/HW, NF250-CW/SW/HW, NV250-CW/SW/HW, NV250-SEW/HEW, MB225-SW, NV250-RW

2P3P

MI-05SW3 MI-2SWFB3

MI-2GSWFB3

4P

3P

4P

MI-2SW4MI-05SW3

MI-2SW4

Panel moutingApplicable models

epyT F G P3BFPS4-IM 44 491 0913BFPS6-IM 07 342 062

epytrekaerB )mm(snoisnemiD

BCCM BCLEdradnatS laicepS

dradnatS dradnatSt A B D E .giF

epyT.giF

epyT P2 P3 P3 epyT P4 P3PER/PEH/PES/PS/PC-004FN PER/PEH/PES/PS/PC-004VN

3PS4-IM091

– 012 4PS4-IM 052

(✳ )2–

5.74 335.38

– 47

1.giF

2.giF

3BFPS4-IM

3.giF)P3(PEU-004FN – – 091 5.36 –

,PER/PEH/PES/PS/PC-036FNPER/PEH/PES/PDS/PEC-008FN

,PEH/PES/PS/PC-036VNPEH/PES-008VN 3PS6-IM

M-10SS3 220

315M-12UR3M-16SS3

022042

––

–––

4PS6-IM

MI-10SS4MI-12UR4MI-16SS4

092

02.3

92023624

5.74

5.745.74

65

33

7474

4.55 937.537.53

5.38–

–––

–––

–––

–––

473BFPS6-IM

,PEU-036FN,)P4(PEU-004FNPEU-008FN

NF1000-SS/SSD, NF1250-SS/SSDNF1250-URNF1600-SS/SSD

–––

– 022

– 052

06 –

✳ yficepS.1 )P(hctipgnitnuomrekaerbeht✳ ).mm2.3~6.1=tssenkcihtlenapesu,FA004evobA.mm2.3~1=t:egnarssenkcihtlenapelbasU(.)t(ssenkcihtlenapehtyficepsotdeenoN.2✳ nihtiwnoitaivednoisnemidCehtpeek,sledomFA008/036/004htiwsesoprupnoitalosiroF.3 ± .mm1✳ .sliatederomroferiuqnE.4

Mechanical interlock walking type (MI-W) for electrical operating:skrameR )FA004evobA(.relaedruoytlusnoC.redrootedamebnac

Pitch (P) ✳ 1

C(✳ 3)

Breaker mount(✳ 4)

● Front, Rear, Plug-in

● Table of Altered Dimensions

With two breakers, use a panel-mounted mechanical interlock for one-way only input.A breaker-mounting mechanical to mount on the breaker main unit can be made to order. Consult your dealer for more details.

65

Page 69: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

5

CL

6

M4×0.7 screw

35

13

7

CLCL

Mounting hookfor IEC 35mm rail

Fig.2Fig.1 Fig.3

4

5

35

Adapter for IEC 35mm rail

8. Handle Lock Devices and Card HolderTable 5-35

Table 5-36

9. IEC 35mm Rail Mounting AdaptersTable 5-37

Notes: (1) HLF types are used for OFF-lock, and HLN types for ON-lock.(2) HL-S types are used for OFF-lock.

Remark: (1) Users are requested to prepare padlocks for HL and HL-S types. (25mm padlock for HL, and 35mm padlock for HL-S.)

Applicable models Number of poles Parts number Outline

NF32-SW, NF63-CW/SW/HWNV32-SW, NV63-CW/SW/HW, MB30-SWMB50-CW/SW

DIN-05SW Fig.2

Fig.3

Fig.1

2P3P

NF125-CW/SW

NF30-CS, NV30-CS, MB30-CS

2P

2P, 3P

DIN-1SW2

DIN-03CS

3P

DIN-1SW3NF125-HW, NV125-CW/SW/HW, MB100-SW

2P3P

Description Lock cover (LC) Handle lock (HL) Handle lock (HL-S) (Note 2) OFF Lock with 3 Padlock Card holder

Appearance

NF32-SW, NF63-CW/SW/HW 2P

NF30-CS, NV30-CS, MB30-CS 3P

NF30-CS, MB30-CS 2P

LC-05SW

LC-03CS

(Note 1)

HLF-05SWHLN-05SW

HLS-05SW2P

——

NF32-SW, NF63-CW/SW/HW, NV32-SW, NV63-CW/SW/HWMB30-SW, MB50-CW/SW

3PHLS-05SW

NF63-SW/HW 4P

NF125-HW 2P

NF125-CW/SW 2P

LC-1SW

(Note 1)

HLF-1SWHLN-1SW

HLS-1SW2P

NF125-CW/SW/HW, NV125-CW/SW/HWMB100-SW, NV125-RW

3PHLS-1SW

NF125-SW/HW, NV125-SW/HW 4P

NF160-SW/HW, NF250-CW/SW/HW, NV250-CW/SW/HWNV250-SEW/HEW, MB225-SWNV250-RW

2P3P4P

LC-2SW

(Note 1)HLF-2SWHLN-2SW

HLS-2SW

NF125-SGW/HGW, NF160-SGW/HGW, NF250-SGW/HGWNF125-RGW/UGW, NF250-RGW/UGW 3P, 4P LC-2GSW

HLF-2GSW (Note 1)

HLN-2GSW

HL-05FH

HLS-2GSW HLF3-2GSW

tcudorP )TH(eldnaH )LH(kcoleldnaH )S-LH(kcoleldnaH redlohdraC

epytrekaerB

PC-004VN,PC-004FN TH - PC4 LH - C4S4-SLH

3.oNP-HC

PEU/PER/PEH/PES/PS-004FNPER/PEH/PES/PS-004VN

TH

HT-10SS

- PS4 LH - S4

)P3(PEU-004FN U4-SLH

)P4(PEU-004FNPEU/PER/PEH/PES/PS/PC-036FN

PEH/PES/PS/PC-036VNPEU/PER/PEH/PES/PDS/PEC-008FN

PEH/PES-008VN

NF1000-SS/SSDNF1250-SS/SSDNF1250-URNF1600-SS/SSD

HLS-6SP (✳ 1)HLS-6UP (✳ 3)

:skrameR.remotsucehtybdedivorpebtsumS-LHdnaLHrofskcoldaP.1 ✳ 1. Must be ordered with breaker.

✳ 2. The HL without padlock can be used as a lock cover (LC). ✳ 3. Applicable types are NF400-UEP (4P) and NF630/800-UEP (3P, 4P).

P (✳ 1·2)P (✳ 1)

HL (✳ 1)

P (✳ 1·2)

P (✳ 1)

CH-P No.5

8

100

35

1

3

Adapter for IEC 35mm rail

66

Page 70: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

67

2-pole

3-pole

ALLeft-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Operating handle

AXLead wiredirection

NF30-CSMB30-CS

Type NF30-CS

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Internal Accessories

■ External Accessories ■ Standard Attached Parts(Front connection)

■ Temperature Characteristics

Note: (*1) The designation depends on the number of poles. Refer to the reference page.

Remark: (1) Standard lead wire is drawn from side. However, lead wire drawn by load can beproduced upon request.

(2) refer to page 40.

Mounting screw: M4×0.7×20 2pcs

Rat

ed b

reak

ing

capa

city

(kA

)

Rated current In (A) at ambienttemperature 30°C

Number of poles 32

IEC60947-2(Icu/Ics)

AC

DC

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)

Suitability for isolation

Utilization category

Reverse connection

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)

Pollution degree

500

1.5/1.5

1.5/1.5

2.5/2

A

4

2

Type name NF30-CS

Frame size 30

Series C series

3, 5, 10, 15, 20, 30

AC

690V

500V

415V

380V

240V

250V

32 (for single phase)

MB30-CS

(2), (3.2), 4, (5),6.3, (8), 10, 16

1.4, 2.5, 4, 7.1,10, 16, 25, 32

Type NF30-CSMB30-CS

Operating Characteristics

Max.

Min.

1 1.30.01s

0.02s

0.04s

0.1s

0.2s

0.4s

0.6s

1s

2s

4s

6s

10s

20s

30s40s

1min

2min

4min

6min

10min

20min

40min

1h

2h

3h

0.06s

2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 40 50 70 100

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

×100% of rated current

Ambient temperature (°C)

Ope

ratin

g tim

ech

ange

rat

e (%

)

Rat

ed a

mbi

ent

7080

-5 0 10 20 30 40 50

100

150

200

250

300

Small terminal cover 2pcs Only MB30-CS

56

66

66

66

Term

inal

cov

er Small

Large

Rear

Skeleton

TCS-03CS (*1)

TCL-03CS (*1)

BTC-03CS (*1)

TTC-03CS (*1)

HL-05FH

LC03CS

DIN-03CS

(TC-S)

(TC-L)

(BTC)

(TTC)

(HL)

(LC)

(DIN)

Handle lock

Lock cover

Rail mounting adapters

Accessories Type name Referencepage

6. Characteristics and DimensionsMolded-Case Circuit Breakers and Motor Breakers

Page 71: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

68

Front connection

Rear connection

Lead-wire Terminal block (LT)

IEC Rail Mounting Adapter

4723.5

67.545

64 54

ø8.

5

10

14.5

12.5 (max.)

76.5

96

Mtg. hole M5 screw

Bus t max. =3

Bus drilling fordirect connection

2-pole 3-pole

2-pole 3-poleDrilling plan

ø5

28

49

523

67

6

ø5.5

84

23.5

BreakerM4 × 0.7 taps or ø5

2-pole 3-pole

2-pole 3-pole Drilling plan

8476.5

23.5

Breaker

ø14

M4 × 0.7 tapsor ø5

76.5

Mtg plat t max. =3.2

Insulating tube

5

38.5

58.5

8

45 (

min

)

25 (

min

)

Breaker mtgM4 × 0.7 screwM6 screw

47

23.5

Front-plate cutout

1mm clearance oneach side of handle

Breaker

R2

3-pole

2-pole

2018

20

55

35 100

431

52

55

58

70

35mm IEC-rail adapterfor installation

Installation utensilfor 35mm IEC-rail

2-pole 3-pole

5

63

7.5

2

25.5

8

18.5

9.5

80.5

40.5

2

22

Terminal cover (optional)M3.5 self-lifting terminal

77.5

9.5

Page 72: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

69

6. Characteristics and DimensionsMolded-Case Circuit Breakers and Motor Breakers

2-pole

3-pole

AL

Left-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Breaker handle

AX

SHT or UVT

Lead wiredirection

Type nameType name

F05SW (*1)F 51

53

50

Ml Ml-05SW3 (*1) 65S S05SW

V V05SWF

R

Small TC-S TCS-05SW3W (*1)

56

66

Large TC-L TCL-05SW3W (*1)

Skeleton TTC TTC-05SW3 (*1)

Rear BTC BTC-05SW3W (*1)

LC LC-05SW

Plug-in PTC PTC-05SW3W (*1)(*2)HL HLN-05SW

HLF-05SW

DIN-05SW 66

HL-S HLS-05SW (*1)

NF32-SWNF63-SWMB30-SWMB50-SW

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Internal Accessories

■ External Accessories ■ Standard Attached Parts(Front connection)

■ Temperature Characteristics

Notes: (*1) The designation depends on the number of poles. Refer to the reference page.(*2) HLF types are used for OFF-lock, and HLN types for ON-lock.

Remark: (1) refer to page 40.

Note: These are supplied with NF63-SW, NF63-HW, and MB50-SW models.

Mounting screw: M4×0.7×55 (2 and 3P: 2pcs, 4P: 4pcs)

(Note)

Insulation barrier: (2P: 1pc, 3P: 2pcs, 4P: 3pcs)

NF63-CWNF63-HWMB50-CW

Min.

Max.

×100% of Rated current

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

NF63-CW NF63-SW NF63-HWNF32-SW

AC use (IEC60947-2)

4h

2h

1h

30min 20min 14min 10min

6min 4min

2min

1min

30s20s

10s

5s

2s

1s

0.5s

0.2s

0.1s

0.05s

0.02s

1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 400.01s

NF63-CW NF63-SW NF63-HWNF32-SW

DC use (IEC60947-2)

Min.

Max.

×100% of Rated current

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

4h

2h

1h

30min 20min 14min 10min

6min 4min

2min

1min

30s20s

10s

5s

2s

1s

0.5s

0.2s

0.1s

0.05s

0.02s

1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 400.01s

Min.

Max.

(IEC60947-2)

MB50-CW MB50-SWMB30-SW

×100% of Rated current

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

4h

2h

1h

30min 20min 14min 10min

6min 4min

2min

1min

30s20s

10s

5s

2s

1s

0.5s

0.2s

0.1s

0.05s

0.02s

1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 400.01s

Rate

d am

bien

t

Ambient temperature (°C)

Ope

ratin

g tim

ech

ange

rat

e (%

) 300250

200

150

100

8070

6050403020100

300250

200

150

100

8070

6050403020100–10

Ter

min

al c

over

Rat

ed s

hort

-circ

uit

brak

ing

capa

city

(kA

)

Rated current In (Amp.)

Number of poles 32∗ 1

–2.5/1

IEC60947-2(Icu/Ics)

AC(50/60Hz)

DC

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)

Suitability for isolation

Utilization category

Reverse connection (terminals unmarked)

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)

Pollution degree

600

2.5/1

2.5/1

5/2

7.5/4

A

6

2

Type name NF32-SW

3 4 6 1016 20 25

32

690V

500V

440V

400V

230V

250V

32∗ 1

– –2.5/1

600

2.5/1

2.5/1

5/2

7.5/4

A

6

2

NF63-CW

3 4 6 1016 20 25 32

40 50 63

2∗ 1 3 4

7.5/4

600

7.5/4

7.5/4

7.5/4

15/8

A

6

2

NF63-SW

3 4 6 1016 20 25 32

40 50 63

2∗ 1 3 4

7.5/4

690

2.5/1

7.5/4

10/5

10/5

25/13

A

6

2

NF63-HW

10 16 2025 32 40

50 63

8 10 1216 25 32

40 45

3

500

2.5/1

5/2

7.5/4

A

6

2

MB30-SW

0.8 1.2 1.42 2.5 4 5

7.1 8 10 12 16 25

3

500

2.5/1

5/2

7.5/4

A

6

2

MB50-CW

0.8 1.21.4 2 2.54 5 7.1

3

500

7.5/4

7.5/4

15/8

A

6

2

MB50-SW

Accessories Accessories

Mechanicalinterlock

IEC 35mm railmounting adapters

(option)

Referencepage

Referencepage

Operating handle

Handle lock device

— —

✽ 1: Types of DC specifications can be produced upon request.

Type NF32-SW

Page 73: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

70

Front connection

Rear connection

Plug-in

Drilling plan4-pole3-pole2-pole

M4×0.7 tapsor 5mm dia.hole

Breaker

4-pole3-pole2-pole

Conductor drillingfor direct connection

(Conductor thickness t=5 max.)

φ5.5(6.5mm-diameter for 63A)

Screw terminal

Applicablewire size:1.6mm-dia.to 22mm2

M5×0.8 screw(M6 for 63A)

Neutral pole

Trip button

Insulation barrier(removable)

Mounting hole

50

22

25

50

50

75

25

75

100

5013

0

111

84

24

45

φ8.5

61

68

724

90

12.5 max.

6

2525

111

φ4.5

2-pole

min.

M4×0.7 tapsor 5mm-dia.hole

Breaker

Drilling plan

4-pole3-pole

M4×0.7 screwfor mounting breaker

M6 screw

Insulation tube

Mounting panelt=3.2max

φ14

111

25

25

75

25

5025

50

6

4268

72

8

27

111

Front-panel cutout

1.0mm clearance on each side ofthe handle frame.

Breaker

4-pole

3-pole

2-pole

50

22.5

70

52R1

φ6.5

Details of terminal

M6 screw

M5×0.8terminal block mounting screw

Plug-in terminal block

Mounting panel

Center line ofbreaker body

Conductor drillingfor direct connection2-pole

4-pole3-pole

Cutout and drilling plan

4-pole3-pole2-pole6mm-dia.hole oror M5×0.8 taps

Breaker (plug-in terminal block)

11

54

5454

80

57 82

25

107

50

50

80

75

25

105

111

55

25

16.5 max.

7

3

180

83.5

85

30

21

89

5.5 15.5

10

Page 74: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

71

NF125-CWNF125-HW

NF125-SWMB100-SW

Remark: (1) Only AC characteristics are available for the model MB100-SW.

∗ 1: When wired as shown at the bottom of page 13, 3-pole models can be used for up to 400 V DC, and 4-pole models for up to 500 V DC.

F F1SW (*1) 51

53

50

Ml Ml-05SW3 (*1) 65S S1SW

V V1SW (*2)

R R1SW

Small TC-S TCS-1SW3W (*1)

56

54 Large TC-L TCL-1SW3W (*1)

Skeleton TTC TTC-1SW3 (*1)

Rear BTC BTC-1SW3W (*1)

LC LC-1SW

66Pulg-in PTC PTC-1SW3W (*1)

(*4)HL

HLF-1SW

DIN-1SW3 (*1) 66

57

HLN-1SW

HL-S HLS-1SW (*1)(*4)

MDS-NF1SWE (*3)

2-pole

3, 4-pole

AL AX

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Internal Accessories ■ Ambient Compensating Curve

■ External Accessories ■ Standard Attached Parts(Front connection)

Rat

ed s

hort

-circ

uit

brak

ing

capa

city

(kA

)

Rated current In (Amp.)

Number of poles 32 2 3 342 3 4

IEC60947-2(Icu/Ics)

AC(50/60Hz)

DC ∗ 1

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)

Suitability for isolation

Utilization category

Reverse connection (terminals unmarked)

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)

Pollution degree

600

7.5/4

10/5

10/5

30/15

7.5/4

7.5/4

15/8

40/20

15/8 40/20

40/20

15/8

– –

–––

A

8

3

A

8

3

A

8

3

A

8

3

690

8/4

18/9

25/13

30/15

50/25

690

10/5

30/15

50/25

50/25

100/50

500

25/13

30/15

50/25

Type name NF125-CW NF125-SW NF125-HW MB100-SW

(12.5) (16)(25) 32 (40)

45 63 7190 100

50 63 80100 125

16 20 32 4050 63 80

100

16 20 32 4050 63 80100 125

690V

500V

440V

400V

230V

250V

400V

500V

Left-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Operating handle

SHT or UVT

Lead wiredirection

Mounting screw: M4×0.7×55 (2 and 3P: 2pcs, 4P: 4pcs)

(Note)

Insulation barrier: (2P: 1pc, 3P: 2pcs, 4P: 3pcs)

Type name Type name

Ter

min

al c

over

(IEC 60947-2)MB100-SW 40A~100ANF125-HW 40A~100ANF125-SW 40A~100ANF125-CW 50A~100A

(40A~50A)

(60A~100A)Max.

Max.

breaking time

Max. total

AC

DC

Instantaneous tripTime-delay trip

Min.

×100% of Rated current

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

4h

2h

1h

30min 20min 14min 10min 6min 4min

2min

1min

30s20s

10s

5s

2s

1s

0.5s

0.2s

0.1s

0.05s

0.02s

1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 500.01s

Min.

(IEC 60947-2)NF125-SW 125ANF125-CW 125A

Max.

breaking timeMax. total

AC

DC

Instantaneous tripTime-delay trip

×100% of Rated current ×100% of Rated current

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

4h

2h

1h

30min 20min 14min 10min 6min 4min

2min

1min

30s20s

10s

5s

2s

1s

0.5s

0.2s

0.1s

0.05s

0.02s

1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 50 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 500.01s

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

4h

2h

1h

30min 20min 14min 10min 6min 4min

2min

1min

30s20s

10s

5s

2s

1s

0.5s

0.2s

0.1s

0.05s

0.02s

0.01s

×100% of Rated current

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

4h

2h

1h

30min 20min 14min 10min 6min 4min

2min

1min

30s20s

10s

5s

2s

1s

0.5s

0.2s

0.1s

0.05s

0.02s

1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 700.01s

130

120

110

100

90

800 10 20 30 40 50 60

Ambient temperature (°C)

Rat

ed a

mbi

ent

–10

Cur

rent

rat

ing

(%)

Accessories AccessoriesReferencepage

Referencepage

Operating handle

Handle lock device

Mechanicalinterlock

IEC 35mm railmounting adapters

Electricaloperation device

Notes: (*1) The designation depends on the number of poles. Refer to the reference page.(*2) Attach the letter "F" to the end of designation for a fixed type.(*3) Specify the working voltage. An order should be placed at the same time as an order of circuit breaker main body.(*4) HLF and HLS types are used for OFF-lock, and HLN types for ON-lock.

Remark: (1) refer to page 40.

Note: These are supplied with NF125-SW, NF125-HW, and MB100-SW models.

AC

DC

Min.

breaking time

Max. total

Max.

(IEC 60947-2)NF125-HW 32A

MB100-SW 32ANF125-SW 32A

Time-delay trip Instantaneous trip

DC

AC

Min.

breaking timeMax. total

(IEC 60947-2)MB100-SW 12.5A~25ANF125-HW 16A~20ANF125-SW 16A~20A

Max.

Instantaneous tripTime-delay trip

Type NF125-CW

6. Characteristics and DimensionsMolded-Case Circuit Breakers and Motor Breakers

Page 75: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

72

Front connection

Rear connection

Plug-in

M5×0.8Terminal blockmounting screw

4-pole

4-pole

2-pole 3-pole2-pole

3-pole

Drilling plan

Plug-in terminal block

Mounting plateBreaker (plug-in terminal block)

6mm-dia. holeor M5×0.8 taps

Details of terminal

M8 screw

Conductor drillingfor direct connection

134

φ8.5

12

16.5 max.

65

30

90

125

60

95

205.5

30

21

11

190

98

67 97

30 60

127

5656

9454

30

12.5

LCLCCL

LC

89

LC

R1

R1

2-pole

Breaker

52

86

3-pole

28

4-pole

57

Front-panel cutout

1.0mm clearance on each sideof the handle frame.

CL

CL

LC

LC

Mounting base11

0-11

1

4-pole

30

112

30

90

2-pole

6

3-pole

4-pole

102

52

15

72

68

8.5

2.5

15

54.5

104.5

15

2.5

16

112

60

5

30

60

30

3-pole2-pole

M4×0.7 taps or5mm-dia. hole

Mounting platet=3.2 max.

Stud rotatableby 90°

Connectionallowance

M8 bolt

Insulationtube

M4×0.7breakermounting screw

Breaker

Drilling plan

φ18

CLCL

CL

CL

LC

4-pole

110-

111

30

130

112

4-pole

120

90

30

Neutralpole

50

60

30

90

60

22

24

84 50

68

61

45

724

90

φ8.5

8

19 max.

30

3-pole

3-pole

2-pole

2-pole

Tripbutton

Insulation barrier(removable)

Mounting hole

Conductor drillingfor direct connection

(Conductor thickness t=5 max.)

Breaker

Drilling plan

M4X0.7 tapsor 5mm-dia. hole

M8 screw

Solderless terminalfor wire size

14~2/0AWG CU/AL

Wire connection

LC

LC

LC LCLC

LCLC

CL

Remark: 2-pole model of NF125-HW are 3-pole model with the central pole removed.

Page 76: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

73

6. Characteristics and DimensionsMolded-Case Circuit Breakers and Motor Breakers

NF250-CWNF250-HWNF160-HW

NF250-SWNF160-SWMB225-SW

■ External Accessories ■ Standard Attached Parts(Front connection)

F F2SW 51

53

50

54

Ml Ml-05SW3 (*1) 65S S2SW

V V2SW (*3)

R R2SW

Small TC-S TCS-2SW3W (*1)

56

57

Large TC-L TCL-2SW3W (*1)

Skeleton TTC TTC-2SW3 (*1)

Rear BTC BTC-2SW3W (*1)

LC LC-2SW

66Plug-in PTC PTC-2SW3W (*1)

(*4)HL

HLF-2SW

MDS-NF2SWE (*2)

HLN-2SW

HL-S HLS-2SW

*1: When wired as shown at the bottom of page 13, 3-pole models can be used for up to 400 V DC, and 4-pole models for up to 500 V DC.

Rat

ed s

hort

-circ

uit

brak

ing

capa

city

(kA

)

Rated current In (Amp.)

Number of poles 2 3 2 3 4

IEC60947-2(Icu/Ics)

AC(50/60Hz)

DC

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)

Suitability for isolation

Utilization category

Reverse connection (terminals unmarked)

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)

Pollution degree

600

10/5

15/8

18/9

35/18

A

6

2

Type name NF250-CW

125 150 175200 225 250

690

15/8

25/13

30/15

50/25

15/8

A

6

2

NF250-SW

125 150 175200 225 250

690V

500V

440V

400V

230V

250V

400V

500V

10/5 15/8– –

– 10/5 – –

15/8–

2 3 4

690

5/3

30/8

50/13

50/13

100/25

40/20

A

6

2

NF250-HW

125 150 175200 225 250

3

500

25/13

30/15

50/25

A

6

2

MB225-SW

125 150 175200 225

40/20 –

– –

40/20–

2 3 4

690

5/3

30/8

50/13

50/13

100/25

40/20

A

6

2

NF160-HW

40/20 –

– –

40/20–

2 3 4

690

15/8

25/13

30/15

50/25

15/8

A

6

2

NF160-SW

125 150 160 125 150 160

15/8 –

– –

15/8–

■ Operating Characteristics

NF160-HWNF160-SWMB225-SW

NF250-HWNF250-SWNF250-CW

time

Max.

Max. total

Instantaneous trip

breaking

Min.

Time-delay trip

×100% of Rated current

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

4h

2h

1h

30min 20min 14min 10min 6min 4min

2min

1min

30s20s

10s

5s

2s

1s

0.5s

0.2s

0.1s

0.05s

0.02s

1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 400.01s

Cur

reny

rat

ing

(%)

Rat

ed a

mbi

ent

–10 10 20 30 40 50 6080

90

100

110

120

130

Ambient temperature (°C)(rated ambient 40°C)

0

Ter

min

al c

over

Mounting screw: M4×0.7×55 (2 and 3P: 2pcs, 4P: 4pcs)

Insulation barrier: (2P: 2pcs, 3P: 4pcs, 4P: 6pcs)

AL AX

■ Internal Accessories

Left-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Operating handle

SHT or UVT

Lead wiredirection

■ Ambient Compensating Curve

Notes: (*1) The designation depends on the number of poles. Refer to the reference page.(*2) Specify the working voltage. An order of MB225-SW should be placed at the same time as an order of circuit breaker main body.(*3) Attach the letter "F" to the end of designation for a fixed type.(*4) HLF types are used for OFF-lock, and HLN types for ON-lock.

Type nameType nameAccessories Accessories

Mechanicalinterlock

Referencepage

Referencepage

Operating handle

Handle lock device

Electricaloperation device

125~225A DC

125~225A AC250A DC

250A AC

Type NF250-CW

Remark: (1) Only AC characteristics are available for the model MB225-SW.(2) refer to page 40.

Page 77: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

74

Front connection

Rear connection

Plug-in

4-pole3-pole

φ9M8 bolt

Stud attachable in thisderection only

105

142

54 8058

.558

.5

Breaker (Terminal block)

Drilling plan

Con

nect

ion

al

low

ance

Insulating barrier

M6Terminal blockmounting screw

φ7

Plug-in terminal block

22

15

70

107

70

14

6

153

70

20

2834

.514

4

32

18

200

86

Mounting plate

3-pole

4-pole

100

52

32.5

Breaker

1mm clearanceon each sideof handle

Front-plate cutout

R1

Breaker

4-pole3-pole

144

126

35

105

35

70

105

6

8

3-pole

4-pole

Insulatingtube

M4×0.7taps

or φ5

Drilling plan106

71

72

68

ø24

M4×0.7breakermountingscrew

φ9M8 bolt

Connectionallowance

Insulatingtube

Stud can berotated 90°

Mounting plate t max.=3.2

35

70

144

20

22

15

15

30

125200

175A 14 95mm2

250A 70 125mm2

Wire connection

Solderless terminalfor wire size

4-pole3-pole

Neutralpole

4-pole3-pole

144

165

100

100

35

105

140

126

35φ8.5

ø4.

5

(Hex-soket)

M4×0.7 tapsor φ5

Drilling plan

Breaker

M8 bolt

(Bus t max.=7)

Bus drilling fordirect connection

Trip button

Mounting hole

Insulating barrier(removable)

35

φ8.5

10

23 max.22

70

24

92

4 72

45

68

61

50102

105

Remarks: 1. 2-pole models are 3-pole models with the central pole removed.2. Only 2- and 3-pole models are available for the model of NF250-CW, and only 3-pole models are available

for the model of MB225-SW.

Page 78: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

75

AL AX F 51

53

50

Ml 65

56

S

V Small TC-S

57

54 Large TC-L

Skeleton TTC

Rear BTC

LC

Plug-in PTC

(*2)

HL66

66

HL-S

NF250-SGWNF160-SGWNF125-SGW

NF250-HGWNF160-HGWNF125-HGW

Ml-05SW3 (*1)

TCS-2GSW3W (*1)

TCL-2GSW3W (*1)

TTC-2GSW3 (*1)

BTC-2GSW3W (*1)

PTC-2GSW3W (*1)

MDS-NF2GSWE(*4)

F2GSW

S2GSW

V2GSW (*3)

R R2GSW

LC-2GSW

HLN-2GSW

HLF-2GSW

HLS-2GSW

Ra

ted

sh

ort

-circu

itbra

king c

apaci

ty (

kA)

Ra

ted

sh

ort

-circu

itbra

king c

apaci

ty (

kA)

Rated current In (Amp.)

Number of poles

IEC60947-2(Icu/Ics)

AC(50/60Hz)

DC ∗ 1

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)

Suitability for isolation

Utilization category

Reverse connection (terminals unmarked)

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)

Pollution degree

Type name

690V

500V

440V

400V

230V

300V

500V

600V

690

8/8

30/30

36/36

36/36

85/85

NF160-SGWRT

2 3 4

20/20

– 20/20

– 20/20

A

8

3

125–160

690

8/8

30/30

36/36

36/36

85/85

NF250-SGWRT

125–160,160–250

2 3 4

20/20

– 20/20

– 20/20

A

8

3

690

20/20

50/50

65/65

75/75

100/100

NF250-HGWRT

125–160160–250

2 3 4

40/40

– 40/40

– 40/40

A

8

3

690

8/8

30/30

36/36

36/36

85/85

NF250-SGWRE

125–250

3 4

A

8

3

690

20/20

50/50

65/65

75/75

100/100

NF250-HGWRE

125–250

3 4

A

8

3

690

8/8

30/30

36/36

36/36

85/85

NF160-SGWRE

80–160

3 4

A

8

3

Rated current In (Amp.)

Number of poles

IEC60947-2(Icu/Ics)

AC(50/60Hz)

DC ∗ 1

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)

Suitability for isolation

Utilization category

Reverse connection (terminals unmarked)

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)

Pollution degree

690

20/20

50/50

65/65

75/75

100/100

Type name NF160-HGWRT

690V

500V

440V

400V

230V

300V

500V

600V

2 3 4

40/40

– 40/40

– 40/40

A

8

3

690

20/20

50/50

65/65

75/75

100/100

NF160-HGWRE

80–160125–160

3 4

A

8

3

690

8/8

30/30

36/36

36/36

85/85

NF125-SGWRT

16–25, 25–40,40–63, 63–100,

80–125

16–25, 25–40,40–63, 63–100,

80–125

16–32, 32–63,63–100, 75–125

16–32, 32–63,63–100, 75–125

2 3 4

20/20

– 20/20

– 20/20

A

8

3

690

20/20

50/50

65/65

75/75

100/100

NF125-HGWRT

2 3 4

40/40

– 40/40

– 40/40

A

8

3

690

8/8

30/30

36/36

36/36

85/85

NF125-SGWRE

3 4

A

8

3

690

20/20

50/50

65/65

75/75

100/100

NF125-HGWRE

3 4

A

8

3

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Internal Accessories ■ External Accessories

Ter

min

al c

over

Left-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Operating handle

SHT or UVT Lead wire direction

×100% of Rated current

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

4h

2h

1h

30min 20min 14min 10min

6min 4min

2min

1min

30s20s

10s

5s

2s

1s

0.5s

0.2s

0.1s

0.05s

0.02s

1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 400.01s

×100% of Rated current

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

4h

2h

1h

30min 20min 14min 10min

6min 4min

2min

1min

30s20s

10s

5s

2s

1s

0.5s

0.2s

0.1s

0.05s

0.02s

1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 400.01s

×100% of Rated current

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

4h

2h

1h

30min 20min 14min 10min

6min 4min

2min

1min

30s20s

10s

5s

2s

1s

0.5s

0.2s

0.1s

0.05s

0.02s

1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 400.01s

130

120

110

100

90

800 10 20 30 40 50 60

(rated ambient 40°C)Ambient temperature (°C)

Mounting screw : M4 × 0.7 × 73 (4pcs)Insulation barrier : (2P : 2pcs, 3P : 4pcs, 4P : 6pcs)

Rat

ed a

mbi

ent

Cur

rent

rat

ing

(%)

–10

RT type RE type

Ambient temperature (°C)

10 20 30 40 50 60–10

130

120

110

100

70

80

90

Der

atin

g of

Loa

d cu

rren

t (%

)

0

Rat

ed a

mbi

ent

∗ 1: Use either 2-pole. When wired as shown at the bottom of page 13, 3-pole models can be used for up to 500 V DC, and 4-pole models for up to 600V DC.

■ Ambient Compensating Curve

Remark: (1) refer to page 40.

Type nameAccessories

Mechanicalinterlock

Referencepage Type nameAccessories Reference

page

Operating handle

Handle lock device

OFF Lock with 3 Padlock HLF3-2GSW Electricaloperation device

Notes:(*1) The designation depends

on the number of poles. Refer to the reference page.

(*2) HLF types are used for OFF-lock, and HLN types for ON-lock.

(*3) Attach the letter “F ” to the end of designation for a fixed type.

(*4) Specify the working voltage.

Instantaneous tripcurrent ratio

DC x In (%)

AC x In (%)

1300±2601000±200

IEC 60947-2

AC

DC

16-25A (Rated current In=25A)NF125-SGW/HGW 25-40A (Rated current In=40A)

Min.

breakingMax. total

Max.

time

Thermal-Adjustable types

Time-delay trip Instantaneous trip

AC x In (%)1000±200

Instantaneous tripcurrent ratio

DC x In (%)1300±260

IEC 60947-2

AC

DC

Min.

breakingMax. total

Max.

time

NF125-SGW/HGW 63-100A (Rated current In=100A) 40-63A (Rated current In=63A)

Thermal-Adjustable types

Time-delay trip Instantaneous trip

Instantaneous trip adjustmentrange

Positionof notch

468

10

400±80600800

1000±200

AC x In (%)

520±104

DC x In (%)

78010401300±260

(Adjustable range)

(Adjustable range)DC

AC

IEC 60947-2NF125-SGW/HGW 80-125A (Rated current In=125A)NF160-SGW/HGW 125-160A (Rated current In=160A)NF250-SGW/HGW 160-250A (Rated current In=250A)

time

Max.

Max. totalbreaking

Min.

Thermal-Adjustable types

Time-delay trip Instantaneous trip

■ Standard Attached Parts (Front connection)

Type NF250-SGW

±15%

STD pickup current IS

STD operating time TS

Ir × (2-2.5-3-3.5-4 -5-6-7-8-10)

(at 200%)

LTD operating time TL

0.06±0.02s0.1±0.03s

0.2±0.04s0.3±0.06s

Pre-alarmpickup current IPIr × (0.70-0.75 -0.8-0.85-0.9 -0.95-1.0) ± 10%

12-60-80-100s ± 20%

Pre-alarm operating time TP

TLTP= 2 ± 20%

(at 200%)

Max.total breaking time

In × (4~14) ±15%INST pickup current Il

0.01s

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

5s

10s

20s

1min

30s

2min

4min6min

10min

20min30min

1h

2h

4h

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

0.6 0.7 4020151065 7 3042 31.31

× 100% of Current setting

Note) Instantaneous tripping current (× 100% of In)

NF125-SGW NF125-HGWNote)Current setting Ir Rated current In16~ 32A32~ 63A63~ 100A75~ 125A

32A63A

100A125A

(Adjustable)

Electric types

(at 200%)

± 20%2

TP = TL

Pre-alarm operating time TP

12-60-80-100s ± 20%

Ir × (0.70-0.75 -0.8-0.85-0.9 -0.95-1.0) ± 10%

Pre-alarmpickup current IP

0.3 ± 0.06s0.2 ± 0.04s

0.1 ± 0.03s0.06 ± 0.02s

In × (4~14) ± 15%

LTD operating time TL

(at 200%)

Ir × (2-2.5-3-3.5-4 -5-6-7-8-10) ± 15%

STD operating time TS

INST pickup current Il

STD pickup current IS

Max.total breaking time

Note) Instantaneous tripping current (× 100% of In)

1 1.3 32 4

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

3075 6 10 15 20 400.70.6

NF250-SGW NF250-HGW

Note)Current setting Ir Rated current In 125~250A 250A (Adjustable)

Electric types

× 100% of Current setting

4h

2h

1h

30min20min

10min

6min4min

2min

30s

1min

20s

10s

5s

2s

1s

0.5s

0.2s

0.1s

0.05s

0.02s

0.01s

STD pickup current IS

STD operating time TS

Ir × (2-2.5-3-3.5-4 -5-6-7-8-10)±15%

(at 200%)

LTD operating time TL

0.06±0.02s0.1±0.03s

0.2±0.04s0.3±0.06s

Pre-alarmpickup current IPIr × (0.70-0.75 -0.8-0.85-0.9 -0.95-1.0) ±10%

12-60-80-100s ±20%

Pre-alarm operating time TP

TLTP=2

± 20%

(at 200%)

Max.total breaking time

In × (4~14) ±15%INST pickup current Il

Note) Instantaneous tripping current (× 100% of In)

0.01s

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

5s

10s

20s

1min

30s

2min

4min6min

10min

20min30min

1h

2h

4h

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

0.6 0.7 4020151065 7 3042 31.31

× 100% of Current setting

Note)Current setting Ir Rated current In80~160A 160A (Adjustable)

NF160-SGW NF160-HGW

Electric types

6. Characteristics and DimensionsMolded-Case Circuit Breakers

Page 79: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

76

Front connection

Rear connection

Plug-in

Remark: 2-pole models are 3-pole models with the central pole removed.

Mounting plate

4530Stud can berotated 90°

5454

9466

4-pole

3-pole

110

1048

103

M8 bolt(Hex-soket)12 96

4

4854

.514

4

120

15

200

4-pole3-poleø9 M8bolt

105

142

Drilling plan

Con

nect

ion

al

low

ance

Insulating barrier(removable)

M6Terminal blockmounting screw

Breaker (Terminal block)

φ7

Plug-in terminal block

107

70

70

20

86

3-pole

4-pole

100

52

32.5

Breaker

1mm clearanceon each sideof handle

Front-panel cutout

R1

35

90

86

Breaker

4-pole3-pole

144

126

35

105

35

70

105

6

8

3-pole

4-pole

Insulatingtube

M4×0.7tapsor φ5

Drilling plan

106

71

φ24

M4×0.7breakermountingscrew

φ9M8 bolt

Connectionallowance

Insulating tube

Stud can berotated 90°

Mounting plate t max.=3.2

70

144

2022

15

15

Hex-socket set screwWire connection

Solderless terminalfor wire size2.5 185mm2

10

6.1

2235

24 max.

110

90

86

79

63

112

4-pole3-pole

Neutralpole

4-pole3-pole

144

165

5050

35

105

140

126

35φ8.5

(Hex-soket)

φ4.5

M4×0.7 tapsor φ5

Drilling plan

BreakerM8 bolt

(Bus t max.=7)

Bus drilling fordirect connection

Tripbutton

Mounting hole

Insulating barrier(removable)

φ8.5

10

22

70

24

4

50

105

Page 80: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

77

F—

S

V 50

54

65

Small TC-S

56

Large TC-L

Rear BTC

Skeleton TTC

Plug-in PTC

LC

(*2)HL

HL-S

MI

66

TCS-2GSW3W (*1)

TCL-2GSW3W (*1)

BTC-2GSW3W (*1)

PTC-2GSW3W (*1)

TTC-2GSW3 (*1)

LC-2GSW

HLN-2GSW

HLF-2GSW

HLS-2GSW

V2GUW

R R2GUW

MI-05SW3 (*1)

AL AX

NF250-RGWNF125-RGW

NF250-UGWNF125-UGW

Rat

ed s

hort

-circ

uit

brak

ing

capa

city

(kA

)

Rated current In (Amp.)

Number of poles

IEC60947-2(Icu/Ics)

AC(50/60Hz)

DC

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)

Suitability for isolation

Utilization category

Reverse connection (terminals unmarked)

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)

Pollution degree

Type name

32

690

25/25

125/125

125/125

125/125

125/125

A

8

3

NF125-RGWRT

16–25 25–4040–63 63–100

16–25 25–4040–63 63–100

32 2 3 4

690

25/25

125/125

125/125

125/125

125/125

A

8

3

A

8

3

690

30/30

200/200

200/200

200/200

200/200

NF250-RGWRT

NF250-UGWRT

125–160160–225

125–160160–225

2 3 4

A

8

3

690

30/30

200/200

200/200

200/200

200/200

NF125-UGWRT

690V

500V

440V

400V

230V

300V

500V

600V

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Internal Accessories

■ Standard Attached Parts(Front connection)

Mounting screw: M4×0.7×73 (4pcs)Insulation barrier: (2P : 2pcs, 3P : 4pcs, 4P : 6pcs)

■ External Accessories

Ter

min

al c

over

Left-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Operating handle

SHT or UVT

Remark: (1) refer to page 40.

Type name Type nameAccessories AccessoriesReferencepage

Referencepage

Operating handle

Mechanical interlock

Electrical operation device

Handle lockdevice

Notes: (*1) The designation depends on the number of poles. Refer to the reference page.(*2) HLF and HLS types are used for OFF-lock, and HLN types for ON-lock.

■ Ambient Compensating Curve

×100% of Rated current

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

4h

2h

1h

30min 20min 14min 10min

6min 4min

2min

1min

30s20s

10s

5s

2s

1s

0.5s

0.2s

0.1s

0.05s

0.02s

1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 400.01s

×100% of Rated current ×100% of Rated current

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

4h

2h

1h

30min 20min 14min 10min

6min 4min

2min

1min

30s20s

10s

5s

2s

1s

0.5s

0.2s

0.1s

0.05s

0.02s

1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 400.01s

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

4h

2h

1h

30min 20min 14min 10min

6min 4min

2min

1min

30s20s

10s

5s

2s

1s

0.5s

0.2s

0.1s

0.05s

0.02s

1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 400.01s

1300±2601040

780

DC x In (%)520±104

AC x In (%)

1000±200800600400±80

10864

Positionof notch

Instantaneous trip adjustmentrange

Min.

breakingMax. total

Max.

time

NF250-RGW/UGW 160-225A (Rated current In=225A) 125-160A (Rated current In=160A)

IEC 60947-2

Thermal-Adjustable types

Time-delay trip Instantaneous trip

DC(Adjustable range)

AC(Adjustable range)

1300±260

DC x In (%)

Instantaneous tripcurrent ratio

1000±200

AC x In (%)

40-63A (Rated current In=63A)NF125-RGW/UGW 63-100A (Rated current In=100A)

time

Max.

Max. totalbreaking

Min.

DC

AC

IEC 60947-2

Thermal-Adjustable types

Time-delay trip Instantaneous trip

1000±200 1300±260

AC x In (%)

DC x In (%)

Instantaneous tripcurrent ratio

time

Max.

Max. totalbreaking

Min.

NF125-RGW/UGW 25-40A (Rated current In=40A) 16-25A (Rated current In=25A)

DC

AC

IEC 60947-2

Thermal-Adjustable types

Time-delay trip Instantaneous trip

130

120

110

100

90

800 10 20 30 40 50 60

(rated ambient 40°C)Ambient temperature (°C)

Rat

ed a

mbi

ent

Cur

rent

rat

ing

(%)

–10

Type NF250-UGW

6. Characteristics and DimensionsMolded-Case Circuit Breakers

Page 81: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

78

Front connection

Rear connection

Plug-in

φ7

Insulatingbarrier

Drilling plan

Mounting plate

Stud attachable in thisderection only φ9 M8bolt

(Terminal block)

Con

nect

ion

allo

wan

ce

M6Terminal blockmounting screw

BreakerPlug-in terminalblock

275

34.5

219

28

6

32

18

14

104

22

15

70

20

70

153

70

58.5

58.5

155

129

107

100

32.5

52

4-pole

3-pole

R1

Breaker

1mm clearanceon each sideof handle

Front-panel cutout

11.5

105

35

35

70

35

4-pole

3-pole

8

105

70

6

20

15

15

90 106

7186

4-pole3-pole

Insulatingtube

M4×0.7tapsor φ5

Drilling plan

ø24

M4×0.7breakermountingscrewφ9

M8 bolt

Connectionallowance

Insulating tube

Stud can berotated 90°

Mounting plate t max.=3.2

201

219

219

108

73

22

Breaker

24

(Bus t max.=7)

24 max.

10

(Hex-soket)M8 bolt

M4×0.7 tapsor φ5

3535

110

4 90

86

79

φ8.5

63

22

φ4.55011

2

4-pole

5050

35

105

140

22

70

1054-pole3-pole

Neutralpole

3-poleDrilling plan

Breaker

Tripbutton

Mounting hole

Insulating barrier(removable)

201

240

219

φ8.5

6.1

Solderless terminalfor wire size2.5 185mm2

10

Bus drilling fordirect connection

Wire connectionHex-socket set screw

26.5

7516

5

Remark: 2-pole models are 3-pole models with the central pole removed.

Page 82: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

79

NF400-CPNF400-SP

Type NF400-SP

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Internal Accessories ■ Ambient Compensating Curve

130

120

110

100

90

800 10 20 30 40 50 60

AL

(*1) (*1)(*1)

(*1)

AX SHT or UVT

1000.01s

1min

1h

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

5s

10s

20s

30s

2min

4min6min

10min14min20min30min

2h

4h

130 200 300 400500

600700

1000 15002000

30004000

Operating Characteristics

(IEC 60947-2)

NF400-CP

NF400-SP

×100% of Rated current

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

Instantaneous tripTime-delay trip

Max. total breaking time

Max

NF400-CP

NF400-SP

Min

Type name

Rated current In (Amp.)

Number of poles

Rated insulationvoltage Ui (V)

Rat

ed s

hort

-circ

uit

brea

king

cap

acity

(kA

)

600

15/8

25/13

36/18

50/25

690

10/10

30/30

42/42

45/45

85/85

2 2 3 43

250 – 250 –

Note: (1)Types of DC specifications can be produced upon request.

IEC 60947-2

(Icu/Ics)

AC

DC

AC

DC(*1)

690V

500V

440V

400V

230V

250V 40/40 –20/10 –

NF400-CP NF400-SP

250 300 350 400

Left-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Operating handle

Note: (*1) Right-side mounting is standard of SHT and UVT. Specify separately for left-side mounting.Remark: (1) refer to page 41.

Lead wiredirection

Ref

eren

ce a

mbi

ent

tem

pera

ture

Ambient temperature (°C)(Reference ambient temperature 40°C)

Cur

rent

rat

ing

(%)

■ External Accessories

Note: (*1) The designation depends on the number of poles. Refer to the reference page.

Accessories

Operating handle

F

S

V

51

53

50

65

66

56

66

57

F4SPW

S4CP, S4SP

V4SPWF, V4SPW

MI-4SP3 (*1)

HT-4CP, HT4SP

Term

inal c

over Large

Skeleton

Rear

Electrical operation device

TCL-4SP3W (*1)

TTC-4SP3 (*1)

BTC-4SP3W (*1)

HL-4CP, HL-4SP

HLS-4SP

(MI)

(HT)

(TC-L)

(TTC)

(BTC)

HL

HL-S

Mechanical interlock

Auxiliary handle

Handlelock device

Type name Referencepage Accessories Type name Reference

page

■ Standard Attached Parts(An order for should be placed at the same time as an order of circuit breaker main body.)

Front connection

Rear connection

Mounting screw: M6 × 60 (4pcs)Insulating barrier: (2P: 2pcs, 3P: 4pcs, 4P: 6pcs)

Mounting screw: M6 × 72 (4pcs)

6. Characteristics and DimensionsMolded-Case Circuit Breakers

Page 83: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

80

Front connection

Rear connection

Plug-in

Remark: (1) 2-pole models are 3-pole models with the central pole removed.

28

87

130.5

136

44

160

79

15

24

121

18

24280

3528

225

8

181

87

135

163

5555

R6

113

10

25

118

92

20 20

26

225

265

87

44

43.5

130.5

44

194

225

8

8

87

130.5

128 83

14

102

3939

ø12

.5

ø7

155 (NF400-SP)134 (NF400-CP)

107

103

97

44

844

94.5

5

47

12

25ø10.5

44 44

194

110 16

4325

7

51

112

140

28

185

196

168

56

4-pole3-pole

Breaker

Drilling plan

M6 tap or ø7

Conductor thickness t=8 max.Conductor drilling for

direct connection

Conductor thickness t=8 max.

Neutral pole

4-pole3-pole

Trip button

Insulating barrier (removable)

Mounting hole

ø14 M12 bolt

ø13M12 bolt

Mounting plate

Stud can be rotated 90°

Connectionallowance

4-pole

3-pole

Insulation tube

M6 screw formounting breaker ø35

4-pole3-pole

M6 tap or ø7

Breaker Groove for reducingheat by overcurrent

Drilling plan

4-pole

3-pole

Breaker

Front-panel cutout

1.0mm clearance on each side of thehandle frame.

Mounting plate Plug-in terminal block

M8 terminal blockmounting screw

Stud attachable in this direction only

Insulating barrier

Connection allowance

ø13M12 bolt

4-pole

3-pole

3-pole 4-pole

ø10

Drilling plan

Breaker

248

194

225

2424

24

11 11

6-ø35

87

44

Load side

Note:

Line side

Boring dimensions for rear connection type barriers (3-pole)

The bore dimensional drawing shows the breaker viewed from the rear.

4-M6 tap or ø7

8-M4 screw Add these tapped holes in 8 positions to standard boring.

Page 84: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

81

NF400-SEPNF400-HEPNF400-REP

Type NF400-SEP

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Internal Accessories ■ Temperature Characteristics

Ambient temperature (°C)

Rat

ed a

mbi

ent

80

70

90

100

110

120

130

0 10 20 30 40 50 60

Con

tinuo

us lo

ad c

urre

nt (

%)

LTD operating timeat 125%

1000s(TL=150s set) 670s(TL=100s set) 400s(TL= 60s set) 80s(TL= 12s set)

0.6 0.7 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 30 4020150.01s

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

5s

10s

20s30s

1min

2min

4min6min

10min14min20min30min

1h

2h

5h

10h

Pre-alarmpickup current Ip

Ir x(0.70-0.75-0.8-0.85-0.9 ±10%-0.95-1.0)

Pre-alarmoperating time Tp

±20%

(at 200%)

Tp=2TL

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

INST pickup current IIx4~x16 ±15%

(Magnification to In)Max. totalbreaking time

STD operating time Ts

STD pickup current Is

12-60-100-150s ±20%(at 200%)

Ir x(2-2.5-3-3.5-4 -5-6-7-8-10) ±15%

0.3 ± 0.06s0.2 ± 0.04s

0.1 ± 0.03s0.06 ± 0.02s

LTD operating time TL

NF400-SEPNF400-HEPNF400-REP

Note)Current setting Ir: 200~400A (Adjustable)

Rated Current In: 400A

Current setting (×100% of Ir)Instantaneous tripping current (×100% of In)

■ External Accessories

Notes: (*1) This is for NF400-SEP.(*2) The designation depends on the number of poles. Refer to the reference page.

Accessories

Operating handle

F

S

V

51

53

50

65

66

56

66

57

F4SPW

S4SP

V4SPWF, V4SPW

MI-4SP3 (*2)

HT-4SP

Term

inal c

over Large

Skeleton

Rear

Electrical operation device

TCL-4SP3W (*1)(*2)

TTC-4SP3 (*2)

BTC-4SP3W (*1)(*2)

HL-4SP

HLS-4SP

(MI)

(HT)

(TC-L)

(TTC)

(BTC)

HL

HL-S

Mechanical interlock

Auxiliary handle

Handlelock device

Type name Referencepage Accessories Type name Reference

page

(An order for should be placed at the same time as an order of circuit breaker main body.)■ Standard Attached Parts

Front connection

Rear connection

Mounting screw: M6 × 60 (4pcs)Insulating barrier: (2P: 2pcs, 3P: 4pcs, 4P: 6pcs)

Mounting screw: M6 × 72 (4pcs)

Type name

Rated current In (Amp.)

Number of poles

Reted insulation voltage Ui (V)

Rat

ed s

hort

-circ

uit

brea

king

cap

acity

(kA

)

690

10/10

30/30

42/42

45/45

85/85

690

10/10

50/50

65/65

70/70

100/100

690

15/10

70/35

125/63

125/63

150/75

43 43 3

IEC 60947-2

(Icu/Ics)

AC

DC

AC

690V

500V

440V

400V

230V

250V

NF400-SEP NF400-HEP NF400-REP

200-400adjustable

SHT or UVTAL AX PAL TI

(*1) (*1) (*1)

(*1)

Left-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Operating handleLead wiredirection

Note: (*1) Right-side mounting is standard of SHT and UVT. Specify separately for left-side mounting.Remark: (1) refer to page 41.

6. Characteristics and DimensionsMolded-Case Circuit Breakers

Page 85: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

82

Front connection

Rear connection

Plug-in

28

87

130.5

136

44

160

79

15

24

121

18

24280

3528

225

8

181

87

135

163

5555

R6

113

10

25

118

92

20 20

26

225

265

87

44

43.5

130.5

44

194

225

8

8

87

130.5

128 83

14

102

3939

ø12

.5

ø7

155

107

103

97

44

844

94.5

5

47

12

25ø10.5

44 44

194

110 16

4325

7

51

112

140

28

185

196

168

56

4-pole3-pole

Breaker

Drilling plan

M6 tap or ø7

Conductor thickness t=8 max.Conductor drilling for

direct connection

Conductor thicknesst=8 max.

Neutral pole

4-pole3-pole

Trip button

Insulating barrier (removable)

Mounting hole

ø14M12 bolt

ø13M12 bolt

Mounting plate Stud can be rotated 90°

Connectionallowance

4-pole

3-pole

Insulation tube

M6 screw for mounting breaker ø35

4-pole3-pole

M6 tap or ø7

Breaker

Groove for reducing heat by overcurrent

Drilling plan

4-pole

3-pole

Breaker

Front-panel cutout

1.0mm clearance on each side of the handle frame.

Mounting plate Plug-in terminal block

M8 terminal block mounting screw

Stud attachable in this direction only

Insulating barrier

Connectionallowance

ø13M12 bolt

4-pole

3-pole

3-pole 4-pole

ø10

Drilling plan

Breaker

248

194

225

2424

24

11 11

6-ø35

87

44

Load side

Note:

Line side

Boring dimensions for rear connectiontype barriers (3-pole)

The bore dimensional drawing shows the breaker viewed from the rear.

4-M6 tap or ø7

8-M4 screw Add these tapped holes in 8 positions to standard boring.

Page 86: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

83

NF400-UEP

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Internal Accessories ■ Current reducing curve

Type name

Rated current In (Amp.)

Number of poles

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)

Rat

ed s

hort

-circ

uit

brea

king

cap

acity

(kA

)

690

35/35

170/170

200/200

200/200

200/200

3 4

IEC 60947-2

(Icu/Ics)

AC

DC

AC

690V

500V

440V

400V

230V

250V

NF400-UEP

200-400adjustable

Ambient temperature (°C)

Rat

ed a

mbi

ent

80

70

90

100

110

120

130

0 10 20 30 40 50 60

Con

tinuo

us lo

ad c

urre

nt (

%)

Current setting (×100% of Ir)Instantaneous tripping current (×100% of In)

LTD operating timeat 125%

1000s(TL=150s set) 670s(TL=100s set) 400s(TL= 60s set) 80s(TL= 12s set)

0.6 0.7 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 30 4020150.01s

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

5s

10s

20s30s

1min

2min

4min6min

10min14min20min30min

1h

2h

5h

10h

Pre-alarmpickup current Ip

Ir x(0.70-0.75-0.8-0.85-0.9 ±10%-0.95-1.0)

Pre-alarmoperating time Tp

±20%

(at 200%)

Tp=2

TL

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

INST pickup current IIx4~x16 ±15%

(Magnification to In)Max. totalbreaking time

STD operating time Ts

STD pickup current Is

12-60-100-150s ±20%(at 200%)

Ir x(2-2.5-3-3.5-4 -5-6-7-8-10) ±15%

0.3 ± 0.06s0.2 ± 0.04s

0.1 ± 0.03s0.06 ± 0.02s

LTD operating time TL

NF400-UEP

Note)Current setting Ir: 200~400A (Adjustable)

Rated Current In: 400A

■ External Accessories

Note: (*1)The designation depends on the number of poles. Refer to the reference page.

Accessories

Operating handle

F

S

51

53

65

66

56

56

66

57

F4UPW (*1)

S4SP

MI-4SP3 (*1)

HT-4SP

Term

inal c

over Large

Skeleton

Rear

Electrical operation device

TCL-4SP3W (*1)

BTC-4SP3W (*1)

HL-4SP

HLS-4UP

(MI)

(HT)

(TC-L)

(TTC)

(BTC)

HL

HL-S

Mechanical interlock

Auxiliary handle Handlelock device

Type name Referencepage Accessories Type name Reference

page

(An order for should be placed at the same time as an order of circuit breaker main body.)■ Standard Attached Parts

Front connection

(4-pole models are provided with auxiliary handle.)

Rear connection

Mounting screw: M6 × 65 (2pcs), M6 × 162 (2pcs)Insulating barrier: (3P: 4pcs, 4P: 3pcs)

Mounting screw: M6 × 72 (2pcs), M6 × 169 (2pcs)

Type NF400-UEP

SHT or UVTAL AX PAL TI

(*1) (*1) (*1)

(*1)

Left-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Operating handleLead wiredirection

Note: (*1) Right-side mounting is standard of SHT and UVT. Specify separately for left-side mounting.

Remark: (1) Specification of 4-pole model is same as that of NF630-UEP. (2) refer to page 41.

6. Characteristics and DimensionsMolded-Case Circuit Breakers

Page 87: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

84

Front connection

Rear connection

Plug-in

Note (1): Overall dimension of 4-pole model is same as that of 4-pole model of NF630-UEP. Refer to page 90.

16

4329

7

102

39

257

ø12

.5

ø12

.5

11.5

234

ø7

ø7

31

110

43

51

28

112

140

252

204

200

194

141

144

25

47

8

78

127.5

5

44

218

1828

87

44

24

320

297

3528

265

160

79

175

15

24

8

R6

210

10

25

8

8787

118

44

20 20

2626

5

305

128

234

26

92

265

8

83

14

3-pole

3-pole

Trip button

Insulating barrier (removable)

Mounting hole

ø14M12 bolt

ø10.5

Conductor thickness t=8 max.Conductor drilling for direct connection

Conductor thickness t=8 max.

3-pole

Breaker

Drilling plan

M6 tap or ø7

ø13M12 bolt

Mounting plateStud can be rotated 90°

Connectionallowance

Insulation tube

M6 screw for mounting breaker

ø35

M6 screw or ø7

BreakerGroove for reducing heat by overcurrent

Drilling plan

Breaker

Front-panel cutout

1.0mm clearance on each side of the handle frame.

3-pole

ø10

3-pole

Drilling plan

Mounting angle

Mounting angle

Plug-in terminal block

M8 terminal block mounting screw

Stud attachable in this direction only

Insulating barrier

Connection allowance

ø13M12 bolt

Breaker

max

. 203

248

234

265

2424

24

11 11

6-ø35

87

44

Load side

Note:

Line side

Boring dimensions for rear connection type barriers (3-pole)

The bore dimensional drawing shows the breaker viewed from the rear.

4-M6 tap or ø7

8-M4 screw Add these tapped holes in 8 positions to standard boring.

Page 88: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

85

NF630-CPNF630-SP

Type NF630-SP

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Internal Accessories ■ Ambient Compensating Curve

Ambient temperature (°C)

Cur

rent

rat

ing

(%)

Type name

Rated current In (Amp.)

Number of poles

Reted insulationvoltage Ui (V)

Rat

ed s

hort

-circ

uit

brea

king

cap

acity

(kA

)

600

18/9

36/18

36/18

50/25

690

10/10

30/30

42/42

45/45

85/85

2 2 3 43

250 – 250 –

Note: (1) Types of DC specifications can be produced upon request.

IEC 60947-2

(Icu/Ics)

AC

DC

AC

DC(*1)

690V

500V

440V

400V

230V

250V 40/40 –20/10 –

NF630-CP NF630-SP

500 600 630

1000.01s

1min

1h

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

5s

10s

20s30s

2min

4min

6min

10min14min20min

30min

2h

4h

130 200 300 400500

600700

1000 15002000

30004000

×100% of Rated current

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

Operating Characteristics

(IEC 60947-2)

NF630-CP

NF630-SP

500A, 600A, 630A

Instantaneous tripping

Max. total breaking time

Max.

Min.

Time-delay trip Instantaneous trip

NF630-SP Adjustable range NF630-CP

Note: (*1) The designation depends on the number of poles. Refer to the reference page.

■ External Accessories

Accessories

Operating handle

F

S

V

51

53

50

65

66

56

66

57

F6SPW

S4SP

V6SPWF, V6SPW

MI-6SP3 (*1)

HT-4SP

Term

inal c

over Large

Skeleton

Rear

Electrical operation device

TCL-6SP3 (*1)

TTC-6SP3 (*1)

BTC-6SP3 (*1)

HL-4SP

HLS-6SP

(MI)

(HT)

(TC-L)

(TTC)

(BTC)

HL

HL-S

Mechanical interlock

Auxiliary handle

Handlelock device

Type name Referencepage Accessories Type name Reference

page

(An order for should be placed at the same time as an order of circuit breaker main body.) (4-pole models are provided with auxiliary handle.)■ Standard Attached Parts

Front connection

Rear connection

Mounting screw: M6 × 35 (4pcs)Insulating barrier: (2P: 1pc, 3P: 2pcs, 4P: 3pcs)

Mounting screw: M6 × 40 (4pcs)

AL

Note: (*1) Right-side mounting is standard of SHT and UVT. Specify separately for left-side mounting. Remark: (1) refer to page 41.

Right-side mounting

(*1)

(*1) (*1)

Left-side mounting

Operating handle

AX SHT or UVTLead wire direction

(*1)

130

120

110

100

90

800

(Reference ambient temperature 40°C)10 20 30 40 50 60

Ref

eren

ce a

mbi

ent

tem

pera

ture

Instantaneous tripping current valueAdjustable range (4 steps)

Position of adjusting handle

Instantaneous tripping Current standard value %NF630-SP

Lo23Hi

500±100800

11001400±280

6. Characteristics and DimensionsMolded-Case Circuit Breakers

Page 89: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

86

Front connection

Rear connection

Plug-in

Remark: (1) 2-pole models are 3-pole models with the central pole removed.

140

210

70

210280

110

14

40

51

32 815

32

275

87

97

103

107

87

32

94.5

8

4424

8

44

102

15

22

40

ø8.5

5

ø14

155

217

12

70

70

243

243

295

243

70

140

40

25

13

8 15

113 110

140

32

10

12.5

70

70

210

105

17251

92

R6

8

208

70

278

140

155

5656

18713

40

140

3225

815

112

243

8

20

301

126

23

Neutral pole

4-pole3-pole

Trip button

Insulating barrier (removable)Mounting hole

ø14M12 bolt

ø8

Conductor thickness t=8 max.

(Conductor thickness t=8 max.)Conductor drilling for

direct connection

Auxiliary handle (removable) Terminal dimension

for directly connecting conductor

4-pole

3-pole

Breaker

Drilling plan

M6 tap or ø7

4-pole

3-pole Breaker

Front-panel cutout

1.0mm clearance on each side of the handle frame.

ø48

4-pole3-pole

M6 tap or ø7

Breaker Groove for reducing heat by overcurrent

Drilling plan

M6 screw for mounting breaker

ø13 M12 bolt

Mounting plate

Stud can be rotated 90°Connection allowance

Mounting plate

Plug-in terminal block

M8 terminal block mounting screw

Stud can be rotated 90°

Con

nect

ion

allo

wan

ce

ø13M12 bolt

3-pole 4-pole

ø10

Drilling plan

Breaker

2424

2424

11 11

140

70

243

6-ø48

510

Boring dimensions for rear connection type barriers (3-pole)

4-M6 tap or ø7

8-M4 screw Add these tapped holes in 8 positions to standard boring.

Page 90: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

87

NF630-SEPNF630-HEPNF630-REP

Type NF630-SEP

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Internal Accessories ■ Temperature Characteristics

Ambient temperature (°C)

Rat

ed a

mbi

ent

80

70

90

100

110

120

130

0 10 20 30 40 50 60

Con

tinuo

us lo

ad c

urre

nt (

%)

Instantaneous tripping current (×100% of In)Current (×100% of Ir)

LTD operating timeat 125%

1000s(TL=150s set) 670s(TL=100s set) 400s(TL= 60s set) 80s(TL= 12s set)

0.6 0.7 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 30 4020150.01s

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

5s

10s

20s30s

1min

2min

4min6min

10min14min20min30min

1h

2h

5h

10h

Pre-alarmpickup current Ip

Ir x(0.70-0.75-0.8-0.85-0.9 ±10%-0.95-1.0)

Pre-alarmoperating time Tp

±20%

(at 200%)

Tp=2

TL

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

INST pickup current IIx4~x15 ±15%

(Magnification to In)Max. totalbreaking time

STD operating time Ts

STD pickup current Is

12-60-100-150s ±20%(at 200%)

Ir x(2-2.5-3-3.5-4 -5-6-7-8-10) ±15%

0.3 ± 0.06s0.2 ± 0.04s

0.1 ± 0.03s0.06 ± 0.02s

LTD operating time TL

NF630-SEP

NF630-HEP

NF630-REP

Note)

Current setting

Ir: 300~630A

(Adjustable)

Rated Current

In: 630A

Type name

Rated current In (Amp.)

Number of poles

Reted insulation voltage Ui (V)

Rat

ed s

hort

-circ

uit

brea

king

cap

acity

(kA

)

690

10/10

30/30

42/42

45/45

85/85

690

15/15

50/50

65/65

70/70

100/100

690

20/15

70/35

125/63

125/63

150/75

43 43 3

IEC 60947-2

(Icu/Ics)

AC

DC

AC

690V

500V

440V

400V

230V

250V

NF630-SEP NF630-HEP NF630-REP

300-630adjustable

Note: (*1) The designation depends on the number of poles. Refer to the reference page.

■ External Accessories

Accessories

Operating handle

F

S

V

51

53

50

65

66

56

66

57

F6SPW

S4SP

V6SPWF, V6SPW

MI-6SP3 (*1)

HT-4SP

Term

inal c

over Large

Skeleton

Rear

Electrical operation device

TCL-6SP3 (*1)

TTC-6SP3 (*1)

BTC-6SP3 (*1)

HL-4SP

HLS-6SP

(MI)

(HT)

(TC-L)

(TTC)

(BTC)

HL

HL-S

Mechanical interlock

Auxiliary handle

Handlelock device

Type name Referencepage Accessories Type name Reference

page

(An order for should be placed at the same time as an order of circuit breaker main body.) (4-pole models are provided with auxiliary handle.)■ Standard Attached Parts

Front connection

Rear connection

Mounting screw: M6 × 35 (4pcs)Insulating barrier: (3P: 2pcs, 4P: 3pcs)

Mounting screw: M6 × 40 (4pcs)

SHT or UVTAL AX PAL TILeft-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Operating handleLead wiredirection

Note: (*1) Right-side mounting is standard of SHT and UVT. Specify separately for left-side mounting.Remark: (1) refer to page 41.

(*1) (*1)

(*1)(*1)

6. Characteristics and DimensionsMolded-Case Circuit Breakers

Page 91: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

88

Front connection

Rear connection

Plug-in

140

210

70

210280

110

14

40

51

32 815

32

275

87

97

103

107

87

32

94.5

8

4424

8

4410

2

15

22

40

ø8.5

5

ø14

155

217

12

70

70

243

243

295

243

70

140

40

25

13

8 15

113 110

140

32

10

12.5

70

70

210

105

17251

92

R6

8

208

70

278

140

155

5656

18713

40

140

3225

815

112

243

20

301

8

126

23

Neutral pole

4-pole3-pole

Trip button

Insulating barrier (removable)Mounting hole

ø14M12 bolt

N ø8

Conductor thickness t=8 max.

(Conductor thickness t=8 max.)Conductor drilling for

direct connection

Auxiliary handle (removable) Terminal dimension

for directly connecting conductor

4-pole

3-pole

Breaker

Drilling plan

M6 tap or ø7

Breaker

Front-panel cutout

1.0mm clearance on each side of the handle frame.

ø48

4-pole3-pole

M6 tap or ø7

Breaker Groove for reducing heat by overcurrent

Drilling plan

M6 screw for mounting breaker

ø13M12 bolt

Mounting plate

Stud can be rotated 90°Connection allowance

Mounting plate

Plug-in terminal block

M8 terminal block mounting screw

Stud can be rotated 90°

Con

nect

ion

allo

wan

ce

ø13M12 bolt

3-pole 4-pole

f10

Drilling plan

Breaker

4-pole

3-pole

2424

2424

11 11

140

70

243

6-ø48

510

Boring dimensions for rear connection type barriers (3-pole)

4-M6 tap or ø7

8-M4 screw Add these tapped holes in 8 positions to standard boring.

Page 92: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

89

NF630-UEP

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Internal Accessories ■ Temperature Characteristics

Ambient temperature (°C)

Rat

ed a

mbi

ent

80

70

90

100

110

120

130

0 10 20 30 40 50 60

Con

tinuo

us lo

ad c

urre

nt (

%)

LTD operating timeat-125%

1000s(TL=150s set) 670s(TL=100s set) 400s(TL= 60s set) 80s(TL= 12s set)

Pre-alarmpickup current Ip

Ir x(0.70-0.75-0.8-0.85-0.9 ±10%-0.95-1.0)

Pre-alarmoperating time Tp

±20%

(at 200%)

Tp=2TL

INST pickup current IIx4~x15 ±15%

(Magnification to In)Max. totalbreaking time

STD operating time Ts

STD pickup current Is

12-60-100-150s ±20%(at 200%)

Ir x(2-2.5-3-3.5-4 -5-6-7-8-10) ±15%

0.3 ± 0.06s0.2 ± 0.04s

0.1 ± 0.03s0.06 ± 0.02s

LTD operating time TL

0.01s

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

5s

10s

20s30s

1min

2min

4min6min

10min14min20min30min

1h

2h

5h

10h

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

NF630-UEP

Note)

Current setting

Ir: 300~630A

(Adjustable)

Rated Current

In: 630A

Instantaneous tripping current (×100% of In)Current (×100% of Ir)

0.6 0.7 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 30 402015

Type name

Rated current In (Amp.)

Number of poles

Reted insulation voltage Ui (V)

Rat

ed s

hort

-circ

uit

brea

king

cap

acity

(kA

)

690

35/35

170/170

200/200

200/200

200/200

3 4

IEC 60947-2

(Icu/Ics)

AC

DC

AC

690V

500V

440V

400V

230V

250V

NF630-UEP

300-630adjustable

■ External Accessories

Note: (*1) The designation depends on the number of poles. Refer to the reference page.

Accessories

Operating handleF

S

51

53

65

66

56

56

66

57

F6UPW(*1)

S4SP

MI-6SP3 (*1)

HT-4SP

Term

inal c

over Large

Skeleton

Rear

Electrical operation device

TCL-6UP3 (*1)

BTC-6SP3 (*1)

HL-4SP

HLS-6UP

(MI)

(HT)

(TC-L)

(TTC)

(BTC)

HL

HL-S

Mechanical interlock

Auxiliary handle Handlelock device

Type name Referencepage Accessories Type name Reference

page

(An order for should be placed at the same time as an order of circuit breaker main body.)■ Standard Attached Parts

Front connection

(4-pole models are provided with auxiliary handle.)

Rear connection

Mounting screw: 3P: M6 × 35, M6 × 132 (2pcs each)4P: M6 × 35 (3pcs), M6 × 132 (2pcs)Insulating barrier: (3P: 2pcs, 4P: 3pcs)

Mounting screw: 3P: M6 × 40, M6 × 137 (2pcs each)4P: M6 × 40 (3pcs), M6 × 137 (2pcs)

Type NF630-UEP

SHT or UVTAL AX

Note: (*1) Right-side mounting is standard of SHT and UVT. Specify separately for left-side mounting.

Remark: (1) refer to page 41.

PAL TILeft-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Operating handleLead wiredirection

(*1) (*1)

(*1)(*1)

6. Characteristics and DimensionsMolded-Case Circuit Breakers

Page 93: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

90

Front connection

Rear connection

Plug-in

140 210

70

N N

210 280

110

14

4051

815

322

87

194

141

200

204

87

32143

97

8

8

102

275

15

112

5

ø14

ø7

ø7ø14

252

314

70 70

290

210

70

3551

280

16

322

48

48 110

27.5

194

141

200

204

143

97

6.5

6.5

102

275

15

112

5

ø14

ø7

ø7ø14

252

314

27.5

22

40

ø8.5

12

290

290

342

70

140

40

25

13

8

8210 110

140

3210

12.5

70

70

210

105

172

51

92

22.5

15

290

342

2526

210 83

1020

8

20 290

322

348

25

223

23

(A)

(B)

13

40

140

190

32

25

815

112

172

202

unde

r 23

4

172

70ø10

ø10

190

Neutral pole

4-pole3-pole

Trip button

Insulating barrier (removable)Mounting hole

ø14M12 bolt

Conductor thickness t=8 max.

Conductor drilling for direct connection

(Conductor thickness t=8 max.)

Auxiliary handle(removable)

Terminal dimension for directly connecting conductor

4-pole(NF400-UEP)

4-pole(NF400-UEP)

Breaker

Mounting hole

Drilling plan

M6 tap or ø7

77.5 (ON side)121.5 (OFF side)

4-pole (5 portions)

3-pole (4 portions)

Neutral pole

Insulating barrier (removable)

ø14M12 bolt

Trip button

Conductor thickness t=8 max.

Auxiliary handle

ø13M12 bolt

Mounting plate

Stud can be rotated 90°Connection allowance

M6 screw for mounting breaker

ø48

4-pole3-pole

M6 tap or ø7 M6 tap or ø7

Breaker

Groove for reducing heat by overcurrent Mounting plate Connection

allowance

ø13M12 bolt

R6

4-pole

3-pole Breaker

Front-panel cutout

1.0mm clearance on each side of the handle frame.

Drilling plan

3-pole

Stud can be rotated 90°

Fixing plate (to be attached)

Mounting angle

Mounting angle

Plug-in terminal block

M8 terminal block mounting screw

M8 terminal block mounting screw

Con

nect

ion

allo

wan

ce

ø13M12 bolt

Mounting angle (A)Breaker

Rear view Bottom view

Mounting angle (A)

Mounting angle (B)

Stud can be rotated 90°

2424

2424

11 11

140

70

290

6-ø48

510

Boring dimensions for rear connection type barriers (3-pole)

4-M6 tap or ø7

8-M4 screw Add these tapped holes in 8 positions to standard boring.

Page 94: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

91

NF800-CEPNF800-SEPNF800-HEPNF800-REP

Type NF800-SEP

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Internal Accessories ■ Current Reducing Curve

Ambient temperature (°C)

80

70

90

100

110

120

130

0 10 20 30 40 50 60

Wor

king

cur

rent

cor

rect

ing

ratio

(%

)

Type name

Rated current In (Amp.)

Number of poles

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)

Rate

d sh

ort-c

ircui

t bre

akin

g ca

pacit

y (k

A)

600

18/9

36/18

36/18

50/25

690

10/10

30/30

42/42

45/45

85/85

3 3 4

IEC 60947-2

(Icu/Ics)

NF800-CEP NF800-SEP

400-800adjustable

Note: (*1) The designation depends on the number of poles. Refer to the reference page.

Note: (*1) Right-side mounting is standard of SHT and UVT. Specify separately for left-side mounting.Remark: (1) refer to page 41.

■ External Accessories

Accessories

Operating handle

F

S

V

51

53

50

65

66

56

66

57

F6SPW

S4SP

V6SPWF, V6SPW

MI-6SP3 (*1)

HT-4SP

Term

inal c

over Large

Skeleton

Rear

Electrical operation device

TCL-6SP3 (*1)

TTC-6SP3 (*1)

BTC-6SP3 (*1)

HL-4SP

HLS-6SP

(MI)

(HT)

(TC-L)

(TTC)

(BTC)

HL

HL-S

Mechanical interlock

Auxiliary handle

Handlelock device

Type name Referencepage Accessories Type name Reference

page

(An order for should be placed at the same time as an order of circuit breaker main body.) (4-pole models are provided with auxiliary handle.)■ Standard Attached Parts

Front connection

Rear connection

Mounting screw: M6 × 35 (4pcs)Insulating barrier: (3P: 2pcs, 4P: 3pcs)

Mounting screw: M6 × 40 (4pcs)

Ref

eren

ceam

bien

tte

mpe

ratu

re

The rated current does not depend on temperature. However, if ambient temperature exceeds 40°C, reduce the continuous working current as left curve.

LTD operating timeat 125%

1000s(TL=150s set) 670s(TL=100s set) 400s(TL= 60s set) 80s(TL= 12s set)

Pre-alarmpickup current Ip

Ir x(0.70-0.75-0.8-0.85-0.9 ±10% -0.95-1.0)

Pre-alarmoperating time Tp

±20%

(at 200%)

Tp=2

TL

INST pickup current IIx4~x12 ±15%

(Magnification to In)Max. totalbreaking time

STD operating time Ts

STD pickup current Is

12-60-100-150s ±20%(at 200%)

Ir x(2-2.5-3-3.5-4 -5-6-7-8-10) ±15%

0.3 ± 0.06s0.2 ± 0.04s

0.1 ± 0.03s0.06 ± 0.02s

LTD operating time TL

0.01s

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

5s

10s

20s30s

1min

2min

4min6min

10min14min20min30min

1h

2h

5h

10h

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

Note)Current setting Ir: 400~800A (Adjustable)

Rated Current In: 800A

Instantaneous tripping current (×100% of In)Current (×100% of Ir)

0.6 0.7 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 30 402015

Operating Characteristics(IEC 60947-2)NF800-CEPNF800-SEPNF800-HEPNF800-REP

SHT or UVTAL AX PAL TILeft-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Operating handleLead wiredirection

(*1) (*1)

(*1)(*1)

690

15/15

50/50

65/65

70/70

100/100

690

20/15

70/35

125/63

125/63

150/75

3 4 3

AC

690V

500V

440V

400V

230V

250V

NF800-HEP NF800-REP

AC

DC

6. Characteristics and DimensionsMolded-Case Circuit Breakers

Page 95: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

92

Front connection

Rear connection

Plug-in

140210

70

210 280

110

14

40

51

32 815

32

275

87

97

103

107

87

32

94.5

8

4626

8

4610

2

15

22

40

ø8.5

5

ø14

155

217

12 70 70

243

243

295

243

70

140

40

25

13

8 15

113 110

14032

10

12.5

70

70

210

105

172

51

92

R6

8

208

70

278

140

155

5656

187

13

40

140

3225

815

112

243

20

301

10

126

23

Neutral pole

4-pole3-pole

Trip button

Insulating barrier (removable)Mounting hole

ø14M12 bolt

N ø8

Conductor thicknesst=12 max.

(Conductor thickness t=10 max.)Conductor drilling for direct connection

Auxiliary handle(removable)

Terminal dimension for directly connecting conductor

4-pole3-pole

Breaker

Drilling plan

M6 tapor ø7

4-pole

3-poleBreake

Front-panel cutout

1.0mm clearance on eachside of the handle frame.

ø48

4-pole3-pole

M6 tap or ø7

Breaker Groove for reducingheat by overcurrent

Drilling plan

M6 screw formounting breaker

ø13M12 bolt

Mounting plate

Stud can be rotated 90°Connection allowance

Mounting plate

Plug-in terminal block

M8 terminal block mounting screw

Stud can be rotated 90°

Con

nect

ion

allo

wan

ce

ø13M12 bolt

3-pole 4-pole

ø10

Drilling plan

Breaker

2424

2424

11 11

140

70

243

6-ø48

510

Boring dimensions for rear connection type barriers (3-pole)

4-M6 tap or ø7

8-M4 screw Add these tapped holes in 8 positions to standard boring.

Page 96: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

93

NF800-SDP

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Internal Accessories ■ Ambient Compensating Curve

Type name

Rated current In (Amp.)

Number of poles

Reted insulationvoltage Ui (V)

Rat

ed s

hort-

circ

uit

brea

king

capa

city

(kA)

2

250

40/40

IEC 60947-2(Icu/Ics)

Time constant not larger than

10msec

DC

DC

250V

NF800-SDP

(700), 800

Ambient temperature (°C)Rated ambient 40°C

Rat

ed a

mbi

ent

80

90

100

110

120

130

0 10 20 30 40 50 60

NF800-SDP

Cur

rent

rat

ing

(%)

Note: (*1) The designation depends on the number of poles. Refer to the reference page.

■ External Accessories

Accessories

Operating handle

F

S

V

51

53

50

65

66

56

66

57

F6SPW

S4SP

V6SPWF, V6SPW

MI-6SP3 (*1)

HT-4SP

Term

inal c

over Large

Skeleton

Rear

Electrical operation device

TCL-6SP3 (*1)

TTC-6SP3 (*1)

BTC-6SP3 (*1)

HL-4SP

HLS-6SP

(MI)

(HT)

(TC-L)

(TTC)

(BTC)

HL

HL-S

Mechanical interlock

Auxiliary handle

Handlelock device

Type name Referencepage Accessories Type name Reference

page

(An order for should be placed at the same time as an order of circuit breaker main body.) (4-pole models are provided with auxiliary handle.)■ Standard Attached Parts

Front connection

Rear connection

Mounting screw: M6 × 35 (4pcs)Insulating barrier: (2P: 1pc, 3P: 2pcs, 4P: 3pcs)

Mounting screw: M6 × 40 (4pcs)

Type NF800-SDP

Time-delay trip Inst trip

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

Min.

Max.

NF800-SDP

0.01s

1min.

1h

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

5s

10s

20s30s

2min

4min6min

10min14min20min30min

2h

4h

Max. totalinterrupting time

Inst. trip adjustmentrange (4 steps)

Controlsetting

Inst tripcurrent (A)

Lo23Hi

2600±5203900±7805200±10406500±1300

700A,800ADC

Adjustmentrange700A

Adjustmentrange800A

×100% of rated current

1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40

SHT or UVTAL AX PAL TILeft-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Operating handleLead wiredirection

Note: (*1) Right-side mounting is standard of SHT and UVT. Specify separately for left-side mounting.Remark: (1) refer to page 41.

(*1) (*1)

(*1)(*1)

6. Characteristics and DimensionsMolded-Case Circuit Breakers

Page 97: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

94

Front connection

Rear connection

Plug-in

Remarks: (1) Standard specification of NF800-SDP is 2-pole model. 3-pole and 4-pole models are available for DC special voltage.(2) 2-pole models are 3-pole models with the central pole removed.

140210

70

N

210 280

110

14

40

51

32

815

32

275

87

97

103

107

87

32

94.5

8

4626

8

4610

2

15

22

40

ø8.5

5

ø14

155

217

12

70

70

243

243

295

243

70

140

40

25

13

8 15

113 110

14032

10

12.5

70

70

210

105

17251

92

R6

8

208

70

278

140

155

5656

18713

40

140

3225

815

112

243

20

301

126

23

Neutral pole

4-pole3-pole

Trip button

Insulating barrier (removable)Mounting hole

ø14M12 bolt

ø8

Conductor thicknesst=12 max.

Conductor drilling for direct connection

(Conductor thickness t=10 max.)

Auxiliary handle(removable) Terminal dimension for

directly connectingconductor

4-pole

3-pole

Breaker

Drilling plan

M6 tap or ø7

4-pole

3-poleBreaker

Front-panel cutout

1.0mm clearance on eachside of the handle frame.

ø48

4-pole3-pole

M6 tap or ø7

Breaker Groove for reducing heatby overcurrent

Drilling plan

M6 screw formounting breaker

ø13M12 bolt

Mounting plate

Stud can be rotated 90°Connection allowance

Mounting plate

Plug-in terminal block

M8 terminal block mounting screw

Stud can be rotated 90°

Con

nect

ion

allo

wan

ce

ø13M12 bolt

3-pole 4-pole

ø10

Drilling plan

Breaker

2424

2424

11 11

140

70

243

6-ø48

510

Boring dimensions for rear connection type barriers (3-pole)

4-M6 tap or ø7

8-M4 screwAdd these tapped holes in 8 positions to standard boring.

Page 98: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

95

NF800-UEP

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Internal Accessories ■ Current reducing curve

Ambient temperature (°C)

Rat

ed a

mbi

ent

80

70

90

100

110

120

130

0 10 20 30 40 50 60

Con

tinuo

us lo

ad c

urre

nt (

%)

Type name

Rated current In (Amp.)

Number of poles

Reted insulation voltage Ui (V)

Rat

ed s

hort

-circ

uit

brea

king

cap

acity

(kA

)

690

35/35

170/170

200/200

200/200

200/200

3 4

IEC 60947-2

(Icu/Ics)

AC

DC

AC

690V

500V

440V

400V

230V

250V

NF800-UEP

400-800adjustable

LTD operating timeat-125%

1000s(TL=150s set) 670s(TL=100s set) 400s(TL= 60s set) 80s(TL= 12s set)

Pre-alarmpickup current Ip

Ir x(0.70-0.75-0.8-0.85-0.9 ±10%-0.95-1.0)

Pre-alarmoperating time Tp

±20%

(at 200%)

Tp=2TL

INST pickup current IIx4~x12 ±15%

(Magnification to In)Max. totalbreaking time

STD operating time Ts

STD pickup current Is

12-60-100-150s ±20%(at 200%)

Ir x(2-2.5-3-3.5-4 -5-6-7-8-10) ±15%

0.3 ± 0.06s0.2 ± 0.04s

0.1 ± 0.03s0.06 ± 0.02s

LTD operating time TL

0.01s

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

5s

10s

20s30s

1min

2min

4min6min

10min14min20min30min

1h

2h

5h

10h

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

NF800-UEP

Note)

Current setting

Ir: 400~800A

(Adjustable)

Rated Current

In: 800A

Instantaneous tripping current (×100% of In)Current (×100% of Ir)

0.6 0.7 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 30 402015

Note: (*1) The designation depends on the number of poles. Refer to the reference page.

■ External Accessories

Accessories

Operating handle

F

S

V

51

53

65

66

56

56

66

57

F6UPW(*1)

S4SP

MI-6SP3 (*1)

HT-4SP

Term

inal c

over Large

Skeleton

Rear

Electrical operation device

TCL-6UP3 (*1)

BTC-6SP3 (*1)

HL-4SP

HLS-6UP

(MI)

(HT)

(TC-L)

(TTC)

(BTC)

HL

HL-S

Mechanical interlock

Auxiliary handle

Handlelock device

Type name Referencepage Accessories Type name Reference

page

(An order for should be placed at the same time as an order of circuit breaker main body.) (4-pole models are provided with auxiliary handle.)■ Standard Attached Parts

Front connection

Rear connection

Mounting screw: 3P:4P:

Insulating barrier:

M6 × 35, M6 × 132 (2pcs each)M6 × 35 (3pcs), M6 × 132 (2pcs)

(3P: 2pcs, 4P: 3pcs)

Mounting screw: 3P:4P:

M6 × 40, M6 × 137 (2pcs each)M6 × 40 (3pcs), M6 × 137 (2pcs)

Type NF800-UEP

SHT or UVTAL AX PAL TILeft-sidemounting

Note: (*1) Right-side mounting is standard of SHT and UVT. Specify separately for left-side mounting.Remark: (1) refer to page 41.

Right-sidemounting

Operating handleLead wiredirection

(*1) (*1)

(*1)(*1)

6. Characteristics and DimensionsMolded-Case Circuit Breakers

Page 99: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

96

Front connection

Rear connection

140 210

70

N

210 280

110

14

40

51

815

322

87

194

143

200

204

87

32

143

64

8

810

2

275

15

112

5

ø14

ø7

ø7ø14

252

314

70

70

70

290

27.5

22

40

ø8.5

12

290

290

342

70

140

40

25

13

810

210 110 140

3210

12.5

70

70

210

105

172

51

92

22.5

15

Neutral pole

4-pole3-pole

4-pole

3-pole

Trip button

Insulating barrier (removable)Mounting hole

ø14M12 bolt

Conductor thicknesst=12 max.

Conductor drilling fordirect connection

(Conductor thickness t=10 max.)

Auxiliary handle(removable)

Terminal dimension fordirectly connectingconductor

Breaker

M6 screw or ø7

44 (ON side)123.5 (OFF side)

ø13M12 bolt

Mounting plate

Standard direction of stud is horizontalon power side, and vertical on load side.Otherwise, specify the direction.

Connectionallowance

M6 screw formounting breaker

ø48

4-pole3-pole

M6 tap or ø7

Breaker Groove for reducingheat by overcurrent

R6

4-pole

3-pole Breaker

Front-panel cutout

Drilling plan

Drilling plan

1.0mm clearance on eachside of the handle frame.

2424

2424

11 11

140

70

290

6-ø48

510

Boring dimensions for rear connection type barriers (3-pole)

4-M6 tap or ø7

8-M4 screwAdd these tapped holes in 8 positions to standard boring.

Page 100: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

97

NF1000-SSNF1250-SS

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Internal Accessories ■ Current reduction curve

Ambient temperature (°C)

Rat

ed a

mbi

ent

80

70

90

100

110

120

130

0 10 20 30 40 50 60

Con

tinuo

us lo

ad c

urre

nt (

%)

Type NF1000-SS

Type name

Rated current In (Amp.)

Number of poles

Reted insulation voltage Ui (V)

Rat

ed s

hort

-circ

uit

brea

king

cap

acity

(kA

)

660

25/13

65/33

85/43

85/43

125/63

660

25/13

65/33

85/43

85/43

125/63

3 4

IEC 60947-2

(Icu/Ics)

AC

DC

AC

DC

690V

500V

440V

400V

230V

250V

NF1000-SS NF1250-SS

Adjustable 500 600700 800 900 1000

Adjustable 600 700 800 1000 1200 1250

Note: (*1) The designation depends on the number of poles. Refer to the reference page.

■ External Accessories ■ Rated current set available value (A)(An order for should be placed at the same time as an order of circuit breaker main body.)

■ Standard Attached Parts

Front connection

Rated current can be set to 6 steps and 5 steps with screw method.

Rear connection

Mounting screw: M8 × 40 (4pcs)Insulating barrier: (3P: 2pcs, 4P: 3pcs)Auxiliary handle: (1pc)

Mounting screw: M8 × 40 (4pcs)Insulating barrier: (3P: 2pcs, 4P: 4pcs)Auxiliary handle: (1pc)

Accessories

Operating handleF

S

51

53

65

66

56

57

F100 (*1)

S100

MI-10SS3 (*1)

Auxiliary handle

Handle lock

Large terminal cover

Electrical operation device

HT-10SS

TCL-10SS3 (*1)(MI)

(HL)

(TC-L)Mechanical interlock

Type name Referencepage Accessories Type name Reference

page

NF1000-SS

NF1250-SS

500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000

600, 700, 800, 1000, 1200, 1250

3 4

40s

1min

2min

4min6min

10min

20min

Maximum

Short-time pickup currentajustment range

For 1000A rated current

For 500Arated current

Minimum

Unlatching time

30min

20s

10s

6s

4s

2s

1s

0.6s

0.4s

0.2s

0.1s

0.06s

0.04s

0.02s

0.01s

30s

40min1h

2h

3h

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

Current (×100% of rated current)

1 1.25 2 3 5 10 4020

Max. total interrupting time

Rated current 500,600,700,800,900,1000A adjustableShort-time pickupcurrent adjustable

500% ± 50% 750% ± 75%1000% ± 100%

inst, pickup current

20KA Fixed

TypeNF1000-SS

AC

+4kA-2kA

40s

1min

2min

4min

6min

10min

20min

Maximum

Short-time pickup currentajustment range

For 1250A rated current

For 600A ratedcurrent

Minimum

Unlatching time

30min

20s

10s

6s

4s

2s

1s

0.6s

0.4s

0.2s

0.1s

0.06s

0.04s

0.02s

0.01s

30s

40min1h

2h

3h

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

Current (×100% of rated current)

1 1.25 2 3 5 10 4020

Max. total interrupting time

Rated current 600, 700,800, 1000, 1200A, 1250adjustableShort-time pickupcurrent adjustable

500% ± 50% 750% ± 75%1000% ± 100%

inst, pickup current

20KA Fixed

TypeNF1250-SS

AC

+4kA-2kA

Remark: (*1) refer to page 41.

SHT or UVTAL AXLeft-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Operating handleLead wiredirection

6. Characteristics and DimensionsMolded-Case Circuit Breakers

Page 101: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

98

Front connection

Rear connection

Plug-in

Draw-out

Remark: (1) Draw-out is available only for 3-pole models of NF1000-SS and NF1250-SS.

417376

464

232

257

514

387 25

7

97

464

232

257

1210

5

269

911.5

13 1532

8

43

140

376

320 min.

1210

526

9

208 134

140

158

32 104

68

25.5

225

70204

140

136

100.

513

628

.5

269

28.5

274

30

43

13

ø13

140140 230

8686

97

35.5

39.5

81.5

269

300

70 70 80

R11.5

978

13

273

109

15

12

22

18

32

ø13

45

110

832 80

15

13

43140210

21070

280

375

ø17

.5

18.5

280190

14017

15 44

4015

70 70

133.5

406

346

Neutral pole

4-pole3-pole

4-pole3-pole

Insulating barrier (removable)

Mountinghole

ø13 M12 bolt

ø9.

5

Conductor thickness t=8 × 2pcs max.

Bolt M12 × 50

Conductor thicknesst=6 × 2pcs max.

Conductor thicknesst=6 × 2pcs max.

Bolt M12 × 45

Bolt M12 × 45

Insulation cover(removable)

Insulatingbarrier

Lever for plug-in and draw-out

Lifting hole ø22

Mounting hole ø14

886(Draw-out position)

1026(Draw-out position)

Rail fordraw-out

269(Breaking position)216(Connecting position)

Auxiliary circuit terminalThis is a standard direction of stud.Specify in case of mounting vertically.

Auxiliary circuit lead wire

190.5

Center line of breaker

4-pole3-pole

4-pole

3-pole

Breaker

Breaker

BreakerBreaker

M8 tap or ø10

M8 tap or ø10

ø12

ø13

ø14

Mounting angle

* In case of mounting vertically, insulation cover (removable) is attached to central pole.

Drilling plan

Drilling plan

4-pole3-poleDrilling plan

Mounting plate

Connectionallowance

Connectionallowance

M8 screw for mounting breaker

Stud can be rotated 90°

Front-panel cutout

1.0mm clearance on eachside of the handle frame.

Mounting platePlug-in terminal block

M10 terminal block mounting screw

Stud can be rotated 90°

Auxiliary handle(removable)

356(Connecting position)

409(Breaking position)

Page 102: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

99

6. Characteristics and DimensionsMolded-Case Circuit Breakers

NF1000-SSDNF1250-SSD

■ Operating Characteristics (page 000)

■ Internal Accessories ■ Ambient Compensating Curve

Type NF1000-SSD

Ambient temperature (°C)

Cur

rent

rat

ing

(%)

1080

90

100

110

120

130

20 30 40 50 605

Rat

ed a

mbi

ent1000A

1200A

Type name

Rated current In (Amp.)

Number of poles

Rated insulationvoltage Ui (V)

Rated short-circuit breaking capacity (kA)IEC 60947-2

(Icu/Ics)Time constant not larger than

10msec

DC

DC

250V

NF1000-SSD

1000

2

250

40/20

NF1250-SSD

1250

2

250

40/20

Notes: (*1) The designation depends on the number of poles. Refer to the referenc page.

■ External Accessories ■ Standard Attached Parts(An order for should be placed at the same time as an order of circuit breaker main body.)

Front connection

Rear connection

Mounting screw: M8 × 40 (4pcs)Insulating barrier: (2P: 1pcs, 3P: 2pcs, 4P: 3pcs)Auxiliary handle: (1pc)

Mounting screw: M8 × 40 (4pcs)Insulating cover (3P: 2pcs, 4P: 4pcs)Auxiliary handle: (1pc)

Accessories

Operating handleF

S

51

53

65

66

56

57

F100 (*1)

S100

MI-10SS3 (*1)

Auxiliary handle

Handle lock

Large terminal cover

Electrical operation device

HT-10SS

TCL-10SS3 (*1)(MI)

(HL)

(TC-L)Mechanical interlock

Type name Referencepage Accessories Type name Reference

page

6s

4s

2s

1s

3h2h

1h

40min

20min

10min

6min

4min

2min

1min

40s30s20s

10s

0.6s

0.4s

0.2s

0.1s

0.06s

0.0.4s

0.02s

0.01s

Type NF1000-SSD 1000A DC

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

Current (×100% of rated current)

1 1.25 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 5040 70

Maximum

Inst. trip adjustment range(4 steps)

Max. totalinterrupting time

Controlsetting

L0

2

3

Hi

Inst. tripcurrent(A)

Minimum

2800 ± 700

4200 ± 700

5600 ± 700

7000 ± 700

Time

delay trip Inst. trip

6s

4s

2s

1s

3h2h

1h

40min

20min

10min

6min4min

2min

1min

40s30s20s

10s

0.6s

0.4s

0.2s

0.1s

0.06s

0.0.4s

0.02s

0.01s

Type NF1250-SSD 1250A DC

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

Current (×100% of rated current)

1 1.25 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 5040 70

Maximum

Inst. trip adjustment range(4 steps)

Max. totalinterrupting time

Controlsetting

L0

2

3

Hi

Inst. tripcurrent(A)

Minimum

2800 ± 700

4200 ± 700

5600 ± 700

7000 ± 700

Timedelay trip Inst. trip

SHT or UVTAL AXLeft-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Operating handleLead wiredirection

Remark: (1) refer to page 41.

Page 103: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

100

Front connection

Rear connection

Plug-in

140

140 230

8686

20.5

97

35.5

375

187.

5

300

70 7080

R11.5

97

8

13

233

109

15

12

22

18

18

32

ø13

45

110

832 80

15

13

140210

21070

280

ø9.

5

375

ø17

.5

18.5

280190

14017

15 44

4015

70 70

133.5

406

346

43

208

68 25.5

134

1224

8

Conductor thicknesst=6 × 2pcs max.

Bolt M12 × 45

Mounting platePlug-in terminal block M10 terminal block mounting screw

Stud can be rotated 90˚

140

158

32 10430

43

13

ø13

Insulating barrier

Connection allowance

70

204

140

375

48 318

274

Breaker

ø124-pole3-pole

Drilling plan

4-pole3-pole

Insulating barrier(removable)

Mounting hole

ø13 M12 bolt

Conductor thicknesst=8 × 2pcs max.

Bolt M12 × 50

Auxiliary handle(removable)

4-pole3-pole

Breaker

M8 screw or ø10

Drilling plan

Conductor thicknesst=6 × 2pcs max.

Bolt M12 × 45

Insulation cover(removable)

Mounting plate

Connection allowance

M8 screw for mounting breaker

Stud can be rotated 90˚

4-pole3-pole

Breaker

M8 screw or ø10

Drilling plan

4-pole3-pole Breaker

Front-panel cutout

1.0mm clearance on each sideof the handle frame.

Remarks: (1) Standard specifications of NF1000-SSD and NF1250-SSD are 2-pole models. 3-pole and 4-pole models are for DC special voltage.(2) 2-pole models are 3-pole models with the central pole removed.

Outside dimensions are same as those of NF1000-SS and NF1250-SS.

Outside dimensions are different from those of NF1000-SS and NF1250-SS.

Outside dimensions are different from those of NF1000-SS and NF1250-SS.

Page 104: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

101

6. Characteristics and DimensionsMolded-Case Circuit Breakers

NF1250-UR

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Internal Accessories ■ Current reducing curve

Type name

Rated current In (Amp.)

Number of poles

Reted insulation voltage Ui (V)

Rat

ed s

hort

-circ

uit

brea

king

cap

acity

(kA

)

690

85/42

125/65

125/65

170/85

3 4

IEC 60947-2

(Icu/Ics)

AC

DC

AC

690V

500V

440V

400V

230V

250V

NF1250-UR

Adjustable600, 700, 800, 1000, 1200, 1250

Notes: (*1) The designation depends on the number of poles. Refer to the reference page.

■ External Accessories

■ Standard Attached Parts

(An order for should be placed at the same time as an order of circuit breaker main body.)

Front connection

Rear connection

Mounting screw: M8 × 45 (4pcs)Insulating barrier: (3P: 2pcs, 4P: 3pcs)Auxiliary handle: (1pc)

Mounting screw: M8 × 45 (4pcs)Insulating cover: (3P: 2pcs, 4P: 4pcs)Auxiliary handle: (1pc)

Accessories

Operating handleF

S

51

53

65

66

56

57

F120UR (*1)

S100

MI-12UR3 (*1)

Auxiliary handle

Handle lock

Large terminal cover

Electrical operation device

HT-10SS

TCL-12UR3 (*1)(MI)

(HL)

(TC-L)Mechanical interlock

Type name Referencepage Accessories Type name Reference

page

■ Rated current set available value (A)

Rated current can be set to 5 steps with screw method.

NF1250-UR 600, 700, 800, 1000, 1250

Type NF1250-UR

Ambient temperature (°C)

Rat

ed a

mbi

ent

80

70

90

100

110

120

130

0 10 20 30 40 50 60

Con

tinuo

us lo

ad c

urre

nt (

%)

3h2h

1h

Current (×100% of rated current)

1 1.25 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 30 6040

40min

20min30min

10min

6min

4min

2min

1min

40s30s20s

10s

0.6s

0.4s

0.2s

0.1s

0.06s

0.0.4s

0.02s

0.01s

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

6s

4s

2s

1s

Maximum

Minimum

Unlatching timeMaximum total interrupting time

For 1250A rated current

For 600A rated current

Rated current 600,700,800,1000,1200,1250A adjustableShort-time pickupcurrent adjustable

500% ± 50% 750% ± 75%1000% ± 100%

inst. pickup current adjustable

20kA Fixed

TypeNF1250-UR

+4kA-2kA

SHT or UVTAL AXLeft-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Operating handleLead wiredirection

Short-time pickup currentadjustment range

Remark: (1) refer to page 41.

Page 105: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

102

Front connection

Rear connection

Plug-in

375

284194

15

346

51

22.5

1544

144137.5

17

70 70

32

8

8040

6

106

566

13

43

80

15

13

43 70210

310140240

ø17

.5

ø9.

5

ø13

ø17

.5

ø9.

5

28419414417 185

32137.522.5 8

8112

140 260 330 8070 70

8686

39.5

35.5

81.5

269

15

88

22

18

13 4510

9

273

120

97

R11.5

ø9.

5

ø13

ø12

13

30

158

32 104

ø17

.5

352

262

212

137.5 68 134140

204

70

136

100.

513

628

.5

28.5

269

22.5

25.5

225

12

269

105

22.5

17

43

Neutral pole

4-pole3-pole

Insulating barrierInsulating barrier

Mounting hole

Center line of breaker

Mounting hole

Terminal block

Terminal block

ø13 M12 bolt

ø13 M12 bolt

Conductor thicknesst=8 × 2pcs max.

Conductor thicknesst=6 × 2pcs max.

Bolt M12 × 50

Bolt M12 × 45

Auxiliary handle(removable)

Auxiliary handle(removable)

Auxiliary handle(removable)

4-pole3-pole

Breaker

M8 screw or ø10

Drilling plan

4-pole3-pole

Breaker

M8 tap or ø10

Drilling plan

3-pole Drilling plan

Mounting plate

Terminal block

Connectionallowance

M8 screw formounting breaker

Insulation cover(removable)

4-pole3-pole Breaker

Front-panel cutout

1.0mm clearance on each sideof the handle frame.

Conductor thicknesst=6 × 2pcs max.

Bolt M12 × 45

Mounting platePlug-in terminal block

M10 terminal block mounting screw

Stud can be rotated 90˚

Insulating barrier

Connection allowance

Breaker

Standard direction of stud is horizontal on power side, and vertical on load side. Otherwise, specify the direction.

Page 106: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

103

NF1600-SS

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Internal Accessories ■ Current reducing curve

Type name

Rated current In (Amp.)

Number of poles

Reted insulation voltage Ui (V)

Rat

ed s

hort

-circ

uit

brea

king

cap

acity

(kA

)

660

25/13

65/33

85/43

85/43

125/63

3 4

IEC 60947-2

(Icu/Ics)

AC

DC

AC

DC

690V

500V

440V

400V

230V

250V

NF1600-SS

Adjustable800, 1000, 1200, 1400, 1500, 1600

Type NF1600-SS

Rated current can be set to 6 steps with screw method.

NF1600-SSNF1600-PAL

800, 1000, 1200, 1400, 1500, 1600

Notes: (*1) The designation depends on the number of poles. Refer to the reference page.

■ Standard Attached Parts

Front connection

Rear connection

Mounting screw: M8 × 40 (4pcs)Insulating barrier: (3P: 2pcs, 4P: 3pcs)Auxiliary handle: (1pc)

Mounting screw: M8 × 40 (4pcs)Auxiliary handle: (1pc)

■ External Accessories(An order for should be placed at the same time as an order of circuit breaker main body.)

Accessories

Operating handleF

S

51

53

65

66

57

F100 (*1)

S100

MI-16SS3 (*1)

Auxiliary handle

Handle lock

Electrical operation device

HT-10SS

(MI)

(HL)

Mechanical interlock

Type name Referencepage Accessories Type name Reference

page

■ Rated current set available value (A)

40s

1min

2min

4min

6min

10min

20min

Maximum

Short-time pickup currentadjustment range

For 1600A rated current

For 800A rated current

Minimum

Unlatching time

30min

20s

10s

6s

4s

2s

1s

0.6s

0.4s

0.2s

0.1s

0.06s

0.04s

0.02s

0.01s

30s

40min1h

2h

3h

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

Current (×100% of rated current)

1 2 3 4 5 7 10 6030 4020

Max. total interrupting time

Rated current 800, 1000,

1200, 1400, 1500, 1600A

adjustable

Short-time pickup

current adjustable

300% ± 30%

450% ± 45%

600% ± 60%inst, pickup current

20kA Fixed

TypeNF1600-SS

AC

+4kA-2kA

Ambient temperature (°C)

Rat

ed a

mbi

ent

80

70

90

100

110

120

130

0 10 20 30 40 50 60

Con

tinuo

us lo

ad c

urre

nt (

%)

SHT or UVTAL AXLeft-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Operating handleLead wiredirection

Only SHT can be mounted onright-side of NF1600-PAL.

Remark: (1) refer to page 41.

6. Characteristics and DimensionsMolded-Case Circuit Breakers

Page 107: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

104

Front connection

Rear connection

Draw-out

490

416212

466

430

217

ø11

ø17.

5

ø9.

5

210 280

N

203

263364.5

280190

140

133.5

17

20

20 35

70 7080

97

49.5

18.5

304.5

101.5

6038

38

(185

.5)

(185

.5)15

406

130

346

375

115

R11.5

212

273

3660 5418

20

318

106

106

603818

273

269

160

min

.10

0 m

ax.

81.5

109

38

15

15

140 125

70

70

210

140

1515 38

70

109

20

38 38125 15

200140

4-pole3-pole

4-pole3-pole

Insulating barrier(removable)

Insulating barrier(removable)

Mounting hole

Conductor thickness t=6 × W75 max.

Bolt M10 × 65

Auxiliary handle(removable)

Neutral pole 4-pole3-pole

Breaker

Drilling plan

M8 tap or ø10

4-pole3-pole Breaker

Front-panel cutout

1.0mm clearance on each sideof the handle frame.

Stud can be rotated 90˚ Stud can be rotated 90˚

Mounting angle Mounting angle

Mounting angle

ø11BM10 × 50 bolt

ø11M10 × 50 bolt

Connectionallowance

Connectionallowance

Conductor thicknesst=6 × W75 max.

Conductor thicknesst=6 × W75 max.

4-pole3-pole

Breaker

M8 tap or ø10

Drilling plan

ø14

Drilling plan

798 Draw-out position

216 127

28

397

424 Breaking position362 Connecting position

938 Draw-out position

412 Connecting position 101

38 19

20203

150

395

Con

nect

ing

posi

tion

25

3863

.516

827

3

802502 Connecting position

917 Connecting position

Auxiliary handle(removable)

Center line of breaker

Center line of breaker

60 min. 320 min.416

Rotating diameter

Mounting hole ø14

R163

158

217

430

287

550

Rail for draw-out(removable)

Handle for plug-inand draw-out

Liftingholeø30

Auxiliary circuitterminal

ø11M10 bolt

This is a standard direction of stud.Specify in case of mounting vertically.

Remarks: (1) Draw-out is only for 3-pole models of NF1600-SS.

Page 108: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

105

NF1600-SSD

■ Operating Characteristics

Type name

Rated current In (Amp.)

Number of poles

Reted insulation voltage Ui (V)

Rated short-circuit breaking capacity (kA)

IEC 60947-2 (Icu/Ics)

Time constant not larger than

10msec

1600

2

250

40/20DC

DC

250V

NF1600-SSD

Note: (*1) The designation depends on the number of poles. Refer to the reference page.

■ Standard Attached Parts

Front connection

Rear connection

Mounting screw: M8 × 40 (4pcs)Insulating barrier: (2P: 1pc, 3P: 2pcs, 4P: 3pcs)Auxiliary handle: (1pc)

Mounting screw: M8 × 40 (4pcs)Auxiliary handle: (1pc)

■ External Accessories(An order for should be placed at the same time as an order of circuit breaker main body.)

Accessories

Operating handleF

S

51

53

65

66

57

F100 (*1)

S100

MI-16SS3 (*1)

Auxiliary handle

Handle lock

Electrical operation device

HT-10SS

(MI)

(HL)

Mechanical interlock

Type name Referencepage Accessories Type name Reference

page

■ Internal Accessories

Type NF1600-SSD

SHT or UVTAL AXLeft-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Operating handleLead wiredirection

Remark: (1) refer to page 41.

Max. allowable time of Overcurrent

Inst.trip

Inst. trip adjustmentrange (4 steps)

Controsettingl

Inst. tripcurrent(A)

Lo23Hi

3200±8004800±8006400±8008000±800

Max. totalinterrupting time

×100% of rated current

100 135 200 300 400 500 600 700 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000

TypeNF1600-SSDfor MAG-ONLY1600ADC

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

0.02s

0.01s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

5s

10s

20s

30s

1min

2min

4min

6min

10min14min20min30min

1h

2h

4h

6. Characteristics and DimensionsMolded-Case Circuit Breakers

Page 109: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

106

Front connection

Rear connection

ø17

.5

ø9.

5

60ø1138

203263

364.5

18.5

280190

140133.5

20 70 70 80

R11.5

97

17

49.5

304.5101.5

20 35

210 280

(185

.5)

(185

.5)15

3811

5

406

130

346

375

140

140 200125

38 15

15

140

70 70

125

36 38 60

233

212 10

631

823

3

37510

920

106

1838 60

109

20

15

38

15 1538

Insulating barrier(removable)

Mounting hole

4-pole3-pole

Conductor thickness t=6 × W75 max.

Bolt M10 × 65

Auxiliary handle(removable)

4-pole3-pole

Breaker

Drilling plan

M8 tap or ø10

4-pole

3-pole Breaker

Front-panel cutout

1.0mm clearance on each sideof the handle frame.

4-pole3-pole

Stud is in horizontal direction.Stud can not be rotated 90˚

Stud can be rotated 90˚

Mounting angle Mounting angle

ø11M10 × 50 bolt

ø11M10 × 50 bolt

Connection allowance

Connection allowance

Conductor thicknesst=6 × W75 max. Conductor thickness

t=6 × W75 max.

160

min

.17

5 m

in.

Mounting angle

4-pole3-pole

Breaker

M8 tap or ø10

Drilling plan

Outside dimensions are same as those of NF1600-SS.

Outside dimensions are different from those of NF1600-SS.

Remarks: (1) Standard specification of NF1600-SSD is 2-pole model. 3-pole and 4-pole models are for DC special voltage.(2) 2-pole models are 3-pole models with the central pole removed.

Page 110: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

107

6. Characteristics and DimensionsEarth-Leakage Circuit Breakers

NV30-CS

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Internal Accessories

■ Earth-Leakage Tripping Characteristics

■ Temperature Characteristics

Remark: (1) Standard lead wire is drawn from side. However, lead wire drawn by load can be producedupon request.

(2) refer to page 40.

Leakage current(% of rated current sensitivity)

25

0.01s0.02

0.05

0.1

0.2

0.5

1s

2

5

10

2030

1min

2

46

10

2030

1h

2

4

50 100 500

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

■ Standard Attached Parts (Front connection)NV30-CS

Mounting screw: M4 × 0.7 × 20 (2pcs)

■ External Accessories

Term

inal

cov

er

Accessories

66

66

6656

(LC) (TC-S)

(TC-L)

(BTC)

(TTC)

Lock cover

Rail mounting adapter

Handle lock device

LC03CS

DIN-03CS

HL-05FH

TCS-03CS3W

TCL-03CS3W

BTC-03CS

TTC-03CS

Small

Large

Rear

Skeleton

Type name Referencepage Accessories Type name Reference

page

Type NV30-CS

Rated breaking capacity (kA)IEC60947-2Icu/Ics

Rated operational voltage Ue (V AC)

Number of poles

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA)

Max.operating time at 5I∆n (s)

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA)

Max.operating time at 2I∆n (s)

Inertial non-operating time at 2I∆n (s)

AC

Rated current In (A) at ambient temperature 30°C

High-speedtype

Time-delaytype

Earth-leakage indication system

Type name NV30-CS

3

230

5, 10, 15, 20, 30

30

0.04

Button

2.5/2

440V

400V

230V

×100% of rated current

Min.

Max.

Type NV30-CS

Operating Characteristics

10.01s

0.02s

0.06s

0.04s

0.1s

0.2s

0.6s

0.4s

1s

2s

4s

6s

10s

20s30s40s

1min

2min

4min

6min

10min

20min

40min

1h

2h

3h

1.3 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 50 70 1004030

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

-5 0

7080

100

150

200

250300

10 20 30 40 50

Ambient temperature (°C)

Ope

ratin

g tim

e ch

ange

rat

e (%

)

Rat

ed a

mbi

ent

Rat

ed n

on-o

pera

ting

curr

ent s

ensi

tivity

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

AL AX

MGLeft-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Operating handleLead wiredirection

Page 111: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

108

Front connection

Rear connection

23.5

67.5

64 54 50

ø8.

5

14.5

12.5

76.5

96

Mtg. holeTest button

Leakageindicator button

M5 screw

Bus t max. =3

Bus drilling fordirect connection

Drilling plan

Drilling plan

Front-plate cutout

ø5

10

28

49

52

554

67

6

ø5.5

(max)

84

23.5

Breaker

M4 ✕ 0.7taps or ø5

8476.5

23.5

BreakerBreaker

R1

ø14

M4 ✕ 0.7 tapsor ø5

55

76.5

Mtg plat t max =3.2

Insulating tube

5

38.5

58.5

8

45 (

min

)

25 (

min

)

Breaker mtgM4 ✕ 0.7 screw

M6 screw

47

65

52

Page 112: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

109

Test button

Leakageindication button

Senstivityselector

ZCT

NV32-SWNV63-SW

NV63-CWNV63-HW

AL AX

MG EAL

TBM

■ Earth-Leakage Tripping Characteristics

UVT

Type name NV32-SW NV63-CW NV63-SW NV63-HW

Number of poles 3 3 3 3

Rated operational voltage Ue (V AC)

High-speed type

230–400–440Multi-voltage type

230–400–440Multi-voltage type

230–400–440Multi-voltage type

230–400–440Multi-voltage type

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA)

Max. operating time at 5I∆n (s)

30 • 100 • 500Selectable

30 • 100 • 500Selectable

30 • 100 • 500Selectable

30 • 100 • 500Selectable

0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04

Earth-leakage indication system

Standard Attached Parts (Front connection)

Rated breaking capacity (kA)IEC60947-2 (Icu/Ics)

AC440V

AC400V

AC380V

AC230V

Button

5/2

5/2

5/2

10/5

Button

2.5/1

5/2

5/2

7.5/4

Button

7.5/4

7.5/4

7.5/4

15/8

Button

10/5

10/5

10/5

25/13

Rated current In (Amp.) 6 10 1620 25 32

16 20 25 3240 50 63

16 20 25 3240 50 63

16 20 25 3240 50 63

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Internal Accessories ■ Temperature Characteristics

■ External Accessories ■ Internal Wiring Diagram

Line

sid

e

Load

sid

e

Left-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Operating handle

Lead wiredirection

Min.

Max.

×100% of Rated current

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

NV63-CW NV63-SW NV63-HW NV32-SW

4h

2h

1h

30min 20min 14min 10min 6min 4min

2min

1min

30s20s

10s

5s

2s

1s

0.5s

0.2s

0.1s

0.05s

0.02s

1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 400.01s

Rate

d am

bien

t

Ambient temperature (°C)Ope

ratin

g tim

e ch

ange

rat

e (%

)

300250

200

150

100

8070

6050403020100

300250

200

150

100

8070

6050403020100–10

Magneticdevice

Mounting screw: M4×0.7×55 (2pcs)Insulation barrier: (3P: 2pcs) excluding models of NV63-CW

Remark: (1) refer to page 40.

Type nameType name

F05SW F 51

53

50

Ml Ml-05SW3 (*1) 65S S05SW

V V05SWF

—R —

Small TC-S TCS-05SW3W

56

Large TC-L TCL-05SW3W

Skeleton TTC TTC-05SW3

Rear BTC BTC-05SW3W

LC LC-05SW

Plug-in PTC PTC-05SW3W(*1)HL HLN-05SW

HLF-05SW66

DIN-05SW 66

HL-S HLS-05SW

Note: (*1) HLF and HLS types are used for OFF-lock, and HLN types for ON-lock.

Ter

min

al c

over

Accessories Accessories

Mechanicalinterlock

IEC 35mm railmounting adapters

Referencepage

Referencepage

Operating handle

Handle lock device

High-speedtype

Ground-fault current(% of rated current sensitivity)

0.04s

1h

2h

4h

30min

10min

4min

2min

1min

30s

2s

10s

5s

0.2s

1s

0.02s

0.01s

0.1s

0.5s

50025 10050

Rate

d no

nope

ratin

g cu

rrent

Rate

d cu

rrent

sen

sitivi

ty

Type NV32-SW

6. Characteristics and DimensionsEarth-Leakage Circuit Breakers

Page 113: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

110

Front connection

Rear connection

Plug-in

Leakageindicaton button

Sensitivity currentselector

Test button

Drilling plan

M4×0.7 tapsor 5mm dia.hole

Breaker

Conductor drillingfor direct connection

(Conductor thickness t=5 max.)

φ5.5

(6.5mm-diameter for 63A)

Screw terminal

Applicablewire size:1.6mm-dia.to 22mm2

M5×0.8 screw(M6 for 63A)Insulation barrier

(removable)

Mounting hole

Trip button

50111

130

111

22

50

75

84

24

45

φ4.5

φ8.5

61

68

724

90

12.5 max.

6

25

M4×0.7 tapsor 5mm-dia.hole

Breaker

Drilling plan

M4×0.7 screwfor mounting breaker

M6 screw

Insulation tube

Mounting panelt=3.2max

φ14

111

25

50

50

6

111

42

68

72

8

27 min.

Front-panel cutout

1.0mm clearance on each side ofthe handle frame.

Breaker

70

52

R1

Conductor drilling cutoutfor direct connection

Cutout and drilling plan

6mm-dia.hole orM5×0.8 taps

Breaker (plug-in terminal block)

Center line ofbreaker body

M5×0.8 terminal block mounting screw

M6 screw

Details of terminal

Plug-in terminal block

Mounting panel

φ6.5

11

54

5454

80

82

25

50

80

111

16.5 max.

7

3

180

83.5

85

30

21

89

5.5

15.5

10

Page 114: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

111

ZCT

AL AX

MG EAL TBM

UVT

F F1SW 51

53

50

54

Ml Ml-05SW3 (*4) 65S S1SW

V V1SW (*1)

R R1SW

Small TC-S TCS-1SW3W (*4)

56

Large TC-L TCL-1SW3W (*4)

Skeleton TTC TTC-1SW3(*4)

Rear BTC BTC-1SW3W (*4)

MDS-NV1SWE (*3)

LC LC-1SW

Plug-in PTC PTC-1SW3W (*4)

(*2)HL

HLF-1SW66

DIN-1SW (*4) 66

57

HLN-1SW

HL-S HLS-1SW

NV125-CWNV125-HW

NV125-SW

*1: 3P onlyNote: The time-delayed types will be produced when they have the current specifications of 20A or more.

Type name NV125-CW NV125-SW NV125-HW

Number of poles 3 3 34 4

Rated operational voltage Ue (V AC)

High-speed type

Time-delay type

230–400–440Multi-voltage type

230–400–440Multi-voltage type

230–400–440Multi-voltage type

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA)

Max. operating time at 5I∆n (s)

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA)

30 • 100 • 500Selectable

30 • 100 • 500Selectable

30 • 100 • 500Selectable

0.04 0.04 0.04

100 • 300 • 500Selectable

100 • 300 • 500Selectable

100 • 300 • 500Selectable

Max. operating time at 5I∆n (s)

Inertial non-operating time at 2I∆n (s)

Earth-leakage indication system

Rated breaking capacity (kA)IEC60947-2 (Icu/Ics)

AC440V

AC400V

AC230V

0.45 • 1.0 • 2.0Selectable

0.45 • 1.0 • 2.0Selectable

0.45 • 1.0 • 2.0Selectable

0.1 • 0.5 • 1.0

Button

10/5

10/5

30/15

0.1 • 0.5 • 1.0

Button

25/13

30/15

50/25

0.1 • 0.5 • 1.0

Button

50/25

50/25

100/50

Rated current In (Amp.) 63 80100 125

16 20 3240 50 63

80 100 (125)*1

16 20 3240 50 63

80 100

Ter

min

al c

over

Test button

Leakageindication button

Senstivityselector

Line

sid

e

Load

sid

e

Magneticdevice

■ External Accessories ■ Internal Wiring Diagram

Left-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Operating handle

Lead wiredirection

■ Internal Accessories ■ Temperature Characteristics

■ Operating Characteristics

Min.

Max.

Max. (60A~100A)

(40A~50A)

(IEC 60947-2)NV125-HW 40A~100ANV125-SW 40A~100ANV125-CW 63A~100ATypes

breaking timeMax. total

Time-delay trip Instantaneous trip

×100% of Rated current

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

30s20s

10s

5s

0.01s

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

1min

2min

4min6min

4h

2h

1h

30min20min14min10min

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 501.3

Min.

Max.

(IEC 60947-2)NV125-SW 125ANV125-CW 125ATypes

breaking timeMax. total

Time-delay trip Instantaneous trip

×100% of Rated current

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

30s20s

10s

5s

0.01s

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

1min

2min

4min6min

4h

2h

1h

30min20min14min10min

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 501.3

×100% of Rated current

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 501.3

4h

2h

1h

30min20min

10min14min

6min4min

2min

1min

30s20s

10s

5s

2s

1s

0.5s

0.2s

0.1s

0.05s

0.02s

0.01s70601 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 501.3

×100% of Rated current

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

–10

130

120

110

100

90

800 10 20 30 40 50 60

Ambient temperature (°C)

Rat

ed a

mbi

ent

Cur

rent

rat

ing

(%)

Standard Attached Parts (Front connection)Mounting screw: M4×0.7×55 (3P: 2pcs, 4P: 4pcs)

Insulation barrier: (3P: 2pcs, 4P: 3pcs)excluding models of NV125-CW

Remark: (1) refer to page 40.

Type nameAccessories

Mechanicalinterlock

IEC 35mm railmounting adapters

Referencepage

Type nameAccessories Referencepage

Operatinghandle

Handle lockdevice

Electricaloperation device

Notes: (*1) Attach the letter "F" to the end of designation for a fixed type.(*2) HLF and HLS types are used for OFF-lock, and HLN types for ON-lock.(*3) Specify the working voltage. (*4) The designation depends on the number of poles. Refer to the reference page.

■ Earth-Leakage Tripping Characteristics

typespeedHigh-

0.45s(MAX)Time-delay type

1s(MAX)Time-delay type

2s(MAX)Time-delay type

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

Ground-fault current (% of rated current sensitivity)

0.04s

1h2h4h

30min

10min

4min2min1min30s

2s

10s5s

0.2s

1s

0.02s0.01s

0.1s

0.5s

50 100010025 50050 100010025 50050 100010025 50050025 10050

nonoperating timeInertial

nonoperating timeInertial

nonoperating timeInertial

Rate

d no

nope

ratin

g cu

rrent

Rate

d cu

rrent

sen

sitivi

ty

Rate

d no

nope

ratin

g cu

rrent

Rate

d no

nope

ratin

g cu

rrent

Rate

d no

nope

ratin

g cu

rrent

Rate

d cu

rrent

sen

sitivi

ty

Rate

d cu

rrent

sen

sitivi

ty

Rate

d cu

rrent

sen

sitivi

ty

Instantaneous tripTime-delay trip

Max. totalbreaking time

TypesNV125-SW 32ANV125-HW 32A(IEC 60947-2)

Max.

Min.O

pera

ting

time

30s20s

10s

5s

0.01s

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

1min

2min

4min6min

4h

2h

1h

30min20min14min10min

Max.

Min.

timebreakingMax. total

(IEC 60947-2)NV125-HW 16A~20ANV125-SW 16A~20ATypes

Instantaneous tripTime-delay trip

Type NV125-CW

6. Characteristics and DimensionsEarth-Leakage Circuit Breakers

Page 115: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

112

Front connection

Rear connection

Plug-in

Remark: NV125-CW is available in 3-pole only.

30

8

90

4 72

45

61

68

5084

24

22

60

90

50

112

130

Operating timeselector(time-delay type)

Sensitivity currentselector

Test button

Leakageindication button

19 max.120

90

30

110-

111

30

Sensitivity currentselector

Operating timeselector(time-delay type)

Leakageindication button

Test button

M8 screw

M4×0.7 tapsor 5mm-dia. hole

Breaker

(Conductor thickness

t=5 max.)

Conductor drillingfor direct connection

Mounting hole

Insulation barrier(removable)

Tripbutton

ø8.5

Neutral poleTripbutton

Drilling plan4-pole

4-pole3-pole

3-pole

Solderless terminalfor wire size14~2/0AWG CU/AL

Wire connectionCL CL

CLCL

CL

CL

4-pole

R1

28

52

3-pole

86

1.0mm clearance on each sideof the handle frame.

Front-panel cutout

BreakerLC

LC

LC

30

605

60

112

16

2.5

15

104.5

54.5

15

2.5

8.5

68

72

15

52

102

6

30

30

90

112

90

4-pole

3-pole

110-

111

M4×0.7

breakermounting screw

φ18

Mounting base

Mounting platet=3.2 max. Stud rotatable

by 90°

Connection

allowance

M8 bolt

Insulationtube

M4×0.7 taps or5mm-dia. hole

Breaker

Drilling plan

4-pole3-pole

LC

LC

LC LC

89

12.5

30

54 9456

56

127

6030

97

98 190

11

21

30

5.5 20

125

90

16.5 max.

12

134

60

95

CL CL

φ8.5

Plug-in terminal block

Mounting plate

M8 screw

Details of terminal

Conductor drillingfor direct connection

6mm-dia. holeor M5×0.8 taps

Breaker (plug-in terminal block)

4-pole

Drilling plan

4-pole

3-pole

3-pole

M5×0.8Terminal block mounting screw

CL LC

Page 116: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

113

NV100-SEPNV100-HEP

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Internal Accessories

■ External Accessories ■ Standard Attached Parts(Front connection)

■ Earth-Leakage Tripping Characteristics

■ Temperature Characteristics

Mounting screw M4x0.7x35 (3P: 2pcs, 4P: 4pcs)Insulation barrier (3P: 2pcs, 4P: 3pcs)

Leakage current(% of rated current sensitivity)

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

42

1h30

1420

10642

1min

302010

1s0.5

0.2

0.1

0.05

0.020.01s

5

2

25 50 100 500500 10000 500 10000 500 10000

100025 50 100100025 50 10025 50100 1000

Note: (*1) The designation depends on the number of poles.(*2) Details will be available upon reguest.

Accessories

Operating handle

F

S

V

LC

HL

HL-S

F1SP

S1SP

V1SP

LC-1SP

HL-1SP

HLS-1SP

Handle lock device Te

rmin

al c

over Small

Large

Skeleton

Rear

Plug-in

Mechanical interlock

IEC 35mm rail mounting adapters

Electrical operation device

MI-05SP3 (*1)

TCS-1SP3 (*1)

TCL-1SP3 (*1)

TTC-1SP3 (*1)

BTC-1SP3 (*1)

PTC-1SP3 (*1)

DIN-1SP3

MD-NV1SP

(MI)

(TC-S)

(TC-L)

(TTC)

(BTC)

(PTC)

Type name Accessories Type name

Remark: (1) refer to page 40.

Type NV100-SEP

Rated operational voltage Ue (V AC)

Number of poles

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA)

Max.operating time at 5I∆n (S)

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA)

Max.operating time at 2I∆n (S)

Inertial non-operating time at 2I∆n (S)

AC

Rated current In (A) at ambient temperature 30°C

High-speedtype

Time-delaytype

Earth-leakage indication system

Type name

440V

400V

230V

3 4 3 4

NV100-SEP NV100-HEP

25/13

30/15

50/25

50/25

50/25

100/50

230-400-440 Multi-voltage type

15~20, 30~50, 60~100 Adjustable

30 · 100 · 500 Selectable

0.04

100 · 300 · 500 Selectable

0.45 · 1.0 · 2.0 Selectable

0.1 · 0.5 · 1.0

Button

0.6 0.7 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 30 4020150.01s

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

5s

10s

20s

30s

1min

2min

4min

6min

10min14min20min30min

1h

2h

4h

Pre-alarmpickup current Ip

Ir x (0.70-0.75-0.8-0.85-0.9-0.95-1.0) ±10%

Pre-alarmoperating time Tp

±20%

(at 200%)

Tp=2TL

Current setting (×100% of Ir)×100% of rated current

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

Instantaneous tripping current (×100% of In)

INST pickup current Iix 4 ~ x16 ±15% (Magnification to Rated current)

Max. total breaking time

STD operating time Ts

STD pickup current Is

Ir x (2-2.5-3-3.5-4- 5-6-7-8-10) ±15%

0.3 ± 0.06 s0.2 ± 0.04 s

0.1 ± 0.03 s0.06 ± 0.02 s

NV 100-SEP NV 100-HEP

Note )

Current setting Ir Rated current In

12-60-80-100s ±20%(at 200%)

LTD operating time TL

Note

20A

50A

100A

15~20A

30~50A

60~100A

(Adjustable)

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

High-speedtype

Rat

ed n

on-o

pera

ting

curr

ent s

ensi

tivity

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Time-delaytype 2s(MAX.)

Rate

d n

on-o

pera

ting c

urr

ent se

nsi

tivity

Inertialnonoperating-time

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Time-delaytype 1s(MAX.)

Rat

ed n

on-o

pera

ting

curr

ent s

ensi

tivity

Inertialnonoperating-time

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Time-delaytype 0.45s(MAX.)

Rat

ed n

on-o

pera

ting

curr

ent s

ensi

tivity

Inertialnonoperating-time

Ambient temperature (°C)

80

70

90

100

110

120

130

0 10 20 30 40 50 60

Con

tinuo

us lo

ad c

urre

nt (

%)

Rat

ed a

mbi

ent

AL AX

MG EAL TBM

PALLeft-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Operating handle

Lead wiredirection

Rated breaking capacity (kA)IEC60947-2Icu/Ics

6. Characteristics and DimensionsEarth-Leakage Circuit Breakers

Page 117: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

114

Front connection

Rear connection

Flush plate

Plug-in

30

Trip button Trip button

Mounting holeInsulation barrier(removable)

22

60

90 90

120

134

155

50

Neutral pole

Leakageindicator button

Leakageindicator button

24

27

61

68

724

90

102

50

ø8.

5

ø4.

5

8

M8 screw

ø8.5

(Conductor thickness t = 5 max.)

Conductor drilling for direct connection 3-pole

Drilling plan

4-pole

16.5 max.30 30

Breaker

M4 ✕ 0.7taps or 5 mm-dia. hole

132

3-pole 4-pole

Solderless terminalfor wire size15~75A ø1.6~38mm2

80~100A 22~50mm2

Wire connection

Test buttonTestbutton

Sensitivity currentselector

Sensitivity currentselector

Operating timeselector(time-delay type)

Operating timeselector(time-delay type)

68 52

134

15

15

16

10272

15 ø8.5M8 bolt

Connectionallowance

Insulation tube

Mounting panelt = 3.2 max.

Stud rotatableby 90°

3-pole4-pole

5

60

90

M4 ✕ 0.7 screwfor breakermounting

Insulation tube

6

Breaker Breaker

ø1830

60

M4 ✕ 0.7 taps or5 mm-dia. hole

3-pole 4-pole13

2

134

30

30

90

28

86

52

R1

3-pole

4-pole

1.0 mm clearance on each sideof the handle frame.

Front-panel cutout

60

152

3-pole

Terminal cover

Stud6mm-dia.mounting hole

4-pole

181

66

30

90

187

196

Insulation tube (provided forintermediate pole for 3-pole orfor intermediate and neutralpoles for 4-pole)

126

136

161

171

Flush plate

3-pole 4-pole

Cutout and drilling plan

ø6

(Intermediate pole for 3-pole andintermediate and neutral polesfor 4-pole)

(Right and left poles forboth 3- and 4-poles)

35

15 107.5

134

15

15

16

157.5

15

ø8.5M8 bolt

Connectionallowance

Stud rotatableby 90°

Flush plate panel

5

11

205.5

98 134

190

89 30

21

Plug-in terminal block

Details of terminal

Mounting panel

M8 screw

M5 ✕ 0.8 screw Terminal blockto be fixed using terminal boardmounting nuts or to be directlyscrewing it in.

Center lineof breaker body

Conductor drillingfor direct connection

12.5

6095

3090

125

3-pole

4-pole

12

16.5 max.

ø8.5

3-pole 4-pole

97

30

127

60

Breaker (plug-in terminal block)

6 mm-dia. hole orM5 ✕ 0.8 taps

Cutout and drilling plan

54 9456

56

Page 118: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

115

AL AX

MG EAL TBM

UVT

F F2SW 51

53

50

54

MlMechanical

interlock Ml-05SW3 (*3) 65S S2SW

V V2SW (*1)

R R2SW

Small TC-S TCS-2SW3W (*3)

56

57

66

Large TC-L TCL-2SW3W (*3)

Skeleton TTC TTC-2SW3 (*3)

Rear BTC BTC-2SW3W (*3)

LC LC-2SW

Plug-in PTC PTC-2SW3W (*3)

(*2)HL

HLF-2SW

MDS-NV2SWE (*4)

HLN-2SW

HL-S HLS-2SW

(*1)

NV250-CWNV250-HW

NV250-SW Type name NV250-CW NV250-SW NV250-HW

Number of poles 3 3 34 4

Rated operational voltage Ue (V AC)

High-speed type

Time-delay type

230–400–440Multi-voltage type

230–400–440Multi-voltage type

230–400–440Multi-voltage type

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA)

Max. operating time at 5I∆n (s)

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA)

30 • 100 • 500Selectable

30 • 100 • 500Selectable

30 • 100 • 500Selectable

0.04 0.04 0.04

100 • 300 • 500Selectable

100 • 300 • 500Selectable

100 • 300 • 500Selectable

Max. operating time at 5I∆n (s)

Inertial non-operating time at 2I∆n (s)

Earth-leakage indication system

Rated breaking capacity (kA)IEC60947-2 (Icu/Ics)

AC440V

AC400V

AC230V

0.45 • 1.0 • 2.0Selectable

0.45 • 1.0 • 2.0Selectable

0.45 • 1.0 • 2.0Selectable

0.1 • 0.5 • 1.0

Button

15/8

18/9

35/18

0.1 • 0.5 • 1.0

Button

25/13

30/15

50/25

0.1 • 0.5 • 1.0

Button

50/13

50/13

100/25

Rated current In (Amp.) 125 150 175200 225 250

125 150 175200 225

125 150 175200 225 250

125 150 175200 225

ZCT

Test button

Leakageindication button

Senstivityselector

Line

sid

e

Load

sid

e

Magneticdevice

Ter

min

al c

over

Left-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Operating handle

Lead wiredirection

■ External Accessories

■ Internal Accessories ■ Temperature Characteristics

■ Earth-Leakage Tripping Characteristics■ Operating Characteristics

Rat

ed a

mbi

ent

Cur

reny

rat

ing

(%)

–10 10 20 30 40 50 6080

90

100

110

120

130

Ambient temperature (°C)(rated ambient 40°C)

0

Standard Attached Parts (Front connection) Mounting screw: M4×0.7×55 (3P: 2pcs, 4P: 4pcs)Insulation barrier: (3P: 4pcs, 4P: 6pcs)

Remark: (*1) refer to page 40.

■ Internal Wiring Diagram

Type nameAccessories Referencepage

Type nameAccessories Referencepage

Operatinghandle

Handle lockdevice

Electricaloperation device

Notes: (*1) Attach the letter "F" to the end of designation for a fixed type.(*2) HLF types are used for OFF-lock, and HLN types for ON-lock.(*3) The designation depends on the number of poles. Refer to the reference page.(*4) Specify the working voltage. (*5) NV250-HW model cannot be produced.

Type NV250-CW

Time-delay trip

Min.

Max.totalbreaking time

Instantaneous trip

NV250-CWNV250-SWNV250-HW

Max.

250A

125~225A

×100% of rated current

10.01s

0.05s

0.02s

1.3

0.5s

0.2s

0.1s

2s

1s

32 4

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

4min

30s20s

10s

5s

2min

1min

30min20min

6min10min14min

2h

1h

4h

3075 6 10 15 20 40

High-speedtype

Time-delay type0.45s(MAX)

Time-delay type1s(MAX)

Time-delay type2s(MAX)

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

Ground-fault current (% of rated current sensitivity)

0.04s

1h

2h

4h

30min

10min

4min

2min

1min

30s

2s

10s

5s

0.2s

1s

0.02s

0.01s

0.1s

0.5s

50 100010025 50050 100010025 50050 100010025 50050025 10050

Inertialnonoperating timeInertial

nonoperating time

Inertialnonoperating time

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

6. Characteristics and DimensionsEarth-Leakage Circuit Breakers

Page 119: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

116

Front connection

Rear connection

Plug-in

Remark: NV250-CW are available in 3-pole only.

LC

CL LC

LC

CL

CL125~175A 14~95mm2

200~250A 70~125mm2

30

Solderless terminalfor wire size

Wire connection

Test button

Leakageindicationbutton

Sensitivityselector

Operating timeselector(for time-delay type)

3-poleφ8

.5

φ4.5

M4×0.7 screwor φ5

Breaker

M8 bolt(Hex-soket)

(Bus t max.=7)

Bus drilling fordirect connection

Trip button

Mounting holeInsulating barrier(removable)

35

φ8.5

10

23 max.

22

70

24

92

4 72

45

68

61

50102

105 140

105

35

100

100

165

144

4-pole

Neutralpole

35

126

3-pole 4-pole

Drilling plan

LC CL

LCLC

106

71

72

68

φ9M8 bolt

Connectionallowance

Insulating tubeStud can berotated 90°Mounting plate

t max.=3.2

144

2022

15

15

70

35

M4×0.7breakermounting screw ø24

Drilling plan

M4×0.7screwor φ5

Insulatingtube

4-pole

3-pole

8

6

105

70

35

105

35

126

144

3-pole 4-pole

Breaker

LC

LC CL

CL LC

φ9M8 bolt

Stud attachable in thisdirection only

Con

nect

ion

allo

wan

ce

Mounting plate

Insulating barrier

M6Terminal blockmounting screw

Plug-in terminal block

22

15

70

14

6

153

70

20

2834

.514

4

32

18

200

86

70

107

φ7

Breaker (Terminal block)

Drilling plan

58.5

58.5

8054

142

105

3-pole 4-pole

LC

CL

CL

Front-plate cutout

1mm clearanceon each sideof handle

Breaker

32.5

R1

52

100

4-pole

3-pole

Page 120: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

117

■ Internal Accessories ■ Temperature Characteristics

■ External Accessories

AL AX

MG EAL TBM

UVT

(*1)

Left-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Operating handle

Lead wiredirection

Ambient temperature (°C)

Der

atin

g of

Loa

d cu

rren

t (%

)

90

80

70

100

110

120

130

0 605040302010-10

Rat

ed a

mbi

ent

■ Earth-Leakage Tripping Characteristics■ Operating Characteristics

NV250-SEW NV250-HEW Type name NV250-SEW NV250-HEW

Number of poles 3 34 4

Rated operational voltage Ue (V AC)

High-speed type

Time-delay type

230–400–440Multi-voltage type

230–400–440Multi-voltage type

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA)

Max. operating time at 5I∆n (s)

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA)

30 • 100 • 500Selectable

30 • 100 • 500Selectable

0.04 0.04

100 • 300 • 500Selectable

100 • 300 • 500Selectable

Max. operating time at 5I∆n (s)

Inertial non-operating time at 2I∆n (s)

Earth-leakage indication system

Rated breaking capacity (kA)IEC60947-2 (Icu/Ics)

AC440V

AC400V

AC230V

0.45 • 1.0 • 2.0Selectable

0.45 • 1.0 • 2.0Selectable

0.1 • 0.5 • 1.0

Button

25/13

30/15

50/25

0.1 • 0.5 • 1.0

Button

50/13

50/13

100/25

Rated current In (Amp.) 125–225Adjustable

125–225Adjustable

Standard Attached Parts (Front connection)Mounting screw:

M4×0.7×55 (3P: 2pcs, 4P: 4pcs)Insulation barrier: (3P: 4pc, 4P: 6pcs)

Remark: (*1) refer to page 40.

F F2SW 51

53

50

54

Ml Ml-05SW3 (*3) 65S S2SW

V V2SW (*1)

R R2SW

Small TC-S TCS-2SW3W (*3)

56

57

Large TC-L TCL-2SW3W (*3)

Skeleton TTC TTC-2SW3 (*3)

Rear BTC BTC-2SW3W (*3)

LC LC-2SW

Plug-in PTC PTC-2SW3W (*3)

(*2)HL

HLF-2SW66

MDS-NVE2SWE (*4)

HLN-2SW

HL-S HLS-2SW

Ter

min

al c

over

Type nameAccessories Referencepage

Type nameAccessories Referencepage

Operatinghandle

Handle lockdevice

Electricaloperation device

Notes: (*1) Attach the letter “F” to the end of designation for a fixed type.(*2) HLF types are used for OFF-lock, and HLN types for ON-lock.(*3) The designation depends on the number of poles. Refer to the reference page.(*4) Specify the working voltage. (*5) NV250-HEW model cannot be produced.

■ Internal Wiring Diagram

Characteristicsetting part

Sensitivityselector

Magneticdevice

CT

CT

CT

Leakageindication button

Test button

ZCT

Line

sid

e

Load

sid

e

Magneticdevice

Mechanicalinterlock

Type NV250-SEW

High-speedtype

Time-delay type0.45s(MAX)

Time-delay type1s(MAX)

Time-delay type2s(MAX)

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

Ground-fault current (% of rated current sensitivity)

0.04s

1h

2h

4h

30min

10min

4min

2min

1min

30s

2s

10s

5s

0.2s

1s

0.02s

0.01s

0.1s

0.5s

50 100010025 50050 100010025 50050 100010025 50050025 10050

Inertialnonoperating timeInertial

nonoperating time

Inertialnonoperating time

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

12-60-80-100s ±20%

(at 200%)

±20%2

TP =TL

Pre-alarm operating time TP

Ir ×(0.70-0.75-0.8-0.85-0.9-0.95-1.0) ±10%

Pre-alarmpickup current IP

0.3 ± 0.06s

0.2 ± 0.04s

0.1 ± 0.03s0.06 ± 0.02s

LTD operating time TL

(at 200%)

Ir ×(2-2.5-3-3.5-4-5-6-7-8-10) ±15%

STD operating time Ts

INST pickup current Il

STD pickup current Is

In×(4~16) ±15%

Max.total breaking time

NV250-SEW NV250-HEW

1 1.3 32 4

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

3075 6 10 15 20 400.70.6

×100% of Current setting

Note)Current setting Ir Rated current In125~225A 225A(Adjustable)

0.01s

0.05s

0.02s

0.5s

0.2s

0.1s

2s

1s

4min

30s20s

10s

5s

2min

1min

30min20min

6min10min14min

2h

1h

4h

Note) Instantaneous tripping current (×100% of In)

PAL

6. Characteristics and DimensionsEarth-Leakage Circuit Breakers

Page 121: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

118

Front connection

Rear connection

Plug-in

30

125 175A 14 95mm2

200 225A 70 125mm2

Solderless terminalfor wire size

Wire connection

ø8.5

144

165

100

100

35

105

140

126

35

φ8.5 ø4.

5

35

10

23max.

22

70

24

92

4 72

45

68

61

50

102

(upp

er c

over

)

105

Tripbutton

Operatingcharacteristicsselector

Operatingtime selector(for time-delay type)

Sensitivity selector

Leakage indicatorbutton

Insulating barrier(removable)

Mounting hole

Neutralpole

(Hex-soket)

(Bus t max.=7)

Bus drilling fordirect connection

3-pole

M4×0.7 taps or φ5

4-pole

Drilling plan

M8 bolt

3-pole 4-pole

Breaker

Testcover

Test button

Current indication LED OVER PAL 70%

Note: The setting of selector is available by openning the upper cover.

144

126

35

105

35

70

105

6

8

3-pole

4-pole

106

71

72

68

ø24

35

70

144

2022

15

15

Mounting plate t max.=3.2

Insulatingtube Stud can be

rotated 90°

Connectionallowance

φ9M8 bolt

M4×0.7breakermounting screw

Insulatingtube

3-pole

Drilling plan

4-pole

M4×0.7 taps

or φ5

Breaker

3-pole

4-pole

100

52

32.5

Breaker

1mm clearanceon each sideof handle

Front-plate cutoutR1

105

142

54 8058

.558

.5

φ7

22

15

70

107

70

14

6

153

70

20

2834

.514

4

32

18

200

86

Mounting platePlug-in terminalblock

M6Terminal blockmounting screw

Con

nect

ion

allo

wan

ce

Stud attachable in thisderection only

Insulating barrier

φ9M8 bolt

Breaker (Terminal block)

Drilling plan

3-pole 4-pole

Page 122: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

119

6. Characteristics and DimensionsEarth-Leakage Circuit Breakers

F 51

53S

V 50

65

Small TC-S

56

Large TC-L

Rear BTC

Skeleton TTC

Plug-in PTC

LC

(*2)HL

HL-S

MI

66

TCS-1SW3W (*1)

TCL-1SW3W (*1)

BTC-1SW3W (*1)

TTC-1SW3 (*1)

PTC-1SW3W (*1)

LC-1SW

HLN-1SW

HLF-1SW

HLS-1SW

F1UW

S1SW

V1UW

R 54R1UW

MI-05SW3 (*1)

UVTAL AX

MG EAL TBM

ZCT

Test button

Leakageindication button

Senstivityselector

Line

sid

e

Load

sid

e

Magneticdevice

Ter

min

al c

over

■ External Accessories

Left-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Operating handle

Lead wiredirection

■ Internal Accessories ■ Temperature Characteristics

NV125-RW Type name NV125-RW

Number of poles 3

Rated operational voltage Ue (V AC)

Note : The Time-delayed types will be produced when they have the current specifications of 20A or more.

High-speed type

Time-delay type

230–400–440Multi-voltage type

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA)

Max. operating time at 5I∆n (s)

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA)

30 • 100 • 500Selectable

0.04

100 • 300 • 500Selectable

Max. operating time at 5I∆n (s)

Inertial non-operating time at 2I∆n (s)

Earth-leakage indication system

Rated breaking capacity (kA)IEC60947-2 (Icu/Ics)

Standard Attached Parts(Front connection)

AC440V

AC400V

AC230V

0.45 • 1.0 • 2.0Selectable

Mounting screw : M4×0.7×73 (4pcs)Insulation barrier : (3P:4pcs, 4P:6pcs)

0.1 • 0.5 • 1.0

Button

125/125

125/125

125/125

Rated current In (Amp.) 16 20 32 4050 63 80 100

■ Operating Characteristics

Remark: (1) refer to page 40.

■ Internal Wiring Diagram

Type nameAccessories Referencepage

Type nameAccessories Referencepage

Operating handle

Mechanical interlock

Electrical operation device

Handle lockdevice

Notes: (*1) The designation depends on the number of poles. Refer to the reference page.(*2) HLF and HLS types are used for OFF-lock, and HLN types for ON-lock.

Cur

rent

rat

ing

(%)

Rat

ed a

mbi

ent

Ambient temperature (°C)

605040302010080

90

100

110

120

130

–10

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

30s20s

10s

5s

0.01s

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

1min

2min

4min6min

4h

2h

1h

30min20min14min10min

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

30s20s

10s

5s

0.01s

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

1min

2min

4min6min

4h

2h

1h

30min20min14min10min

■ Earth-Leakage Tripping Characteristics

Time-delay trip Instantaneous trip

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 501.3

TypesNV125-RW 40A~100A(IEC 60947-2)

Min.

Instantaneous tripTime-delay trip

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 501.3

TypesNV125-RW 32A(IEC 60947-2)

Max.

Min.

×100% of Rated current ×100% of Rated current

Type NV125-RW

High-speedtype

Time-delay type0.45s(MAX)

Time-delay type1s(MAX)

Time-delay type2s(MAX)

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

Ground-fault current (% of rated current sensitivity)

0.04s

1h2h4h

30min

10min

4min2min1min30s

2s

10s5s

0.2s

1s

0.02s0.01s

0.1s

0.5s

50 100010025 50050 100010025 50050 100010025 50050025 10050

Inertialnonoperating timeInertial

nonoperating time

Inertialnonoperating time

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Min.

Max.

TypesNV125-RW 16A~32A(IEC 60947-2)

Max. totalbreakingtime

4h

2h

1h

30min20min

10min14min

6min4min

2min

1min

30s20s

10s

5s

2s

1s

0.5s

0.2s

0.1s

0.05s

0.02s

0.01s70601 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 501.3

Time-delay trip Instantaneous trip

Max.

Max.(60A~100A)

(40A~50A)

Max. totalbreaking time

Max. totalbreaking time

×100% of Rated current

Page 123: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

120

Front connection

Rear connection

Plug-in

Operating timeselector(time-delay type)

Sensitivity currentselector

Test button

Leakageindication button

17319

1

6113

0

3019 max.

171-

172

90

60

22

24

84 5068

61

45

724

90

φ8.5

8

Tripbutton

M4×7 taps or5mm-dia. hole

Mounting hole

(Conductor thickness t=5 max.)

Conductor drilling for direct connection

Breaker

Drilling plan

M8 screw

CL CL

CL LC

171-

172

173

6

M4×7 taps or5mm-dia. hole

30

173

102

52

15

72

68

8.5

2.5

15

54.5

104.5

15

2.5

16

60

5 60

Mounting platet=3.2 max.

Stud rotatbleby 90°

Mounting base

Connectionallowance

M8 bolt

Insulationtube

M4×0.7breakermounting screw

Breaker

Drilling plan

φ18

CL

CL

CL

CL

4.5

52

Front-panel cutout

1.0mm clearance on eachside of the handle frame.

R1

86

BreakerLC

LC

M5×0.8Terminal block mounting screw

6mm-dia. holeor M5×0.8 taps

Drilling plan

Breaker(plug-in terminal block)

Details of terminal Conductor drillingfor direct connection

Plug-in terminalblock

Mounting plate

M8 screw

251

159LC LC

φ8.5

12

16.5 max.205.5

30

21

11

97

30

5656

12.5

LC

60

95

155

115

195 LC

89

CL

Page 124: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

121

F F2UW 51

5350

MI MI-05SW3 (*1)S S2SW

V V2UW54R R2UW

Small TC-S TCS-2SW3W (*1)

65

56

— —

66

Large TC-L TCL-2SW3W (*1)

Rear BTC BTC-2SW3W (*1)

Skeleton TTC TTC-2SW3 (*1)LC LC-2SW

Plug-in PTC PTC-2SW3W (*1)

(*2)HL

HLF-2SW

HLN-2SW

HL-S HLS-2SW

UVTAL AX MG EAL TBM

Left-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Operating handle

Lead wiredirection

■ Internal Accessories

NV250-RW Type name NV250-RW

Number of poles 3

Rated operational voltage Ue (V AC)

High-speed type

Time-delay type

230–400–440Multi-voltage type

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA)

Max. operating time at 5I∆n (s)

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA)

30 • 100 • 500Selectable

0.04

100 • 300 • 500Selectable

Max. operating time at 5I∆n (s)

Inertial non-operating time at 2I∆n (s)

Earth-leakage indication system

Standard Attached Parts (Front connection)

Rated breaking capacity (kA)IEC60947-2 (Icu/Ics)

Mounting screw : M4 × 0.7 × 55 (2pcs),M4 × 0.7 × 73 (2pcs)

Insulation barrier : (4pcs)

AC440V

AC400V

AC230V

0.45 • 1.0 • 2.0Selectable

0.1 • 0.5 • 1.0

Button

125/125

125/125

125/125

Rated current In (Amp.) 125 150 175200 225

Max.

NV250-RW

Instantaneous trip

breaking timeMax.total

Min.

Time-delay trip

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

4h

2h

1h

30min 20min 14min 10min 6min 4min

2min

1min

30s20s

10s

5s

2s

1s

0.5s

0.2s

0.1s

0.05s

0.02s

0.01s

×100% of Rated current

1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40

■ Earth-Leakage Tripping Characteristics■ Operating Characteristics

ZCT

Test button

Leakageindication button

Senstivityselector

Line

sid

e

Load

sid

e

Magneticdevice

■ External Accessories

Ter

min

al c

over

Rat

ed a

mbi

ent

Cur

reny

rat

ing

(%)

–10 10 20 30 40 50 6080

90

100

110

120

130

Ambient temperature (°C)(rated ambient 40°C)

0

■ Ambient Compensating Curve

Remark: (1) refer to page 40.

■ Internal Wiring Diagram

Mechanicalinterlock

Type nameAccessories Referencepage

Type nameAccessories Referencepage

Operating handle

Handle lock device

Electricaloperation device

Notes: (*1) The designation depends on the number of poles. Refer to the reference page.(*2) HLF types are used for OFF-lock, and HLN types for ON-lock.

Type NV250-RW

High-speedtype

Time-delay type0.45s(MAX)

Time-delay type1s(MAX)

Time-delay type2s(MAX)

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

Ground-fault current (% of rated current sensitivity)

0.04s

1h2h4h

30min

10min

4min2min1min30s

2s

10s5s

0.2s

1s

0.02s0.01s

0.1s

0.5s

50 100010025 50050 100010025 50050 100010025 50050025 10050

Inertialnonoperating timeInertial

nonoperating time

Inertialnonoperating time

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curre

nt

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curre

nt

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curre

nt

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curre

nt

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

6. Characteristics and DimensionsEarth-Leakage Circuit Breakers

Page 125: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

122

Front connection

Rear connection

Plug-in

Test button

Leakage indicationbutton

Operating time selector(for time-delay type)

Sensitivity selector

100

100

240

165

75

219

165

75

28

φ8.5

(Bus t max.=7)

Bus drilling fordirect connection

φ8.5

10

23 maxTrip

Button

Mounting holeInsulating barrier(removable)

M8 bolt(Hex-socket)

22

70

105

24

102

50

φ4.5

45

61

68

724

92

M4×0.7 screwor φ5

Drilling plan

Breaker

201

35

125~175A 14~95mm2

200~225A 70~125mm2

Solderless terminalfor wire size

Wire connection

CLC

LC

L

CL

8

72

68

Breaker

Drilling plan

M4×0.7screwor φ5

Insulatingtube

M4×0.7breakermounting screw

φ9M8 bolt

Connection

allowance

Stud can berotated 90°

201

219

35

70

ø24

108

73

219

15

15

22 20

70

6

Mounting platet max.=3.2

Insulatingtube

71

106

LC

CL

CL

CL

11.5

R1

100

Front-plate cutout

1mm clearanceon each sideof handle

Breaker

52

LC

CL

Drilling plan

Con

nect

ion

allo

wan

ce

Breaker (Terminal block)

Insulatingbarrier

φ9M8 bolt

Stud attachable in thisdirection only

M6Terminal blockmounting screw

Plug-in terminalblockMounting plate

70

153

70

15

22

219

275

34.5

86 32

28

6

14

1820

φ770

107

129

155

58.5

58.5

LC

CL

L

L

C

C

Page 126: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

123

6. Characteristics and DimensionsEarth-Leakage Circuit Breakers

NV400-CPNV400-SP

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Internal Accessories

■ External Accessories ■ Internal Wiring Diagram

■ Earth-Leakage Tripping Characteristics

■ Ambient Compensating Curve

ZCT

Sensitivityselector

Line

sid

e Load side

Test button

Leakage indication button

1000.01s

1min

1h

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

5s

10s

20s

30s

2min

4min6min

10min14min20min30min

2h

4h

130 200 300 400 500 600 700 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000

Current (×100% of rated current)

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

Min.

Max.

Operating Characteristics(IEC 60947-2)

NV400-CPNV400-SP

NV400-CP

Max. total breaking time

Instantaneous tripTime-delay trip

NV400-SP

25 2550Ground-fault current

(×100% of rated current sensitivity)Ground-fault current

(×100% of rated current sensitivity)Ground-fault current

(×100% of rated current sensitivity)Ground-fault current

(×100% of rated current sensitivity)

50500100

4h

2h

1h

30min

10min

4min

2min

1min

30s

10s5s

2s

1s

0.5s

0.2s

0.1s

0.04s0.02s

0.01s

100 500 1000 25 50 100 500 1000 25 50 100 500 1000

(IEC 60947-2)

EALSHT or UVTRight-sidemounting

Left-sidemounting

Operating handle

AL AX MGLead wiredirection

TBM

Ambient temperature (°C)

605040302010080

90

100

110

120

130

Cur

rent

rat

ing

(%) Reference ambient

temperature

Accessories

Operating handle

F

S

V

51

53

50

65

66

56

66

57

F4SPWNV

S4CP, S4SP

V4SPWNV,V4SPWFNV

MI-4SP3 (*1)

HT-4CP, HT-4SP

Term

inal c

over Large

Skeleton

Rear

Electrical operation device

TCL-4SP3W

TTC-4SP3

BTC-4SP3W

HL-4CP, HL-4SP

HLS-4SP

(MI)

(HT)

(TC-L)

(TTC)

(BTC)

HL

HL-S

Mechanical interlock

Auxiliary handle

Handlelock device

Type name Referencepage Accessories Type name Reference

page

(An order for should be placed at the same time as an order of circuit breaker main body.)

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Ope

ratin

g tim

eHigh-speedtype

Time-delay type0.45s. (MAX)

Time-delay type1s. (MAX)

Time-delay type2s. (MAX)

Inertialnonoperating timeInertial

nonoperating time

Inertialnonoperating time

Magneticdevice

Type NV400-SP

Rated breaking capacity (kA)IEC60947-2(lcu/lcs)

Rated operational voltage Ue (V AC)

Number of poles

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA)

Max. operating time at 5I∆n (s)

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA)

Max. operating time at 2I∆n (s)

Inertial non-operating time at 2I∆n (s)

AC

Rated current In (Amp.)

High-speedtype

Time-delaytype

Earth-leakage indication system

Standard Attached Parts(Front connection)

Type name

440V

400V

230V

NV400-CP NV400-SP

25/13

36/18

50/25

42/42

45/45

85/85

3

230-400-440 Multi-voltage type

250 300 350 400

30 · 100 · 500 Selectable

0.04

100 · 300 · 500 Selectable

0.45 · 1.0 · 2.0 Selectable

0.1 · 0.5 · 1.0

Button

Mounting screw: M6×60 (4pcs)

Insulation barrier: (4pcs)

Remark: (1) refer to page 42 and 43.

Notes: (*1) The designation depends on the number of poles. Refer to the reference page.

Page 127: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

124

Front connection

Rear connection

Plug-in

44

1075

155(NV400-SP)134(NV400-CP)

103

9744

ø12

.5

ø7

25

844

94.5

47102

39

43

16

257

3951

112140

194

110

12

Mounting hole

Insulating barrier (removable)

Sensitivity current selectorOperating time selector(Time-delay type)

Leakage indication button

Test buttonTrip button

ø10.5

Conductor thickness t=8 max.Conductor drilling for direct connection

Conductor thicknesst=8 max.

Breaker

M6 tap or ø7

M6 tap or ø7

M6 screw formounting breaker

M8 terminal blockmounting screw

Drilling plan

LC

LC

LC

121

18

225

280

3528

8

44

13687

28

163

5555

135

24

Plug-in terminal block Mounting plateBreaker

Drilling plan

LC

LCLC

LC

ø10

25 20 20

113

10

225

265

128 8326

14

87

8

118

44

87

92

Mounting plate

Connectionallowance

Connection allowance

79

160

24

15

ø13 M12 bolt

ø14M12 bolt

ø13 M12 bolt

Stud attachable inthis direction only

Insulating barrier

Insulation tube

ø35

Groove for reducing heat by overcurrentBreaker

Drilling plan

Breaker

1.0mm clearance on eachside of the handle frame.

Front-panel cutout

LC LC

LC

LC

LC

28

Stud can be rotated 90°C

R6

194

225

8

248

194

225

2424

24

11 11

6-ø35

87

44

Load side

Note:

Line side

Boring dimensions for rear connection type barriers (3-pole)

The bore dimensional drawing shows the breaker viewed from the rear.

4-M6 tap or ø7

8-M4 screw Add these tapped holes in 8 positions to standard boring.

Page 128: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

125

6. Characteristics and DimensionsEarth-Leakage Circuit Breakers

NV400-SEPNV400-HEPNV400-REP

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Internal Accessories

■ External Accessories ■ Internal Wiring Diagram

■ Earth-Leakage Tripping Characteristics

■ Current reducing curve

NV400-SEP NV400-HEP NV400-REP

3 4 3 4 3

42/42

45/45

85/85

65/65

70/70

100/100

125/63

125/63

150/75

230-400-440 Multi-voltage type

200-400 adjustable

30 · 100 · 500 Selectable

0.1

(100 · 300 · 500 Selectable)

(0.45 · 1.0 · 2.0 Selectable)

(0.1 · 0.5 · 1.1)

Button

Mounting screw: M6×60 (4pcs)

Insulation barrier: (3P: 4pcs, 4P: 6pcs)

Rated breaking capacity (kA)IEC60947-2(Icu/Ics)

Rated operational voltage Ue (V AC)

Number of poles

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA)

Max. operating time at 5I∆n (s)

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA)

Max. operating time at 5I∆n (s)

Max. inertial non-operating time at 2I∆n (s)

AC

Rated current In (Amp.)

High-speedtype

Time-delaytype

Earth-leakage indication system

Standard Attached Parts(Front connection)

Note: (1) Rated operational voltage of time-delay type is for both 200V and 415V.

Type name

440V

400V

230V

0.6 0.7 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 30 4020150.01s

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

5s

10s

20s 30s

1min

2min

4min6min

10min14min20min30min

1h

2h

5h

10h

Pre-alarmpickup current IpIr x (0.70-0.75-0.8-0.85-0.9-0.95-1.0) ±10%

Pre-alarmoperating time Tp

±20%

(at 200%)

Tp=2TL

Current setting (×100% of Ir)×100% of rated current

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

Instantaneous tripping current (×100% of In)

INST pickup current IIx 4 ~ x16 ±15%

(Magnification to In)Max. totalbreaking time

STD operating time Ts

STD pickup current Is

Ir x (2-2.5-3-3.5-4- 5-6-7-8-10) ±15%

0.3 ± 0.06 s0.2 ± 0.04 s

0.1 ± 0.03 s0.06 ± 0.02 s

NV400-SEPNV400-HEPNV400-REP

Note )

Rated current In: 400A

12-60-100-150s ±20%(at 200%)

1000s (TL=150s set)670s (TL=100s set)

400s (TL= 60s set)80s (TL= 12s set)

LTD operating time TL

LTD operating time at 125%

(Adjustable)

Current setting Ir: 200-400A

Ambient temperature (°C)

Rat

ed a

mbi

ent

80

70

90

100

110

120

130

0 10 20 30 40 50 60

Con

tinuo

us lo

ad c

urre

nt (

%)

Leakage current(% of rated current sensitivity)

25

0.01s

0.02s

0.04s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

5s

10s

30s

1min

2min

4min

10min

30min

1h

2h

4h

50 100 500 25 50 100 500 1000 25 50 100 500 1000

Ope

ratin

g tim

eHigh-speedtype

Time-delay type0.45s. (MAX)

Time-delay type1s. (MAX)

Inertialnonoperating time

Inertialnonoperating time

25 50 100 500 1000

Time-delay type2s. (MAX)

Inertialnonoperating time

SHT or UVTAL AX MG EAL TBM

PAL TILeft-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Operating handle Lead wiredirection

Note: (*1) This is for NV400-SEP.(*2) The designation depends on the number of poles. Refer to the reference page.

Accessories

Operating handle

F

S

V

51

53

50

65

66

56

66

57

F4SPWNV

S4SP

V4SPWNV,V4SPWFNV

MI-4SP3 (*2)

HT-4SP

Term

inal c

over Large

Skeleton

Rear

Electrical operation device

TCL-4SP3W (*1) (*2)

TTC-4SP3 (*2)

BTC-4SP3W (*1) (*2)

HL-4SP

HLS-4SP

(MI)

(HT)

(TC-L)

(TTC)

(BTC)

HL

HL-S

Mechanical interlock

Auxiliary handle

Handlelock device

Type name Referencepage Accessories Type name Reference

page

(An order for should be placed at the same time as an order of circuit breaker main body.)

ZCT In case of 4P

Leakage indication button

Sensitivityselector

Test button

Load sideLine

sid

e

Characteristicsetting part

CT

CT

CT

CT

N

Remark: (1) Instead of EAL and TBM, pre-alarm module (PAL) or trip indicator (TI) can be attached.(2) refer to page 42 and 43.

Magneticdevice

Magneticdevice

Type NV400-SEP

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Page 129: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

126

Front connection

Rear connection

Plug-in

4444

1075

155

103

9744

ø12

.5

ø7

25

844

94.5

47102

39

43

16

257

39

51

112140

194

110

12

Mounting hole

Insulating barrier (removable)

Sensitivity currentselector

Operating time selector(Time-delay type)Leakage indicationbutton

Test button

Neutral pole

Trip button

ø10.5Conductor thickness t=8 max.

Conductor drilling for direct connection

Conductor thicknesst=8 max.

Breaker

M6 tap or ø7

M6 tap or ø7

M6 screw formounting breaker

M8 terminal blockmounting screw

Drilling plan

3-pole

3-pole 4-pole

4-pole

3-pole

4-pole3-pole

4-pole3-pole

3-pole

4-pole

4-pole

3-pole

4-pole

LC

LC

LCLC

LC

121

18

225

280

3528

8

44 87

136

130.5

87

28

181

163

5555

135

24

Plug-in terminal block Mounting plateBreaker

Drilling plan

LC

LCLCLC

LC

ø10

25 20 20

113

10

225

265

128 8326

14

87

130.5

8

118

44 44

43.5

130.5

87

92

Mounting plate

Connectionallowance

Connectionallowance

79

160

24

15

ø13M12 bolt

ø14M12 bolt

ø13M12 bolt

Stud attachablein this direction only

Insulating barrier

Insulation tube

ø35

Groove for reducingheat by overcurrent

Breaker

Drilling plan

Breaker

1.0mm clearance on eachside of the handle frame.

Front-panel cutout

LC LC

LC LC

LC

LC

56

28

168

185

196

Stud can berotated 90°C

R6

194

225

8

248

194

225

2424

24

11 11

6-ø35

87

44

Load side

Note:

Line side

Boring dimensions for rear connection type barriers (3-pole)

The bore dimensional drawing shows the breaker viewed from the rear.

4-M6 tap or ø7

8-M4 screwAdd these tapped holes in 8 positions to standard boring.

Page 130: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

127

6. Characteristics and DimensionsEarth-Leakage Circuit Breakers

NV630-CPNV630-SP

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Internal Accessories

■ External Accessories ■ Internal Wiring Diagram

■ Earth-Leakage Tripping Characteristics

■ Ambient Compensating Curve

25 2550 50500100

4h

2h

1h

30min

10min

4min

2min

1min

30s

10s5s

2s

1s

0.5s

0.2s

0.1s

0.04s0.02s

0.01s

100 500 1000 25 50 100 500 1000 25 50 100 500 1000

(IEC 60947-2)

Accessories

Operating handle

F

S

V

51

53

50

65

66

56

66

57

F6SPWNV

S4SP

V6SPW, V6SPWF

MI-6SP3

HT-4SP

Term

inal c

over Large

Skeleton

Rear

Electrical operation device

TCL-6SP3

TTC-6SP3

BTC-6SP3

HL-4SP

HLS-6SP

(MI)

(HT)

(TC-L)

(TTC)

(BTC)

HL

HL-S

Mechanical interlock

Auxiliary handle

Handlelock device

Type name Referencepage Accessories Type name Reference

page

External Accessories (An order for should be placed at the same time as an order of circuit breaker main body.)

Ground-fault current(×100% of rated current sensitivity)

Ground-fault current(×100% of rated current sensitivity)

Ground-fault current(×100% of rated current sensitivity)

Ground-fault current(×100% of rated current sensitivity)

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Ope

ratin

g tim

eHigh-speedtype

Time-delay type0.45s. (MAX)

Time-delay type1s. (MAX)

Time-delay type2s. (MAX)

Inertialnonoperating timeInertial

nonoperating time

Inertialnonoperating time

Rated breaking capacity (kA)IEC60947-2(Icu/Ics)

Rated operational voltage Ue (V AC)

Number of poles

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA)

Max. operating time at 5I∆n (s)

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA)

Max. operating time at 5I∆n (s)

Max. inertial non-operating time at 2I∆n (s)

AC

Rated current In (Amp.)

High-speedtype

Time-delaytype

Earth-leakage indication system

Standard Attached Parts(Front connection)

Type name

440V

400V

230V

NV630-CP NV630-SP

36/18

36/18

50/25

42/42

45/45

85/85

3

230-400-440 Multi-voltage type

500 600 630

100 · 300 · 500 Selectable

0.45 · 1.0 · 2.0 Selectable

0.1 · 0.5 · 1.0

Button

Mounting screw: M6×35 (4pcs)

Insulation barrier: (2pcs)

ZCT

Sensitivityselector

Line

sid

e Load side

Test button

Leakage indication button

EALSHT or UVTRight-sidemounting

Left-sidemounting

Operating handle

AL AX MGLead wiredirectionTBM

Ambient temperature (°C)

605040302010080

90

100

110

120

130

1000.01s

1min

1h

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

5s

10s

20s

30s

2min

4min6min

10min14min20min30min

2h

4h

130 200 300 400 500 600 700 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

Current (×100% of rated current)

Min.

Max.

Operating Characteristics(IEC 60947-2)

NV630-CPNV630-SP

500A, 600A, 630A

NV630-CP

Max. total breaking time

Instantaneous tripTime-delay trip

NV630-SPAdjustable range

Instantaneous trip current valueadjustable range (4 steps)

Instantaneous trip currentstandard value (%)NV630-SP

Position ofadjustinghandle

Lo

2

3

Hi

400±80

600

800

1000±200

Reference ambienttemperature

Cur

rent

rat

ing

(%)

Magneticdevice

Remark: (1) refer to page 42 and 43.

Type NV630-SP

Page 131: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

128

Front connection

Rear connection

Plug-in

ø14M12 bolt

Mounting hole

Trip button

243

Breaker

M6 tap or ø770

Drilling plan

Drilling plan

Drilling plan

Front-panel cutout(Conductor thickness t=8 max.)Conductor drilling for direct connection

22

40

ø8.5

12

97

103107

94.5 24

Terminal dimension fordirectly connecting conductor

8

44

8

44

102

15

ø14

ø8

155

5

140210

14

40

51

110

8727

587

832

15

32

32

Insulating barrier (removable)

Sensitivity current selector

Operating time selector(Time-delay type)

Leakage indication button

Test button

Conductor thicknesst=8 max.

295

243

Stud can be rotated 90°CConnectionallowance

Mounting plate25

4013

8 15

113 110

3210

ø13M12 bolt

140

8

M6 screw for mounting breaker

12.5

Groove for reducing heat by overcurrent

M6 tap or ø7

Breaker

ø48

70

140

172

92

Breaker

1.0mm clearance on eachside of the handle frame.

R6

208

70 ø10

Breaker

328

15

112

ø13M12 bolt

40

140

13

Con

nect

ion

allo

wan

ce

25

Mounting plate

Plug-in terminal block

243

301

8

M8 terminal block mounting screw

20

126

23

Stud can be rotated 90°

243

105

155

5656

187

2424

2424

11 11

140

70

243

6-ø48

510

Note: The bore dimensional drawing shows the breaker viewed from the rear.

Boring dimensions for rear connection type barriers (3-pole)

4-M6 tap or ø7

8-M4 screw Add these tapped holes in 8 positions to standard boring.

Page 132: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

129

6. Characteristics and DimensionsEarth-Leakage Circuit Breakers

NV630-SEPNV630-HEP

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Internal Accessories

■ External Accessories ■ Internal Wiring Diagram

■ Earth-Leakage Tripping Characteristics

■ Current reducing curve

Notes: (*1) Rated operational voltage of time-delay type is for both 200V and 415V.(*2) Auxiliary handle is attached to 4-pole models.

Leakage current(% of rated current sensitivity)

25

0.01s

0.02s

0.04s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

5s

10s

30s

1min

2min

4min

10min

30min

1h

2h

4h

50 100 500 25 50 100 500 1000 25 50 100 500 1000

Ope

ratin

g tim

eHigh-speedtype

Time-delay type0.45s. (MAX)

Time-delay type1s. (MAX)

Inertialnonoperating time

Inertialnonoperating time

25 50 100 500 1000

Time-delay type2s. (MAX)

Inertialnonoperating time

SHT or UVTAL AX MG EAL TBM

PAL TILeft-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Operating handle Lead wiredirection

Note: (*1) The designation depends on the number of poles. Refer to the reference page.

Accessories

Operating handle

F

S

V

51

53

50

65

66

56

66

57

F6SPWNV

S4SP

V6SPWF, V6SPW

MI-6SP3 (*1)

HT-4SP

Term

inal c

over Large

Skeleton

Rear

Electrical operation device

TCL-6SP3 (*1)

TTC-6SP3 (*1)

BTC-6SP3 (*1)

HL-4SP

HLS-6SP

(MI)

(HT)

(TC-L)

(TTC)

(BTC)

HL

HL-S

Mechanical interlock

Auxiliary handle

Handlelock device

Type name Referencepage Accessories Type name Reference

page

(An order for should be placed at the same time as an order of circuit breaker main body.)

Remark: (1) Instead of EAL and TBM, pre-alarm module (PAL) or trip indicator (TI) can be attached.(2) refer to page 42 and 43.

ZCT In case of 4P

Leakage indication button

Sensitivityselector

Test button

Load sideLine

sid

e

Characteristicsetting part

CT

CT

CT

CT

N

Rated breaking capacity (kA)IEC60947-2(Icu/Ics)

3 4 3

NV630-SEP NV630-HEP

42/42

45/45

85/85

65/65

70/70

100/100

230-400-440 Multi-voltage type

300-630 adjustable

––

––

(100 · 300 · 500 Selectable)

(0.45 · 1.0 · 2.0 Selectable)

(0.1 · 0.5 · 1.0)

Button

Mounting screw: M6×35 (4pcs)

Insulation barrier: (3P: 2pcs, 4P: 3pcs)

Rated operational voltage Ue (V AC) (*1)

Number of poles

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA)

Max. operating time at 5I∆n (s)

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA)

Max. operating time at 5I∆n (s)

Max. inertial non-operating time at 2I∆n (s)

AC

Rated current In (Amp.)

High-speedtype

Time-delaytype

Earth-leakage indication system

Standard Attached Parts (*2)(Front connection)

Type name

440V

400V

230V

Ambient temperature (°C)

Rat

ed a

mbi

ent

80

70

90

100

110

120

130

0 10 20 30 40 50 60

Con

tinuo

us lo

ad c

urre

nt (

%)

LTD operating timeat-125%

1000s(TL=150s set) 670s(TL=100s set) 400s(TL= 60s set) 80s(TL= 12s set)

0.01s

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

5s

10s

20s30s

1min

2min

4min6min

10min14min20min30min

1h

2h

5h

10h

Pre-alarmpickup current IpIr x(0.70-0.75-0.8-0.85-0.9 ±10% -0.95-1.0)

Pre-alarmoperating time Tp

±20%

(at 200%)

Tp=2TL

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

INST pickup current IIx4~x10 ±15%

(Magnification to In)

Max. totalbreaking time

STD operating time Ts

STD pickup current Is

12-60-100-150s ±20%(at 200%)

Ir x(2-2.5-3-3.5-4 -5-6-7-8-10) ±15%

0.3 ± 0.06s0.2 ± 0.04s

0.1 ± 0.03s0.06 ± 0.02s

LTD operating time TL

NV630-SEPNV630-HEP

Note)Current setting Ir: 300~630A (Adjustable)

Rated Current In: 630A

Instantaneous tripping current (×100% of In)Current (×100% of Ir)

0.6 0.7 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 30 402015

Magneticdevice

Magneticdevice

Type NV630-SEP

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Page 133: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

130

Front connection

Rear connection

Plug-in

4-pole3-pole

Trip button

Mounting hole

243

Breaker

M6 tap or ø770

70

4-pole

3-pole

Drilling plan

4-pole3-pole

4-pole3-pole

Drilling plan

Drilling plan

Front-panel cutout(Conductor thickness t=8 max.)Conductor drilling for direct connection

22

40

ø8.5

12

97

103

107

94.5

44 24

Terminal dimension for directlyconnecting conductor

8

8

44

102

15

ø14

155

217

275

8787

815

32

5

210

70

280ø14M12 bolt

3232

140210

14

40

51

110

Insulating barrier (removable)

Sensitivitycurrent selector

Operating timeselector(Time-delay type)

Leakageindicationbutton

Test button

Neutral pole

Conductor thicknesst=8 max.

Auxiliary handle(removable)

295

243

Stud can be rotated 90°CConnectionallowance

Mounting plate25

4013

8 15

113 110

32

10

ø13M12 bolt

140

8

M6 screw formounting breaker

12.5

Groove for reducingheat by overcurrent

M6 tap or ø7

Breaker

ø48

70

140

243

70

70

210

105

172

51

92

4-pole

3-poleBreaker

1.0mm clearance on eachside of the handle frame.

R6

155

5656

187

278

140

208

70

ø10

Breaker

328

15

112

ø13M12 bolt

40

140

13

Con

nect

ion

allo

wan

ce

25

Mounting plate

Plug-in terminal block

243

301

8

M8 terminal block mounting screw

20

126

23

Stud can be rotated 90°C

ø8

2424

2424

11 11

140

70

243

6-ø48

510

Note: The bore dimensional drawing shows the breaker viewed from the rear.

Boring dimensions for rear connection type barriers (3-pole)

4-M6 tap or ø7

8-M4 screw Add these tapped holes in 8 positions to standard boring.

Page 134: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

131

NV800-SEPNV800-HEP

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Internal Accessories

■ External Accessories

■ Internal Wiring Diagram

■ Earth-Leakage Tripping Characteristics

■ Current reducing curve

Ground-fault current(×100% of rated current sensitivity)

Ground-fault current(×100% of rated current sensitivity)

Ground-fault current(×100% of rated current sensitivity)

Ground-fault current(×100% of rated current sensitivity)

SHT or UVTAL AX MG EAL TBM

PAL TILeft-sidemounting

Remark: (1) Instead of EAL and TBM, pre-alarm module (PAL) or trip indicator (TI) can be attached.(2) refer to page 42 and 43.

Right-sidemounting

Operating handle Lead wiredirection

(An order for should be placed at the same time as an order of circuit breaker main body.)

Ambient temperature (°C)Wor

king

cur

rent

cor

rect

ing

ratio

(%

)

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

Current (×100% of rated current In)Instantaneous trip current (×100% of reference current In)

Rated operational voltage Ue (V AC)

Number of poles

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA)

Max. operating time at 5I∆n (s)

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA)

Max. operating time at 5I∆n (s)

Max. inertial non-operating time at 2I∆n (s)

AC

Rated current In (Amp.)

High-speedtype

Time-delaytype

Earth-leakage indication system

Standard Attached Parts(Front connection)

Type name

440V

400V

230V

Rated breaking capacity (kA)IEC60947-2(Icu/Ics)

NV800-SEP

42/42

45/45

85/85

3

230-400-440 Multi-voltage type

400-800 adjustable

100 · 300 · 500 Selectable

0.45 · 1.0 · 2.0 Selectable

0.1 · 0.5 · 1.0

Button

Mounting screw: M6×35 (4pcs)

Insulation barrier: (2pcs)

Line

sid

e Load side

Leakage indication button

Test button

ZCT

CT

CT

CT

Characteristicsetting part

Sensitivityselector

80

70

90

100

110

120

130

0 10 20 30 40 50 60

Reference ambient temperature

Rated current does not depend on temperature. However, if ambient temperature exceeds 40°C, reduce the continuous working current as left curve.

25 2550 50500100

4h

2h

1h

30min

10min

4min

2min

1min

30s

10s5s

2s

1s

0.5s

0.2s

0.1s

0.04s

0.02s

0.01s

100 500 1000 25 50 100 500 1000 25 50 100 500 1000

(IEC 60947-2)O

pera

ting

time

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

High-speedtype

Time-delay type0.45s. (MAX)

Time-delay type1s. (MAX)

Time-delay type2s. (MAX)

Inertialnonoperating time

Inertialnonoperating time

Inertialnonoperating time

0.01s

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

5s

10s

20s30s

1min

2min

4min

6min

10min14min20min30min

1h

2h

5h

10h

60 70 100 130 200 300 400 500 600 700 1000 3000 400020001500

INST Pickup current Ii × 4~ × 10 ±15%(Scale factor to In) Max. total breaking time

0.3 ± 0.06s0.2 ± 0.04s

0.1 ± 0.03s0.06 ± 0.02s

STD operating time Ts

STD pickup current IsIr × (2 – 2.5 – 3 – 3.5 – 4 – 5 – 6 – 7 – 8 – 10) ±15%

LTD operating time TL

12 – 60 – 100 – 150s ±20%(at 200%)

Operating Characteristics(IEC 60947-2)

NV800-SEPNV800-HEP

Note) Rated current Ir Reference current In400~800A 800A(continuously adjustable)

LDT operating time TL (at 130%)

790s(TL=150s set)

530s(TL=100s set)

315s(TL= 60s set)

Pre-alarm operating time TpTL

2Tp= ±20%

(at 200%)

±10%

Pre-alarm pickup current Ip

Ir × (0.70 – 0.75

– 0.8 – 0.85 – 0.9

– 0.95 – 1.0)

65s(TL=12s set)

Accessories

Operating handle

F

S

V

51

53

50

65

66

56

66

57

F6SPWNV

S4SP

V6SPWF, V6SPW

MI-6SP3

HT-4SP

Term

inal c

over Large

Skeleton

Rear

Electrical operation device

TCL-6SP3

TTC-6SP3

BTC-6SP3

HL-4SP

HLS-6SP(MI)

(HT)

(TC-L)

(TTC)

(BTC)

HL

HL-SMechanical interlock

Auxiliary handle

Handlelock device

Type name Referencepage Accessories Type name Reference

page

Magneticdevice

Magneticdevice

NV800-HEP

65/65

70/70

100/100

Type NV800-SEP

6. Characteristics and DimensionsEarth-Leakage Circuit Breakers

Page 135: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

132

Front connection

Rear connection

Plug-in

Trip button

Mounting holeBreaker

M6 tap or ø770

Drilling plan

Drilling plan

Drilling plan

Front-panel cutout(Conductor thickness t=10 max.)

Conductor drilling for direct connection

22

40

ø8.5

12

97

103

107

94.5

26

Terminal dimension for directlyconnecting conductor

8

46

8

46

102

15ø

14

155

275

8787

815

32

5

3232

140

210

14

40

51

110

Insulating barrier (removable)

Sensitivity current selector

Operating time selector(Time-delay type)

Leakage indication button

Test button

Conductor thicknesst=12 max.

295

243

Stud can be rotated 90°

Connectionallowance

Mounting plate25

4013

8 15

113 110

32

10

ø13M12 bolt

140

8M6 screw formounting breaker

12.5

Groove for reducing heat by overcurrentM6 tap or ø7

Breaker

ø4870

140

172

92

Breaker

1.0mm clearance on eachside of the handle frame.

R6

155

5656

187

208

70ø10

Breaker

328

15

112

ø13M12 bolt

40

140

13

Con

nect

ion

allo

wan

ce

25

Mounting plate

Plug-in terminal block

243

301

10

M8 terminal block mounting screw

20

126

23

Stud can be rotated 90°

243

243

105

ø8

2424

2424

11 11

140

70

243

6-ø48

510

Note: The bore dimensional drawing shows the breaker viewed from the rear.

Boring dimensions for rear connection type barriers (3-pole)

4-M6 tap or ø7

8-M4 screw Add these tapped holes in 8 positions to standard boring.

Page 136: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

133

6. Characteristics and DimensionsUL489 Listed Molded-Case Circuit Breakers

SHT or UVTAL AX

FF05SWU2PF05SWU Ml Ml-05SWU

S S05SWU

V V05SWUF (*1) Large TC-L TCL-05SWU2TCL-05SWU3

HL HLF-05SWU

■ External Accessories

Left-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Operating handle

2-pole

3-pole

Lead wiredirection

NF50-SWU

Rat

ed b

raki

ngca

paci

ty (

kA)

Rated current In (Amp.)

Number of poles 32

IEC60947-2JIS C 8201-2(Icu/Ics)

UL489Rated voltage (AC V)

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)

Standard attached parts

240

14

600

7.5/4

7.5/4

7.5/4

15/8

Type name NF50-SWU

5 10 15 2030 40 50

240VAC

500V

440V

400V

230V

AC

Mounting screw: M4×0.7×55 (2pcs)Insulation barrier: (2P: 2pcs, 3P: 4pcs),

Insulation board: (1pc)

–10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60

300

250

200

150

100

8070

Ope

ratin

g tim

e ch

ange

rat

e (%

)

Ambient temperature (°C)

Rate

d am

bien

t

7080

100

150

200

250

300

■ Internal Accessories ■ Temperature Characteristics

(UL489)

NF50-SWU

Operating Characteristics

Max.

Min.

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

4h

2h

1h

30min 20min 14min 10min

6min 4min

2min

1min

30s

20s

10s

5s

2s

1s

0.5s

0.2s

0.1s

0.05s

0.02s

0.01s

×100% of Rated current

1 1.35 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40

■ Operating Characteristics

Type nameAccessories Type nameAccessories

Operating handle

Handle lock device

Terminalcover

Mechanical interlock

Note: (*1) Adjustable types can be produced upon request.

Type NF50-SWU

Page 137: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

134

Front connection

φ8.5

50

45

φ4.5

72

90

68

61

24

150

LCφ5.5

6

12.5 max.

111

50

75

5050

25 22

CL

CL

84 50

4

Conductor drilling

for direct connection

2-pole 3-poleScrew terminal

Applicablewire size: 1.6mm-dia. to 22mm2

(Conductor thickness t=5 max.)

Trip button

Insulation barrier(removable)

Mounting hole

M5×0.8 screw(M6 for 63A)

3098.5

130

111

25

52

7050

LC LC

LC

LCLC

LC

R1

(Line)

(Insulation plate)

CAUTION:

Breaker

2-pole 3-pole 2-pole 3-pole

Drilling plan Front-panel cutout

1.0mm clearance on each side ofthe handle frame.

Breaker

M4×0.7 taps or 5mm dia.hole

When mounted in steel or cast boxcover must be insulated as shown.30mm air gap to cover or 0.8mmfibre insulating plate extending12.7mm out from each side of breaker.

Page 138: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

135

6. Characteristics and DimensionsUL489 Listed Molded-Case Circuit Breakers

F F1SWU2PF1SWU Ml Ml-05SWU

S S1SWU

V V1SWU (*1) Large TC-LTCL-1SWU2TCL-1SWU3

HL HLF-1SWU

SHT or UVTAL AXLeft-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Operating handle

2-pole

3-pole

Lead wiredirection

■ Internal Accessories

–10

130

120

110

100

90

800 10 20 30 40 50 60

Cur

rent

rat

ing

(%)

Rat

ed a

mbi

ent

Ambient temperature (°C)

■ External Accessories

■ Operating Characteristics

NF100-CWUNF100-SWU

Rat

ed s

hort

-circ

uit b

reak

ing

capa

citie

s (k

A)

Rated current In (Amp.)at ambient temperature 40°C (IEC30°C)

Number of poles 3 32

IEC60947-2JIS C 8201-2(Icu/Ics)

UL489

Rated voltage (AC V)

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)

Standard attached parts

240

10

600

7.5/4

10/5

10/5

30/15

7.5/4

Type name NF100-CWU

50 6075 100

2

480Y/277

22

35

690

8/4

18/9

25/13

30/15

50/25

15/8

NF100-SWU

15 20 30 4050 60

75 100

480Y/277V

240VAC

690V

500V

440V

400V

230V

250V

AC

DC

Mounting screw: M4×0.7×55 (2pcs)Insulation barrier: (2P: 2pcs, 3P: 4pcs),

Insulation board: (1pc)

Min.

NF100-SWU 40A~100ANF100-CWU 50A~100ATypes

Max. (60A~100A)

Max. (40A,50A)

Instantaneous tripTime-delay trip

×100% of Rated current

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

30s20s

10s

5s

0.01s

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

1min

2min

4min6min

4h

2h

1h

30min20min14min10min

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 401.35

Min.

NF100-SWU 15A~30A

Type

Max.

4h

2h

1h

30min20min

10min14min

6min4min

2min

1min

30s20s

10s

5s

2s

1s

0.5s

0.2s

0.1s

0.05s

0.02s

0.01sInstantaneous tripTime-delay trip

1.35 5040302015107654321 6070

×100% of rated current

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

■ Ambient Compensating Curve

Type nameAccessories Type nameAccessories

Operating handle

Handle lock device

Terminalcover

Mechanical interlock

Note: (*1) Attach the letter “F” to the end of designation for a fixed type.

Type NF100-SWU

Page 139: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

136

Front connection

3-pole2-pole

CL

LC

CL CL

30

22

60

Tripbutton

Insulation barrier(removable)

Mountinghole

5084

4 72

61

68

906090

150

50

112

45

M8 screw

Conductor drillingfor direct connection

(Conductor thickness t=5 max)

8

φ8.5

19 max.

24

Drilling plan

2-pole 3-pole

R1

52

3-pole

LC

LCCL

2-pole

CLCL LC

110-

111

CL CL

86

30

M4×0.7 taps or5mm-dia. hole

Front-panel cutout

Breaker

30

1.0mm clearance on eachside of the handle frame.

(Line)

(Insulation plate)

Breaker

130

98.5

57

CAUTION:When mounted in steel or cast boxcover must be insulated as shown.30mm air gap to cover or0.8mm fibre insulating plateextending 12.7mm out fromeach side of breaker.

Hexagon socket set screw

Solderless terminal

5.03

3-pole2-pole

LCLC

CL

14~1/0AWG CU/AL

wire size

LC

(Standard)

(Option)Front connection (Solderless terminal)

Page 140: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

137

SHT or UVTAL AX

F F2SWUMl MI-05SWU

S S2SWU

V V2SWU (*1)Large TC-L TCL-2SWU3

HL HLF-2SWU

■ External Accessories

Left-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Operating handleLead wiredirection

■ Internal Accessories

■ Operating Characteristics

NF225-CWU

Rat

ed s

hort

-circ

uit b

reak

ing

capa

citie

s (k

A)

Rated current In (Amp.)at ambient temperature 40°C (IEC30°C)

Number of poles 3

IEC60947-2JIS C 8201-2(Icu/Ics)

UL489Rated voltage (AC V)

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)

Standard attached parts

Type name

240

35

600

10/5

15/8

18/9

35/18

10/5

NF225-CWU

125 150 175200 225

240VAC

500V

440V

400V

230V

250V

AC

DC

Mounting screw: M4×0.7×55 (2pcs)Insulation barrier: (4pcs),Terminal cover: (1 set),

Insulation board: (1pc)

–10

(rated ambient 40°C)Ambient temperature (°C)

130

120

110

100

90

80605040302010

Rat

ed a

mbi

ent

Cur

reny

rat

ing

(%)

0

(*1)

(*2)

Notes: (*1) Use either two poles. When wired as shown at the bottom of page 26, the models can be used for up to 400 V DC.

(*2) The standard configuration contains a protection cover and adopts the IP20 (finger protection) structure.

4020151065 7 3042 31 1.35

NF225-CWU

time

Max.

Max. total

Instantaneous trip

breaking

Min.

Time-delay trip

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

30s20s

10s

5s

0.01s

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

1min

2min

4min6min

4h

2h

1h

30min

20min14min10min

×100% of Rated current

Type nameAccessories Type nameAccessories

Operating handle

Handle lock device

Terminalcover

Mechanical interlock

Note: (*1) Attach the letter “F” to the end of designation for a fixed type.

■ Ambient Compensating Curve

Type NF225-CWU

6. Characteristics and DimensionsUL489 Listed Molded-Case Circuit Breakers

Page 141: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

138

Front connection

M8 bolt(Hex-soket)

22 max.CAUTION:

When mounted in steel or cast box cover must be insulated as shown.30mm air gap to cover or t0.8 fibre insulating plate extending 12.7mm out from each side of breaker.

30

130

100

(Insulating plate)

(Line side)

100

126

100

100

165

144

35

Drilling plan

M4×0.7 screwor φ5

92

4 72

45

68

61

50102

φ8.5

φ4.5

R1

52

Front cover cutout1mm clearance oneach side of handle

70

105

CL

LC

CL

CL

22

LC

Mounting hole

Insulating barrier

Trip button

Breaker Breaker

Bus drilling fordirect connection

Bus t max.=7

φ8.5

10

LC

24

Page 142: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

139

6. Characteristics and DimensionsUL489 Listed Molded-Case Circuit Breakers

SHT or UVT

AL AX

F F2GSWUMl Ml-05SWU

S S2GSWU

V V2GSWU (*1)

Large TC-L TCL-2GSWU3HL HLF-2GSWU

■ External Accessories

Left-sidemounting

Right-sidemounting

Operating handle

Lead wiredirection

–10

Cur

rent

rat

ing

(%)

Rat

ed a

mbi

ent

Ambient temperature (°C)(rated ambient 40°C)

605040302010080

90

100

110

120

130

■ Internal Accessories

NF-SFWNF-SJWNF-HJW

Rat

ed s

hort

-circ

uit b

reak

ing

capa

citie

s (k

A)

IEC60947-2JIS C 8201-2(Icu/Ics)

UL489

Rated voltage (AC V)

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)

Standard attached parts

600Y/347143565

6908/8

30/3036/3636/3685/8520/20

600Y/347143565

6908/8

30/3036/3636/3685/8520/20

Rated current In (Amp.)at ambient temperature 40°C (IEC30°C)

15 20 30 4050 60 70 8090 100 110

125 150

(125) (150) 175200 225 250

125 150 175200 225 250

Number of poles 3 3 3600Y/347

1850

100690

15/1536/3650/5050/50

100/10020/20

Type name NF-SFW NF-SJW NF-HJW

600Y/347V480V240V

AC

690V500V440V400V230V250V

AC

DCMounting screw: M4×0.7×73 (4pcs)

Insulation barrier: (4pcs), Insulation board: (1pc)

Note: (*1) Use either two poles. When wired as shown at the bottom of page 26, the models can be used for up to 500 V DC.

(*1)

×100% of Rated current ×100% of Rated current ×100% of Rated current

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Ambient Compensating Curve

Type nameAccessories Type nameAccessories

Operatinghandle

Handlelock device

Terminalcover

Mechanical interlock

Note: (*1) Attach the letter “F” to the end of designation for a fixed type.

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

30s20s

10s

5s

0.01s

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

1min

2min

4min6min

4h

2h

1h

30min20min14min10min

(UL489)

Max. totalbreakingtime

Instantaneous tripTime-delay trip

Max.(40A)

Max.(15A~30A)

Min.

NF-SFW15A~40A

Operating Characteristics

1 4020151065 7 3042 31.35

(UL489)

(60A~150A)

(50A)

Max.(50A)

Max.(60A~150A)

Min.

breaking

Instantaneous tripTime-delay trip

50A~150ANF-SFW

Max. total

time

Operating Characteristics

4020151065 7 3042 31.351

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

30s20s

10s

5s

0.01s

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

1min

2min

4min6min

4h

2h

1h

30min20min14min10min

AC x In (%)

1000±200800600400±80

10864

Positionof notch

Instantaneous tripadjustment range

NF-SJW/HJW125A~250A

Adjustable rangeMax. totalbreakingtime

Instantaneous tripTime-delay trip

Min.

(UL489)

Max.

Operating Characteristics

4020151065 7 3042 31 1.35

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

30s20s

10s

5s

0.01s

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

1min

2min

4min6min

4h

2h

1h

30min20min14min10min

Type NF-SFW

Remark: The reference ambient temperature for IEC models is 30°C.

Page 143: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

140

Front connection (Standard)

(Option)Front connection (Solderless terminal)

10

6.1

No.14AWG250MCM CU/AL

(2.5~120mm2)

Front-panel cutout

Breaker

100

52

R1

1.0mm clearance

on each side of

the handle frame.

105

Mounting hole

Trip button

22

70

144

4

50

35

ø8.

5

φ4.5

Hexagon socket set screw

24

105

φ8.5

24 max.

(Conductor thickness t=7max.)

185

83

133

63

83

86

90

110

79

5018

550

133

CAUTION:

Insulating barriers must be used

with uninsulated bus bars or

climp on terminals.

95

22

Insulating barrier

(removable)

22

70

144

63

90

110

4

50

35

ø8.

5

φ4.5

126

35

Mounting hole

Trip button

Drilling plan

M4×0.7 taps or

5mm-dia. hole

Breaker

Outline and dimensions (mm (inch))

Type NF-SFW,NF-SJW,NF-HJW

30

130

Insulation plate(Line)

CAUTION:

When mounted in steel or cast box cover

must be insulated as shown.

30mm air gap to cover or extending 12.7mm

out fromeach side of breaker.

79

Wire size

Hex.socket head

M8 bolt

Bus bar drilling for

direct connection

3-FRONT

4-FRONT

5-RIGHT

112

112

86

LC

LC

LC

LC

LC LC

LCLC

Page 144: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

141

BHBH-P

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Outside Dimension Diagram•BH •BH-P

■ Ambient Compensating Curve

Type BH

1

230/400

125

BH-P

Number of poles

Rated current (A)at ambient temperature 40°C

Rated voltage (V)

Breakingcapacity(kA) sym.

AC

DC

AC230/400V

AC400V

DC125V

IEC60898

1

70

3

3

2

70, 100

3

70, 100

1

230/400

125

1

70

3

3

2

70, 100

3

70, 100

Type BH Type BH-P

1.131 21.45 3 4 5 6 7 10 30 4020150.01s

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

5s

10s

20s

30s

1min

2min

4min

6min

10min14min

20min

30min

1h

2h

4h

×100% of rated current

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

Operating Characteristics

Type:BH, BH-P

Rated Current:70, 100A

Amb. temp.:40°C

Min.

Max.

Ambient temperature (°C)

Cur

rent

rat

ing

(%)

85

95

105

115

125

135

90

100

110

120

130

140

0 10 30 4020 50 60

70, 100A

Rat

ed a

mbi

ent

25

22

1-pole

50

25

75

50

95 9557 113

100

73

Breakercenter

Mtg hole ø4.5

Mtg bracketM5 × 0.8 screw

(line side & load side)

32

57.5

63.5

77.547

2-pole

47

3-pole 13.5

5.5

6

12

ø5.5

Bus t max. =4

Bus drilling

Note: Two mounting brackets are used for single-pole breakers. and four for two-pole and three-pole breakers.

25 50

25 25

20.5

1-pole

75

25

71.5

7457.5

7.5

M5 x 0.8screw

Mtg slot

Plug-in terminal(line side)

60.5

65.5

7945.5

2-pole

70.5

3-pole 14

4.5

6. Characteristics and DimensionsMiniature Circuit Breakers

Page 145: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

142

BH-S

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Outside Dimension Diagram

■ Ambient Compensating Curve

Type BH-S M3

1 —

230/400

3

400

125

400

BH-S M6

Number of poles

Rated current (A)at ambient temperature 40°C

Rated voltage (V)

Breakingcapacity(kA) sym.

AC

DC

AC230/400V

AC400V

DC125V

IEC60898

1

3

2 35, 10, 15,

20, (25), 30,40, 50, 60

10, 15, 20, (25), 30, 40,

50, 60

15, 20, (25), 30,40, 50,

60

1 —

230/400

6

400

125

400

1

6

2 35, 10, 15,

20, (25), 30,40, 50, 60

10, 15, 20, (25), 30, 40,

50, 60

15, 20, (25), 30,40, 50,

60

•BH-S

Type BH-S

Type CType B Type D

1.131 21.45 3 4 5 6 7 10 30 4020150.01s

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

5s

10s

20s

30s

1min

2min

4min

6min

10min14min

20min

30min

1h

2h

4h

×100% of rated current

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

Operating Characteristics

Type:BH-S

Rated Current:5~60A

Amb. temp.:40°C

Min.

Max.

Ambient temperature (°C)

Cur

rent

rat

ing

(%)

85

95

105

115

125

135

90

80

100

110

120

130

140

0 10 30 4020 50 60

40-60A5A

10A

15-25A

30A

Rat

ed a

mbi

ent

Mtg bracket

25

1-pole

50

25

95 9557 113

100

73

Mtg holeø4.5

M5 × 0.8 screw(line side & load side)

32

57.5

63.5

76

2-pole 3-pole

5.5

6

12

ø5.5

Bus t max. =4

Bus drilling

Note: Two mounting brackets are used for single-pole breakers. and four for two-pole and three-pole breakers.

75

50

13.5

Page 146: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

143

6. Characteristics and DimensionsMiniature Circuit Breakers

BH-PS

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Outside Dimension Diagram

■ Ambient Compensating Curve

Type BH-PS M3

1 —

230/400

3

400

125

400

BH-PS M9

Number of poles

Rated current (A)at ambient temperature 40°C

Rated voltage (V)

Breakingcapacity(kA) sym.

AC

DC

AC230/400V

AC400V

DC125V

IEC60898

1

3

2 310, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50,

60

10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50,

60

15, 20, 30,40, 50, 60

230/400

9

400

400

1

9

2 36, 10, 16,

20, (25), 32,40, 50, 60

10, 16, 20, (25), 30, 40,

50, 60

10, 16, 20, (25), 32, 40,

50, 60

•BH-PS

Type BH-PS

Type CType B Type D

1.131 21.45 3 4 5 6 7 10 30 4020150.01s

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

5s

10s

20s

30s

1min

2min

4min

6min

10min14min

20min

30min

1h

2h

4h

×100% of rated current

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

Operating Characteristics

Type:BH-PS

Rated Current:5~60A

Amb. temp.:40°C

Min.

Max.

Ambient temperature (°C)

Cur

rent

rat

ing

(%)

85

95

105

115

125

135

90

80

100

110

120

130

140

0 10 30 4020 50 60

6A, 30A, 32A50A, 60A

10A

15-20A, 40A

Rat

ed a

mbi

ent

25

1-pole 2-pole 3-pole

71.5

81.5

57.5

7.5

M5 x 0.8screw

Plug-in terminal(line side)

Mtg slot

60.5

65.5

79

4.5

50

25

75

25 25

22 47 72

14

Page 147: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

144

BH-D6

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Outside Dimension Diagram■ Ambient Compensating Curve

MCB BH-D6 (IEC60898)

6

Number of poles

Rated current (A)at ambient temperature 30°C

Rated voltage (VAC)

Breaking capacity (kA) sym. (IEC60898)

1

230/400

6, 10, 13, 16, 20,25, 32, 40, 50, 63

2

400

6, 10, 13, 16, 20,25, 32, 40, 50, 63

3

400

6, 10, 13, 16, 20,25, 32, 40, 50, 63

4 (3+N) 2 (1+N)

400 230

6, 10, 13, 16, 20,25, 32, 40, 50, 63

6, 10, 13, 16, 20,25, 32, 40

•BH-D6

Type BH-D6

Min.

Max.

Max totaltripping time

Tripping Characteristics

Type:BH-D6

Rated Current:6A-63A

Amb. temp.:30°C

0.60.01

0.02

0.05

0.1

0.2

0.5

1

2

5

10

203050

100

200

500

1000

2000

5000

10000

sMin

0.7 1 1.13 1.45 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30

1

2

5

10

203050

100

200

×100% of rated current

Trip

ping

tim

e

B C

-10 -5 0

90

85

95

100

105

110

115

120

125

130

135

5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40

Ambient temperature (°C)

Cur

rent

rat

ings

(%

)

Rat

edam

bien

t

70 maximum

17 44 6

InsulationBarrier(Option)

87

44.5

45 92

54 72

54

1836

Neutral Pole

1-pole 2-pole 3-pole 4-pole

Solderless terminal

18

M5 screw

36

18

N

N

1+N-pole

36

18

N

N

Min.

Max.

6-10A

13-63A

Tripping Characteristics

Type:BH-D6

Rated Current:6A-63A

Amb. temp.:30°C

0.60.01

0.02

0.05

0.1

0.2

0.5

1

2

5

10

203050

100

200

500

1000

2000

5000

10000

sMin

0.7 1 1.13 1.45 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30

1

2

5

10

203050

100

200

×100% of rated current

Trip

ping

tim

e

D

6. Characteristics and DimensionsDIN Series

Page 148: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

145

6. Characteristics and DimensionsDIN Series

BH-DN

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Outside Dimension Diagram

MCB BH-DN (IEC60898)

Number of poles

Rated current (A)at ambient temperature 30°C

Rated voltage (VAC)

Breaking capacity (kA) sym. (IEC60898)

2 (1+N)

230

4.5

6, 10, 16, 20

Type : BH-DN

Amb.temp. : 30°CRated current : 6A~20A

1.451.13

Trip

ping

tim

e

× Rated current

CharacteristicsTripping

Min Sec200

100

50

5

5000

500

50

2000

200

1000

10000

100

0.6 0.7 20151065 7 3042 31

3020

10

2

30

1

20

10

5

2

1

0.5

0.2

0.1

0.05

0.02

0.01

88

45

644

17

70 m

axim

um

45

M4 SCREW

18

8.4

•BH-DN

NN

Type BH-DN

Min

Max

Max.totaltripping time

Solderless Terminal

Page 149: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

146

BV-D

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Outside Dimension Diagram

RCCB BV-D (IEC61008)

30, 300

0.04

Type AC

6

Number of poles

Rated current (A)at ambient temperature 30°C

Rated voltage (VAC)

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA)

Max. operating time (sec) at 5I∆

Pulsating current sensitivity

Rated conditional short-cirrent (kA)

2 (1+N) 4 (3+N)

230 230/400

25, 40, 63

•BV-D

Type BV-D

Ground fault current (% of rated current sensitivity)

250.01s

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

5s

10s

30s20s

1min

2min

4min

10min6min

30min20min

1h

2h

50 100 500

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent s

ensi

tivity

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

70 maximum

17 44 6

85

42.5

45

18

36

54

18

72

M5 screw Test button Neutral poleResidual indicator

2-pole 4-pole

Solderless terminal

N

N

Page 150: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

147

6. Characteristics and DimensionsDIN Series

BV-DN

■ Operating Characteristics ■ Leakage Tripping characteristics

■ Outside Dimension Diagram

RCBO BV-DN (IEC61009)

230

30, 100, 300

0.04

Type AC

4.5

Number of poles

Rated current (A)at ambient temperature 30°C

Rated voltage (VAC)

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA)

Max. operating time (sec) at 5I∆n

Pulsating current sensitivity

Breaking capacity (kA) sym (IEC61009)

2 (1+N)

6, 10, 16, 20

88

45

8.4

36

M4 Screw

45

1744

6

70 m

axim

um

Test button

Residual indicator

Solderlessterminal

Type : BV-DN

Amb.temp. : 30°CRated current : 6A~20A

1.451.13

Trip

ping

tim

e

× Rated current

CharacteristicsTripping

Min Sec200

100

50

5

5000

500

50

2000

200

1000

10000

100

0.6 0.7 20151065 7 3042 31

3020

10

2

30

1

20

10

5

2

1

0.5

0.2

0.1

0.05

0.02

0.01

Min

Max

Max.totaltripping time

•BV-DN

NN

Type BV-DN

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

Ground-fault current(% of rated current sensitivity)

0.04s

1h

2h

4h

30min

10min

4min

2min

1min

30s

2s

10s

5s

0.2s

1s

0.02s

0.01s

0.1s

0.5s

50025 10050

Rat

ed n

onop

erat

ing

curr

ent

Rat

ed c

urre

nt s

ensi

tivity

Page 151: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

148

KB-D

■ Outside Dimension Diagram

Isolating switch KB-D (IEC60947-3)

20 × In, 1s

20 × In

AC22A class

Number of poles

Utilization category

Rated current (A)at ambient temperature 30°C

Rated voltage (VAC)

Shot time withstand current (A)

Shot-circuit making capacity (A)

1 2 3 4 (3+N)

230 400

32, 63

•KB-D

N

N

Type KB-D

70 maximum

17 44 6

87

44.5

45 92

18 36 54 72

54

1818 36

M5 screwNeutral Pole

1-pole 2-pole 3-pole 4-pole

InsulationBarrier(Option)

Solderless terminal

Page 152: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

149

6. Characteristics and DimensionsCircuit Protectors

CP30-BA

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Outside Dimension Diagram ■ Temperature Characteristics

Frame (A) 30

Type CP30-BA

AC-DC common use

2.5

2500

0.1, 0.25, 0.3, 0.5,1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10,15, 20, 30

Instantaneous type (I)Medium-speed type (M),(MD) Slow type (S)

Instantaneous type (I): magnetic onlyOther type (M, MD, S):hydraulic magnetic

Number of poles

Rated impulse voltage Uimp (kV)

Rated voltage (V)

AC

DC

Rated current (A)

Operating characteristics

Tripping system

Short circuitrating (A)

125V

240V

250V

60V

120V

1

AC 250DC 65

AC 250DC 125

2500

2500

AC 250

2 3

Ratedambient

(Rated ambient 40°C)

Ope

ratin

g tim

e va

riatio

n (%

)

-10

60708090

100

150

200

250

300

0 10 20 30 40 50 60

Instantaneous type (I) Medium-speed type (M) Slow type (S) Medium-speed type with inertial delay (MD)

•CP30-BA

Type CP30-BA

ON

19.5

9.5 9.5

12

56 56 56

137

17.5 17.517.5

29.5 1

Terminal cover

Terminal cover

Terminal cover

ON ON

54.5

9.5

47

54

1

Mounting holeø4.5

33

635

IEC 35mm rail

Terminal cover

9065

67

14

9.5

39

Terminal cover for attached terminal block

6365 3

Alarm or auxiliary switch terminal block (Ic contact)Attachable on right-side only

35 5.5

52.5

22.5

5

Alarm or auxiliary switch terminal M3.5(Plus minus self-up screw)(The figure shows auxiliary switch.Example: Alarms are ALa, ALb and ALc.)

AXb

AXa

AXc

3-pole

AXb

AXa

AXc

35

2-pole

AXb

AXa

AXc

17.5

1-pole

12 29.5 47

1-pole2-M tap

Mounting dimension

2-pole 3-pole

54

17.5 17.5

2-M tap2-M4 tapTightening torque 1~1.4 (N-m)

DC

AC

10.01s

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

5s

10s

20s30s

1min

2min

4min6min

10min

20min

30min1h

2h

1.25 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 50 100

Current (×100% of rated current)

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

DC

AC

10.01s

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

5s

10s

20s30s

1min

2min

4min6min

10min

20min

40min1h

2h

1.251.5 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 50 100

Current (×100% of rated current)

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

DC

AC

10.01s

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

5s

10s

20s30s

1min

2min

4min6min

10min

20min

30min1h

2h

1.25 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 50 100

Current (×100% of rated current)

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

AC

10.01s

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

5s

10s

20s30s

1min

2min

4min6min

10min

20min

30min1h

2h

1.25 2 3 4 5 7 10 20 50 100

Current (×100% of rated current)

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

Main terminal(Plus minus self-up screw)M4·····20A max.M5·····30A

Page 153: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

6

150

CP-BCP-S

■ Operating Characteristics

■ Outside Dimension Diagram

Front connection mounting · IEC rail mounting With auxiliary switch and alarm switch

20.5

8290100

6989

5363

645

Front connection fixtureø4.5 elongated hole

46.5

35

71.5 max.56.5

7.3

IEC 35mm rail

Holder19

1-pole

38

2-pole

57

3-pole

5363

Alarm-auxiliary switch terminal blockIn case of 2-pole and 3-pole, left-side mounting is reference.

39.5

26

Alarm-auxiliary switch terminalM3.5 screw

53

9.5

45

8.5

32.5

19 38

LORD

LINE

Single pole 2-pole 3-pole

Alarm · auxiliary switch terminalTab terminal nominal 110(2.8W × 0.5L)

Main terminalMail tab terminal nominal 250(8.35W × 0.8L)

40

49.5

55 18

3.3

7.3

8.8

11.5

39

19

26.5

42 51

M3 × 0.5 tap(Depth 5)

ø15

38

42 51

M3 × 0.5 tap(Depth 5)

M3 × 0.5 tap(Depth 5)

57

26.5

42 51

26.5

19 19 19

ø15 ø15

10080

0.01s

0.02s

0.05s

0.1s

0.2s

0.5s

1s

2s

5s10s

20s30s

1min

2min

4min6min8min

10min14min20min30min

1h2h

125150

200 300400

500 700600 1000

15002000

3000

Current(×100% of instantaneous tripping current set value)

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

Ope

ratin

g tim

e

Instantaneous type (1)CP-B CP-S

•CP-B

•CP-SSeries <With auxiliary switch (AX), With series alarm switch (AL)>Switch <With switch type auxiliary switch (AX)>

100125

200 300400

500700

1000 20003000

40005000

700010000

Current(×100% of rated current)

Current(×100% of rated current)

Current(×100% of rated current)

Current(×100% of rated current)

0.01s

0.02s0.04s0.06s0.1s0.2s

0.4s0.6s

1s

2s4s6s

10s

20s30s

1min

2min

4min6min

10min

20min

40min1h

3h2h

High-speed type (F)CP-B Reference ambient temperature 40°CCP-S Reference ambient temperature 25°C

100125

200 300400

500700

1000 20003000

40005000

700010000

0.01s

0.02s0.04s0.06s0.1s0.2s

0.4s0.6s

1s

2s4s6s

10s

20s30s

1min

2min

4min6min

10min

20min

40min1h

3h2h

Middle-speed type (M)CP-B Reference ambient temperature 40°CCP-S Reference ambient temperature 25°C

100125

200 300400

500700

1000 20003000

40005000

700010000

0.01s

0.02s0.04s0.06s0.1s0.2s

0.4s0.6s

1s

2s4s6s

10s

20s30s

1min

2min

4min6min

10min

20min

40min1h

3h2h

Low-speed type (S)CP-B Reference ambient temperature 40°CCP-S Reference ambient temperature 25°C

100125

200 300400

500700

1000 20003000

40005000

700010000

0.01s

0.02s0.04s0.06s0.1s0.2s

0.4s0.6s

1s

2s4s6s

10s

20s30s

1min

2min

4min6min

10min

20min

40min1h

3h2h

Middle-speed type (MD)CP-B Reference ambient temperature 40°CCP-S Reference ambient temperature 25°C

*1. Specify if for DC use when ordering.

parts denote CP-B type.

lines denote CP-S type.

Type CP-B Type CP-S

Frame (A) 30

Type CP-B

2.5

2500

1500

1000 (DC65V)

0.1, 0.25, 0.3, 0.5,1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10,15, 20, 30

Instantaneous type (I) Fast type (F), (FD)Medium-speed type (M),(MD) Slow type (S), (SD)

AC 250DC 65, DC125 (for 2-pole breakers series type only) *1

Instantaneous type (I): magnetic onlyOther type (M, MD, FD, S, SD):hydraulic magnetic

Number of poles

Rated impulse voltage Uimp (kV)

Rated voltage (V)

AC

DC

Rated current (A)

Operating characteristics

Tripping system

short circuitrating (A)

125V

240V

250V

60V

120V

1 2 3

— 1000 (DC125V) —

CP-S

2.5

2500

1500

1000 (DC65V)

0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.3, 0.5, 0.75,1, 2, 2.5, 3, 5, 7, 7.5, 10,15, 20, 25, 30

1 2 3

— 1000 (DC125V) —

Page 154: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

151

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers Earth-Leakage Circuit Breakers

Type name

NF250-SW

Number of poles

3P

Rated current

200A

Quantity

10

B

Rated voltage

Standard

Connectionmethod

B

Connectionmethod

AL, SHT (AC110V)

Internalaccessories

Externalaccessories

Quantity

10

AX, SLT, TBM

Internalaccessories

Externalaccessories

Type name

NV250-SW

Number of poles

3P

Rated current

200A

Rated voltage

AC230-400-440V

Rated sensitivitycurrent

100 • 300 • 500mA

Type of residualcarrent protection

C

S

H

U

Economy type

Standard type

High-performance type

Ultra current-limiting type

Motor braker

NF

MB

C

S

H

U

Economy type

Standard type

High-performance type

Ultra current-limiting type

NV

2P, 3P, 4P

3P

NF

MB

NV

NV

NV

1ø2W

1ø2W1ø3W3ø3W

3ø4W

2P

3P

4P

Front connection

Solderless (box) terminal

Rear connection

Pulg-in

F

SL

B

PM

PAL

Built-inAccessories

Pre-alarm (contact output)

Overcurrent alarm

Cylinder keylock

PAL

OAL

CYL

High-speed type

Time-delay type

Blank

Specify

Alarm switch

Auxiliary switch

Shunt trip(Specify rated coil voltage.)

Under voltage trip(Specify rated coil voltage.)

Lead-wire terminal block

Internal terminal type

AL

AX

SHT

UVT

SLT

INT

Electrical operation device

Operating handle

Enclosure box

Mechanical interlock

Terminal cover(TC-L, TC-S, TTC, BTC)

Handle lock device

Card holder

MD

F • S • V

S • I • W

MI

TC

LC • HLHL-S

CH

Even for adjustable rated current models, the working current should be specified.

Specify the applicable marine standards

∗ “CE” is standard.

Secify DC voltage when for use inDC circuit

AC230-400-440V

30 • 100 • 500mA

100 • 300 • 500mA

Alarm switch

Auxiliary switch

Under voltage trip(Specity rated coil voltage)

Lead-wire terminal block

AL

AX

UVT

SLT

Electrical operation device

Operating handle

Enclosure box

Mechanical interlock

Terminal cover(TC-L, TC-S, TTC, BTC)

Handle lock device

Card holder

MD

F • S • V

S • I • W

MI

TC

LC • HLHL-S

CH

Even for adjustable rated current models, the working current should be specified.

Front connection

Solderless (box) terminal

Rear connection

Pulg-in

F

SL

B

PM

MG

Built-inAccessories

Insulation switch

Earth-leakage circuit alarm switch

Test button module

Pre-alarm module

MG

EAL

TBM

PAL

7. Ordering Information

Page 155: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

7

8

152

● Contents of a softwareThe program's menu allows not only short-circuit current calculations but also the examination of various protection coordination.

● Preparation of single-line connection diagrams.● Short-circuit calculations.● Automatic selection of breaker type.● Selection of breaker type for cascade interruption combination.● Selection of breaker type for selective interruption combination.● Examination of coordination between high-voltage protection

equipments.● Protection coordination with motor start current.

● Improvement of selection efficiencyBecause the coordination between various protection systems can be examined and breakers can be selected interactively using the personal computer screen, simple, accurate and speedy operation is ensured.

● Maintenance of a softwareThe user can download the latest software updates by accessing Mitsubishi's LVS home page on the Internet.

http://www.fukuyama.melco.co.jp/ lvs

Advantages

Preparation of single-line diagram

Short-circuit current calculation

Examination of cascade interruption combination

Coodination between high-voltage protection equipments

Examination of selective interraption

A more rational and easier breakers selectionsThis software program ensures the easy selection of low-voltage circuit breakers according to the required rated breaking capacity and the related equipments

Calculation and selection softwarefor low-voltage circuit breakers

Operating system: Windows 95/98/NT4.0/2000CPU: 166 MHz or fasterRAM memory size: min 32 MBFree hard disk capacity: min 50 MB Display resolution: min 640 × 480 dotsCD-ROM Drive:Double speed or higher

■ Personal computer specifications

Low-voltage circuit breaker: MCCBs, ELCBs, ACBs, MCBs, Contactors, Thermal relays, High-voltage OCRs

■ Selectable products menu

8. Melshort 2

Page 156: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

AdvantagesAdvantages

Model menuModel menu

Since 1933, when Japan's first molded case circuit breaker was released, we have continuously provided circuit breakers with monitors to ensure uninterrupted power supplies, the world's first harmonics current proof and surge proof IC earth leakage circuit breakers, and other new products as needed. We have completed a 21st Century progressive super services for the circuit breaker. In doing so, we have focused on urgently required advanced technology and futuristic ease of use.

Compact, high-performance protectors against short-circuit and overload, and for control circuit operation for electronic equipment, office machinery, and machine tools.

All models have electronic tripping relays ensuring high reliability and excellent performance.

······

······

·······

■ Substantial menuWide ranging technical information is classified into 6 groups.

■ Expert oriented informationIn addition to catalogs, including previous catalog editions and technical data and other information, users get answers to their technical questions.

■ Enhanced information collection efficiencyBy connecting your personal computer to the Internet, you can access the latest information simply and quickly without a need to increase storage space.

■ Molded-Case Circuit Breakers (MCCB)

■ Circuit Protectors (CP)

■ Air Circuit Breakers (ACB)

http://www.fukuyama.melco.co.jp/ lvshttp://www.fukuyama.melco.co.jp/ lvs

■ Earthleakage Circuit Breakers (ELCB)

■ Miniature Circuit Breakers (MCB)

153

9. LOW-VOLTAGE SWITCHGEARS TECHNICAL

Page 157: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

9

■ Catalogue ● The latest catalogue and old editions are

displayed for reading as is.

■ Standard ● Access international standards

for specific types.■ Contact us at :

● Information centerOur area by area sales centers and contact sites around the world are conveniently located.

● Technical support questionsAccess information on products, handling, and maintenance of low-voltage switchgears via the Internet.

● Web problems: CommentIf you have comments on the technicalinformation service, please contact us via theInternet.

Related siteWe provide technical information on products via the Internet as well as low-voltage switch-gear technical information service.

Mitsubishi Electric Corporation M's DINER Home page···http://www.melco.co.jp/index_e.htm

Mitsubishi Electric Corporation GLOBAL Home page···http://www.mitsubishi.com/

Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V.–Germany···http://www.mitsubishi-automation.com/

■ Selection (Available soon) ● Downloading to the latest CD-ROM software

version (purchased separately) ensuring easyshort circuit current calculation of our low- voltage switchgears and type selection.

■ Technical Infomation ● Access technical and maintenance data on our

low-voltage switchgears.

Downloading is available only those who purchase CD-ROM ''MELSHORT2'' for Mitsubishi selection.

154

INFORMATION SERVICE V IA THE INTERNET

9

Page 158: MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH …electric-thailand.com/pdf/NF.pdfMOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS & EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

FACTORY AUTOMATION SYSTEM: OFFICE TOWER “Z” 14F, 8-12 1chome, Harumi CHUO-KU, TOKYO 104-6214, JAPAN

Country / Region Company Address Telephone

Australia

Belgium

Chile

China

Colombia

Denmark

Egypt

Germany

Greece

Hong Kong

Indonesia

Ireland

Italy

Kuwait

Korea

Lao PDR

Lebanon

Myanmer

Nepal

New Zealand

Norway

Pakistan

Philippines

Poland

Saudi Arabia

Singapore

Slovenia

South Africa

Spain

Sweden

Switzerland

Taiwan

Thailand

The Netherlands

Turkey

U.K.

Uruguay

Venezuela

Vietnam

Mitsubishi Electric Australia Pty. Ltd

Emac S.A.

RHONA S.A.

RYODEN INTERNATIONAL (SHANGHAI) LTD.

SHANGHAI SETSUYO TRADING CO.,LTD.

Proelectrico Representaciones S.A.

Louis Poulsen CO. A/S

CAIRO ELECTRICAL GROUP

Drepanias Antonios S.A.

RYODEN AUTOMATION LIMITED

P.T.SAHABAT INDONESIA.

Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. Irish Branch.

Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. Italy

SALEM M AL-NISF ELECTRICAL CO.W.L.L.

Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. German Branch.

HAN NEUNG TECHNO Co., Ltd.

SOCIETE LAO IMPORT-EXPORT

COMPTOIR D'ELECTRICITEGENERALE INTERNATIONAL

PEACE MYANMAR ELECTRIC CO., LTD.

Watt & Volt House Co., Ltd.

Melco Sales (N.Z.) Ltd.

SCANELEC

Prince Electric Co.

EDISON ELECTRIC INTEGRATED, INC.

MPL Technology Sp zo.o.

CENTER OF ELECTRICAL GOODS

INEA d.o.o.

Circuit Breaker Industries LTD.

Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. Spanish Branch.

Euro Energy Components AB

MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC ASIA PTE LTD.

Trielec A G

Setsuyo Enterprise Co., Ltd.

UNITED TRADING & IMPORT CO. LTD.

Imtech Marine & Industry

GTS

Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. UK-Branch.

Fierro Vignoli S.A.

ADESCO C.A.

Sa Giang Techno Co., Ltd.

348 Victoria Road, Rydalmere, N.S.W. 2116, Australia

Industrialaan 1, B-1702 Groot-Bijgaarden, Belgium.

Vte. Agua Santa 4211 Casilla 30-D (P.O. Box) Viña Del Mar. Chile(Shanghai) 3F, Block 5, 103Cao Bao Road, Shanghai, China

Building of Innovation Center, Room No. 406A, 680 Guiping Road Shanghai, P.R.China

Cra 53 No 29C-73 U.I.C.- Medellin. COLOMBIA.

Geminivej 32, DK-2670 Greve, Denmark.9 Rostoum Street Garden City, APT. 5,P.O. BOX: 165-11516, Cairo-Egypt.

Gothaer Strasse 8, 40880 Ratingen, Germany.

52, ArkadiasSTR.GR 121 32. Peristeri Athens Greece.

10/F Manulife Tower 169 Electric Road North Point. Hong Kong.

JL Muara Karang Selatan Blok A/Utara No.1 kav. NO.11 P.O. Box 5045/Jakarta/11050. Jakarta Indonesia.

Westgate Business Park, Ballymount, Dublin 24, Ireland.

C.D.Colleoni-P.Perseo lng.2, Via Paracelso 121-20041 Agrate Brianza (M1)

P.O. Box 4784. Safat. 13048 Kuwait.

2 Fl. Dong Seo Game Channel Bldg ., 1F 660-11 Deungchon-Dong, Kanguseo-Ku, Seoul, 157-030 Korea

43-47 Lane Xang Road P.O. BOX 2789 VTVientiane Lao PDR.

Cebaco Center-Block A. Autostrade Dora, P.O. BOX: 90-1314 Beirut-Lebanon.

NO. 137/139 Botataung Pagoda Road,Botataung Town Ship 11161, Yangon, Myanmar.

KHA 2-65, Volt House Dilli Bazar Post Box: 2108,kathmandu, Nepal

1 Parliament Street Lower Hutt. New Zealand.

Leirvikasen 43B, N5020 Bergen, Norway.

16 Brandreth Road Lahore 54000. Pakistan.

24th Fl. Galleria Corporate Center Edsa Cr, Ortigas Ave. Quezon City, Metro Manila. Philippines.

ul. Sliczna 36 31-444 Krakow, Poland.

Al-Nabhaniya Street-4Th Crossing, Al-Hassa Road, P.O. BOX: 15955, Riyadh 11454,Saudi Arabia.

307 Alexandra Road #05-01/02 MitsubishiElectric Building Singapore 159943

Ljubljanska 80, SI-61230 Domzale, Slovenia.

Private Bag 2016. Isando 1600, Johannesburg, South Africa

Caretera De Rubi 76-80, 08190 - Sant Cugat Del Valles (Barcelona) Spain

Box 103 48 S-434 24 Kungsbcka, Sweden.

Mühlentalstrasse 136, 8201 Schaffhausen, Switzerland

6F, NO. 105 Wu-Kung 3rd rd., Wu-Ku Hsiang,Taipei Hsien Taiwan

77/12 Bumrungmuang Road, Klong Mahanak, Pomprab Bangkok 10100.

Postbox 5054, NL-3008 AB-Rotterdam, Netherlands.

Fahri Gizden Sokak,Hacaloglu Apt. No.22/6TR-80280 Gayrettepe/Istanbul,Turkey.

Travellers Lane, Hatfield, Herts, AL10 8xB, U.K.

P.O. box 20022/Suc Upae, Montevideo. Uruguay.

Lle 8, Calpon Elinsu,La Urbina-EDO, Miranda P.O.BOX 78034 Caracas 1074A., Venezuela

207/4 Nguyen Van Thu St., Dist 1, Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam

612-9684, 7586

32-(0)2-4810211

(32)-320600

021-6475-3228

021-6485-6611

574-235-00-28

45-(0)43-95-95-95

20-2-7961337

49-(0)2102-4860

30(1)57 81 599 699

28878870

021-6621780

353-(0)1-4505007

965-484-5660

82-2-3668-6567

21-215043, 21-215110

961-1-240430

95-01-202589, 202449, 202590

977-1-411330

39-(0)39 60 531

644-569-7350

47-55-506000

042-7654342

02-643-8691

48-(0)12 632-28-85

966-1-4770149

65-473-2308

386-(0)17 21 80 00

27-11-928-2000

34-93-595-3131

46-(0)300-69 00 40

41-(0)52-6258425

02-2298-8889

223-4220-3

31-(0)10 487 19 11

90-(0)212-2674011

44-(0)1707-276-100

598-2-92-08-08

58-2-241-7634

848-821-6453

Revised publication, effective Sept. 2002.Specifications subject to change without notice.

This pamphlet is made from recycled paper.Y-0593A 0209 printed in Japan(MDOC)

Safety Tips : Be sure to read the instruction manual fully before using this product.